Download RDR-HX820/HX825 - Super TV Servis M+S
Transcript
RDR-HX820/HX825 RMT-D230P/D231P SERVICE MANUAL AEP Model RDR-HX820/HX825 Photo: RDR-HX820 RMT-D230P for RDR-HX825 SPECIFICATIONS System Laser: Semiconductor laser Channel coverage: PAL/SECAM (B/G, D/K, I, L) VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10, Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South Africa 4 to 13 UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to B69, F21 to F69 CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France B to Q HYPER: S21 to S41 The above channel coverage merely ensures the channel reception within these ranges. It does not guarantee the ability to receive signals in all circumstances. Video reception: Frequency synthesizer system Audio reception: Split carrier system Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial socket Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/ Power back-up duration: 1 hour Video recording format: MPEG-2, MPEG-1 Audio recording format/applicable bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch 256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP and SLP mode) Inputs and outputs LINE 2 OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) LINE 2 IN (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than 22 kilohms (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) LINE 1 – TV: 21-pin CVBS IN/OUT S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream) LINE 3/DECODER: 21-pin CVBS IN/OUT S-Video/RGB IN S-Video OUT (downstream) Decoder DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100 DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length: 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p G-LINK: mini jack (for RDR-HX825 models only) HDMI OUT: HDMI 19pin-Standard Connector General Power requirements: 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 46 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 × 73 × 328 mm (width/height/ depth) incl. projecting parts Hard disk drive capacity: 160 GB Mass (approx.): 4.7 kg Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC Operating humidity: 25% to 80% Supplied accessories: Mains lead (1) Aerial cable (1) Remote commander (remote) (1) Set top box controller (1) (for RDR-HX825 models only) R6 (size AA) batteries (2) Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. Compatible colour systems This recorder is designed to record using the PAL colour system and play back using the PAL or NTSC colour systems. The signals of the SECAM colour system can be received or recorded but played back in the PAL colour system only. Recording of video sources based on other colour systems cannot be guaranteed. DVD RECORDER WARNING!! WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK. CAUTION: The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard. CAUTION Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the leadfree mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.) : LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. • Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350°C. Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! • Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. • Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder. COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. SAFETY CHECK-OUT After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer. 1. 2. 3. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are "pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 4. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. 6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing • Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C during repairing. • Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the circuit board (within 3 times). • Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering or unsoldering. —2— TABLE OF CONTENTS SERVICE NOTE 1. 2. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION) ············ 5 BOARDS CONNECTION ················································· 6 1. GENERAL WARNING ············································································ 1-1 Precautions ············································································· 1-1 Quick Guide to Disc Types ···················································· 1-2 Hookups and Settings ································································ 1-3 Hooking Up the Recorder ······················································ 1-3 Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box Controller ··············································································· 1-3 Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord ················· 1-4 Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords ····································· 1-5 Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead ······································· 1-5 Step 5: Preparing the Remote ················································ 1-5 Step 6: Easy Setup ································································· 1-6 Connecting a VCR or Similar Device ···································· 1-7 Connecting a PAY-TV/Canal Plus Analogue Decoder ·········· 1-7 Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder ························ 1-8 1. Inserting a Disc ·································································· 1-8 2. Recording a Programme ···················································· 1-8 3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) ··················· 1-8 4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information ·········· 1-9 5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme ················ 1-9 6. Labelling and Protecting a Disc ······································· 1-10 7. Playing the Disc on Other DVD Equipment (Finalise) ··· 1-10 8. Reformatting a disc ·························································· 1-10 GUIDE Plus+ ·········································································· 1-11 Introduction to the GUIDE Plus+ System ··························· 1-11 Watching TV using the GUIDE Plus+ System ···················· 1-11 Searching for a Programme using the GUIDE Plus+ System ················································································· 1-12 Listing Up Your Favourite Programme Information (My TV) ··············································································· 1-12 Making changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System ····················· 1-12 Timer Recording ······································································ 1-13 Before Recording ································································· 1-13 Timer Recording (GUIDE Plus+/ShowView/Manual) ········ 1-14 Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings ·················· 1-15 Recording From Connected Equipment ······························ 1-15 Playback ·················································································· 1-16 Playing ················································································· 1-16 Searching for a Title/Chapter/Track, etc. ····························· 1-18 Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, or DivX® Video Files ·························································· 1-18 Erasing and Editing ································································· 1-19 Before Editing ······································································ 1-19 Erasing and Editing a Title ·················································· 1-19 Creating and Editing a Playlist ············································ 1-20 Dubbing (HDD t DVD) ······················································· 1-21 Before Dubbing ··································································· 1-21 Dubbing ··············································································· 1-22 DV Dubbing ············································································ 1-22 Before DV Dubbing ····························································· 1-22 Recording an Entire DV Format Tape (One Touch Dubbing) ·························································· 1-23 Program Edit ········································································ 1-23 Settings and Adjustments ························································ 1-24 Aerial Reception and Language Settings (Basic) ················ 1-24 Video Settings (Video) ························································· 1-25 Audio Settings (Audio) ························································ 1-26 Recording Settings (Recording) ·········································· 1-26 Disc Settings (DVD) ···························································· 1-27 Remote Control Settings/Factory Settings (Others) ············ 1-27 Easy Setup (Resetting the Recorder) ··································· 1-27 Additional Information ···························································· 1-28 Troubleshooting ··································································· 1-28 Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) ····················· 1-30 Notes About This Recorder ················································· 1-30 Specifications ······································································· 1-30 About i.LINK ······································································· 1-30 Guide to Parts and Controls ················································· 1-31 Language Code List ····························································· 1-31 Area Code ············································································ 1-31 2. DISASSEMBLY 2-1. 2-2. 2-3. 2-4. 2-5. 2-6. 2-7. 2-8. 2-9. 2-10. 2-11. 2-12. CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY ·········································· 2-2 RD-064 BOARD ····························································· 2-2 TRAY ASSEMBLY ························································· 2-3 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY ········································· 2-3 FL-166 BOARD, FR-257 BOARD ································· 2-4 HARD DISK SECTION ················································· 2-4 HARD DISK ··································································· 2-5 D. C. FAN ········································································ 2-5 DVD DRIVE ··································································· 2-6 POWER BLOCK ····························································· 2-6 AV-106 BOARD ······························································ 2-7 CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ··································· 2-8 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM ···································· 3-1 AV-106 BLOCK DIAGRAM ·········································· 3-3 RD-064 (1/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM ································· 3-5 RD-064 (2/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM ································· 3-7 POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM ········································· 3-9 4. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ································ 4-1 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ············································ 4-3 WAVEFORMS ································································ 4-4 • AV-106 (1/8) (POWER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-5 • AV-106 (2/8) (AUDIO IN) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-7 • AV-106 (3/8) (AUDIO OUT) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-9 • AV-106 (4/8) (TUNER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-11 • AV-106 (5/8) (IT CONTROLLER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-13 • AV-106 (6/8) (VIDEO IN/OUT) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-15 • AV-106 (7/8) (EURO IN/OUT) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-17 • AV-106 (8/8) (IR-CONT) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-19 • FL-166 (FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-21 • FR-257 (DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-23 • RD-064 (1/8) (RISM3) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-25 • RD-064 (2/8) (HDD DRIVE) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-27 • RD-064 (3/8) (V DEC) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-29 • RD-064 (4/8) (FLASH ROM) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-31 —3— • RD-064 (5/8) (AV-CN/POWER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-33 • RD-064 (6/8) (DV-PHY) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-35 • RD-064 (7/8) (PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-37 • RD-064 (8/8) (HDMI) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-39 • SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2001EK) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-41 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS • AV-106 (POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT, IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT, IR-CONT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-43 • FL-166 (FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-47 • FR-257 (DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-49 • RD-064 (RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM, AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-51 5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. IT CONTROL IC (IC603: M306H5MG-A14FP, M306H5MC-C36FP (AV-106 BOARD)) ·························································· 5-1 5-2. MAIN CONTROL IC (IC103: R8A34012BG (RD-064 BOARD)) ···················· 5-4 6. SERVICE MODE 6-1. 6-2. 6-3. 6-4. 6-5. Check Item ······································································ 6-1 Screen Transition in the Service Mode ···························· 6-2 Items and Description of Service Mode Menu ················ 6-3 Device Check Menu (Diagnostic Test) ···························· 6-3 HDD service mode ·························································· 6-4 7. ADJUSTMENTS 7-1. Video System Adjustment ··············································· 7-1 8. REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS 8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION ····················································· 8-1 8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION-1 ··················································· 8-2 8-1-3. CHASSIS SECTION-2 ··················································· 8-3 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ·········································· 8-4 —4— SERVICE NOTE 1. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION) 1. 2. Remove the upper case. Insert the stiff wire in the hole and eject the tray. Hole The stiff wire Open the tray. Fig. 2 Fig. 1 NOTES DURING THE FORCED EJECTION 1. If the forced ejection is executed while a blank disc media (DVD±RW, ±R) exists on the tray • Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) in the tray and then close the tray. Note1: If you close the tray while it is empty, ejection of the tray becomes impossible. Note2: If you close the tray with a CD disc inserted in it, the CD can be ejected. However, if you close the tray while it is empty, there can be a case that ejection of the tray becomes impossible. Note3: Even if you replace the DVD drive unit while the tray remains under the state as described above, the situation cannot be improved. 2. If the tray cannot be ejected while the disc is not inserted • Execute the forced ejection. • Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) on the tray and try to close the tray. (There are cases that it recovers the trouble.) 3. Contents of forcedly ejected blank disc media (DVD±RW, ±R) can be damaged. (There can be a case that initialization is also impossible.) —5— 2. BOARDS CONNECTION Connector (CN606, 42P) Connector (CN603, 42P) RD-064 board RD51-RD relay board (J-6090-167-A) RD51-AV extension flexible flat cable (J-6090-168-A) RD51-AV relay board (J-6090-169-A) Connector (CN502, 42P) Connector (CN501, 42P) —6— RDR-HX820/HX825 This section is extracted from instruction manual. (RDR-HX825 : 2-886-040-E1 (1)) SECTION 1 GENERAL Precautions WARNING To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to rain or moisture. To avoid electrical shock, do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only. The mains lead must be changed only at a qualified service shop. This appliance is classified as a CLASS 1 LASER product. The CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT MARKING is located on the laser protective housing inside the enclosure. CAUTION The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. As the laser beam used in this DVD recorder is harmful to eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only. This label is located on the laser protective housing inside the enclosure. • This unit operates on 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz. Check that the unit’s operating voltage is identical with your local power supply. • To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the apparatus. • Install this system so that the mains lead can be unplugged from the wall socket immediately in the event of trouble. GUIDE Plus+, SHOWVIEW, G-LINK are (1) registered trademarks or trademarks of, (2) manufactured under license from and (3) subject of various international patents and patent applications owned by, or licensed to, Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. and/or its related affiliates. GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND/ OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES ARE NOT IN ANY WAY LIABLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE PROGRAM SCHEDULE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE GUIDE PLUS+ SYSTEM. IN NO EVENT SHALL GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND / OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNTS REPRESENTING LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROVISION OR USE OF ANY INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT, OR SERVICES RELATING TO THE GUIDE PLUS+ SYSTEM. Disposal of Old Electrical & Electronic Equipment (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems) Precautions • Do not attempt to replace or upgrade the hard disk by yourself, as this may result in malfunction. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits set out in the EMC Directive using a connection cable shorter than 3 metres. If the hard disk drive should malfunction, you cannot recover lost data. The hard disk drive is only a temporary storage space. On safety About repairing the hard disk drive Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, unplug the recorder and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further. This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household waste. Instead it shall be handed over to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local Civic Office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. About the hard disk drive The hard disk has a high storage density, which enables long recording durations and quick access to the written data. However, it can easily be damaged by shock, vibration or dust, and should be kept away from magnets. To avoid losing important data, observe the following precautions. • Do not apply a strong shock to the recorder. • Do not place the recorder in a location subject to mechanical vibrations or in an unstable location. • Do not place the recorder on top of a hot surface, such as a VCR or amplifier (receiver). • Do not use the recorder in a place subject to extreme changes in temperature (temperature gradient less than 10 °C/hour). • Do not move the recorder with its mains lead connected. • Do not disconnect the mains lead while the power is on. • When disconnecting the mains lead, turn off the power and make sure that the hard disk drive is not operating (the clock is displayed in the front panel display for at least 30 seconds and all recording or dubbing has stopped). • Do not move the recorder for one minute after you have unplugged the mains lead. • The contents of the hard disk drive may be checked in case of repair or inspection during a malfunction or modification. However, the contents will not be backed up or saved by Sony. • If the hard disk needs to be formatted or replaced, it will be done at the discretion of Sony. All contents of the hard disk drive will be erased, including contents that violate copyright laws. On power sources • The recorder is not disconnected from the AC power source (mains) as long as it is connected to the wall outlet, even if the recorder itself has been turned off. • If you are not going to use the recorder for a long time, be sure to disconnect the recorder from the wall outlet. To disconnect the AC power cord (mains lead), grasp the plug itself; never pull the cord. On placement • Place the recorder in a location with adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the recorder. • Do not place the recorder on a soft surface such as a rug that might block the ventilation holes. • Do not place the recorder in a confined space such as a bookshelf or similar unit. • Do not place the recorder in a location near heat sources, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical shock. • Do not place the recorder in an inclined position. It is designed to be operated in a horizontal position only. • Keep the recorder and discs away from equipment with strong magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers. • Do not place heavy objects on the recorder. On recording Make trial recordings before making the actual recording. On compensation for lost recordings Sony is not liable and will not compensate for any lost recordings or relevant losses, including when recordings are not made due to reasons including recorder failure, or when the contents of a recording are lost or damaged as a result of recorder failure or repair undertaken to the recorder. Sony will not restore, recover, or replicate the recorded contents under any circumstances. ,continued 2 Copyrights About this manual • Television programmes, films, video tapes, discs, and other materials may be copyrighted. Unauthorized recording of such material may be contrary to the provisions of the copyright laws. Also, use of this recorder with cable television transmission may require authorization from the cable television transmitter and/or programme owner. • This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. • In this manual, the internal hard disk drive is written as “HDD,” and “disc” is used as a general reference for the HDD, DVDs, or CDs unless otherwise specified by the text or illustrations. • Icons, such as DVD , listed at the top of each explanation indicate what kind of media can be used with the function being explained. • Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the controls on the recorder if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote. • The on-screen display illustrations used in this manual may not match the graphics displayed on your TV screen. • The explanations regarding DVDs in this manual refer to DVDs created on this recorder. The explanations do not apply to DVDs that are created on other recorders and played back on this recorder. Copy guard function Since the recorder has a copy guard function, programmes received through an external tuner (not supplied) may contain copy protection signals (copy guard function) and as such may not be recordable, depending on the type of signal. IMPORTANT NOTICE Caution: This recorder is capable of holding a still video image or on-screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or onscreen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time you risk permanent damage to your television screen. Plasma display panels and projection televisions are especially susceptible to this. If you have any questions or problems concerning your recorder, please consult your nearest Sony dealer. 4 1-1 3 Usable disc versions (as of August 2006) Quick Guide to Disc Types • 8x-speed or slower DVD+RWs • 6x-speed or slower DVD-RWs (Ver.1.1, Ver.1.2 with CPRM*2) • 16x-speed or slower DVD+Rs • 16x-speed or slower DVD-Rs (Ver.2.0, Ver.2.1 with CPRM*2) • 8x-speed or slower DVD+R DL (Double Layer) discs Recordable and playable discs Icon used in this manual Formatting (new discs) Compatibility with other DVD players (finalising) Hard disk drive (internal) HDD Formatting unnecessary Dub HDD contents to a DVD to play on other DVD players DVD+RW +RW Automatically formatted in +VR mode (DVD+RW VIDEO) Playable on DVD+RW compatible players (automatically finalised) VR mode -RWVR Playable only on VR mode Format in VR compatible players mode (page 33) (finalisation unnecessary) Video mode -RWVideo Format in Video mode (page 33) Playable on most DVD players (finalisation necessary) (page 41) +R Automatically formatted in +VR mode (DVD+R VIDEO) Playable on most DVD players (finalisation necessary) (page 41) VR mode -RVR Format in VR mode (page 33)*1 Formatting is performed using the “Disc Information” display. Playable only on DVD-R in VR mode compatible players (finalisation necessary) (page 41) Video mode -RVideo Automatically formatted in Video mode Playable on most DVD players (finalisation necessary) (page 41) Type Disc Logo “DVD+RW,” “DVD-RW,” “DVD+R,” “DVD+R DL,” and “DVD-R” are trademarks. *1 When an unformatted DVD-R is inserted into this recorder, it is automatically formatted in Video mode. To format a new DVD-R in VR mode, format using the “Disc Information” display (page 33). *2 CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable Media) is a coding technology that protects copyrights for images. Discs that cannot be recorded on DVDRW DVD+R DVD+R DL DVD-R • 8 cm discs • DVD-R DL (Dual Layer) discs • DVD-RAMs ,continued 8 Maximum recordable number of titles Playable discs Type Disc Logo Icon used in this manual DVD VIDEO DVD VIDEO CD VCD CD CD Characteristics Discs such as movies that can be purchased or rented This recorder also recognizes DVDRAMs and DVD-R Dual Layer (Video mode) discs as DVD Video compatible discs. If the DVD-RAM has a removable cartridge, remove the cartridge before playback. Disc Number of titles* HDD 300 DVD-RW/DVD-R 99 DVD+RW/DVD+R 49 DVD+R DL 49 * The maximum length for one title is eight hours. Note on playback operations of DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs Some playback operations of DVD VIDEOs/ VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this recorder plays DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. See the instructions supplied with the DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs. VIDEO CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in VIDEO CD/Super VIDEO CD format Music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format Region code (DVD VIDEO only) DATA DVD — DATA DVD DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs/DVD-ROMs containing either JPEG image files or DivX video files DATA CD — DATA CD CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs containing either MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files or DivX video files 8 cm DVD+RW/ DVD-RW/DVD-R — — 8 cm DVD+RW, DVD-RW, and DVD-R recorded with a DVD video camera (Still images recorded with a DVD video camera cannot be played.) Your recorder has a region code printed on the rear of the unit and will only play DVD VIDEOs (playback only) labelled with identical region codes. This system is used to protect copyrights. DVD VIDEOs labelled ALL will also play on this recorder. If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the message “Playback prohibited by region code.” will appear on the TV screen. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, no region code indication may be labelled even though playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by area restrictions. Region code “DVD VIDEO” and “CD” are trademarks. DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license. DivX® is a video file compression technology, developed by DivX, Inc. Discs that cannot be played • PHOTO CDs • CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs that are recorded in a format different from the formats mentioned in the table above. • Data part of CD-Extras • DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs/ DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs that do not contain DVD Video, DivX video or JPEG image files. • DVD Audio discs • Cartridge-only type DVD-RAMs and/or DVD-RAMs that do not contain DVD Video. • HD layer on Super Audio CDs • DVD VIDEOs with a different region code (page 11). • DVDs that were recorded on a different recorder and not correctly finalised. 9 Note on DualDiscs A DualDisc is a two sided disc product which mates DVD recorded material on one side with digital audio material on the other side. However, since the audio material side does not conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard, playback on this product is not guaranteed. b Notes • Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVDRs, DVD-RAMs, or CD-RWs/CD-Rs cannot be played on this recorder due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device and authoring software. The disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalised. For more information, see the operating instructions for the recording device. • You cannot mix VR mode and Video mode on the same DVD-RW. To change the disc’s format, reformat the disc (page 43). Note that the disc’s contents will be erased after reformatting. • You cannot shorten the time required for recording even with high-speed discs. • It is recommended that you use discs with “For Video” printed on their packaging. • You cannot add new recordings to DVD+Rs, DVD-Rs, or DVD-RWs (Video mode) that contain recordings made on other DVD equipment. • In some cases, you may not be able to add new recordings to DVD+RWs that contain recordings made on other DVD equipment. If you do add a new recording, note that this recorder will rewrite the DVD menu. • You cannot edit recordings on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs that are made on other DVD equipment. • If the disc contains PC data unrecognizable by this recorder, the data may be erased. • You may not be able to record on some recordable discs, depending on the disc. Music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies This product is designed to play back discs that conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard. Recently, various music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies are being marketed by some record companies. Please be aware that among those discs, there are some that do not conform to the CD standard and may not be playable by this product. 10 11 1-2 Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box Controller Hookups and Settings Hooking Up the Recorder b Notes • • • • • See “Specifications” (page 121) for a list of supplied accessories. Plug in cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. You cannot connect this recorder to a TV that does not have a SCART or video input jack. Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting. If you have Hookup Set top box receiver with an aerial output (or aerial and SCART output) A (page 14) Set top box receiver with a SCART output only B (page 15) No set top box receiver C (page 16) Hookups and Settings Select one of the following aerial hookups. Do NOT set “Line3 Input” of the “Scart Setting” to “Decoder” in the “Video” setup (page 103) when making connection A or B. Follow steps 1 through 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the recorder. Do not connect the mains lead until you reach “Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead” on page 21. If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals This recorder accepts RGB signals. If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals, connect the TV SCART connector on the set top box receiver to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, and set “Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” to “Video/RGB” in the “Video” setup (page 103). Note that this connection and setup disable the SMARTLINK function. If you want to use the SMARTLINK function with a compatible set top box receiver, see the instructions supplied with the set top box receiver. If you want to use the Synchro Rec function A SCART connection between the set top box receiver and the recorder is necessary to use the Synchro-Recording function. See “Recording from connected equipment with a timer (Synchro Rec)” on page 63. Set “Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” in the “Video” setup (page 103) according to the specifications of your set top box receiver. See your set top box receiver’s instructions for more information. Using the set top box receiver control function The set top box receiver control function can be used with hookup A or B. It allows the recorder to control a set top box receiver via the supplied set top box controller. The recorder controls programme positions on the set top box receiver for timer recording. You can also use the recorder’s remote control to change programme positions on the set top box receiver whenever the set top box receiver and recorder are turned on. To use the set top box receiver control function, you need to connect the set top box controller (page 25). After setting up the set top box receiver control, check that the recorder can correctly control the set top box receiver (page 26). b Notes • If your aerial is a flat cable (300-ohm twin lead cable), use an external aerial connector (not supplied) to connect the aerial to the recorder. • If you have separate cables for AERIAL antennas, use an AERIAL UHF/VHF band mixer (not supplied) to connect the aerial to the recorder. • Synchro-Recording does not work with some tuners. For details, see the tuner’s operating instructions. • If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected set top box receiver. ,continued 12 13 . A: Connecting a set top box receiver using an aerial cable or an aerial cable and a SCART cord B: Connecting a set top box receiver using a SCART cord only With this hookup, you can record any programme position on the set top box receiver. To watch cable programmes, you need to match the programme position on the recorder to the aerial output programme position on the cable box. Place the set top box controller near the remote sensor on the set top box receiver. Place the set top box controller near the remote sensor on the set top box receiver. Wall Set top box controller (page 13) Set top box controller (page 13) Set top box receiver ANT IN Set top box receiver Wall Aerial cable (supplied) Hookups and Settings With this hookup, you can record any programme position on the set top box receiver. Be sure that the set top box receiver is turned on. To watch cable or satellite programmes, you need to match the programme position on the recorder to the input jack connected to the set top box receiver (i LINE 3/DECODER). TO TV ANT IN TO TV SCART cord* (not supplied) to SCART output to aerial input Aerial cable (supplied) TV SCART cord (not supplied) to AERIAL IN to G-LINK to i LINE 3/DECODER to G-LINK DVD recorder to AERIAL OUT TV DVD recorder : Signal flow to aerial input : Signal flow * Connect only if your set top box receiver has a SCART connection. ,continued 14 1-3 15 C: Connecting the aerial cable only (no set top box receiver) Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord Use this hookup if you watch cable programme position without a cable box. Also use this hookup if you are connecting just an aerial antenna. With this hookup, you can record any programme position by selecting the programme position on the recorder. Select one of the following patterns, A through E, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to view pictures. D INPUT Audio/video cord (not supplied) VIDEO COMPONENT VIDEO IN Component video cord (not supplied) Y PB/CB L (green) Hookups and Settings B Wall (blue) PR/CR AUDIO (red) R TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) to AERIAL IN DVD recorder (yellow) to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (green) (blue) (red) to LINE 2 OUT (VIDEO) to AERIAL OUT TV to aerial input DVD recorder Aerial cable (supplied) to HDMI OUT : Signal flow HDMI cord (not supplied) E to i LINE 1 – TV to LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) S-video cord (not supplied) SCART cord (not supplied) C A HDMI IN TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) S VIDEO INPUT TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) TV : Signal flow ,continued 16 A SCART input jack When you set “Easy Setup - Line1 Output” to “S Video” or “RGB” (page 25), use a SCART cord that conforms to the selected signal. You will enjoy standard quality images. C S VIDEO input jack You will enjoy high quality images. D Component video input jacks (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images. If your TV accepts progressive 525p/625p format signals, use this connection and set “Component Out” in the “Video” setup to “On” (page 102). Then set “Progressive Output” to “On” in the “Video” setup to send progressive video signals. For details, see “Progressive Output” on page 102. E HDMI input jack Use a certified HDMI cord (not supplied) to enjoy high quality digital picture and sound through the HDMI OUT jack. When playing “wide screen” images Some recorded images may not fit your TV screen. To change the picture size, see page 101. If you are connecting to a VCR Connect your VCR to the LINE 3/ DECODER jack on the recorder (page 28). For playback • Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time. • When you connect the recorder to your TV via the SCART jacks, the TV’s input source is set to the recorder automatically when you start playback. If necessary, press TV t to return the input to the TV. • For correct SMARTLINK connection, you will need a SCART cord that has the full 21 pins. Refer to your TV’s instruction manual as well for this connection. • If you connect this recorder to a TV with SMARTLINK, set “Easy Setup - Line1 Output” to “Video.” • You cannot connect the HDMI OUT jack (connection E) to DVI jacks that are not HDCP compliant (e.g., DVI jacks on PC displays). • One Touch Play You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the TV’s input to the recorder, and start playback with one touch of the H (play) button (page 67). • One Touch Menu You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the TV to the recorder’s programme position, and display the Title List menu with one touch of the TITLE LIST button (page 67). For settings • Preset Download You can download the tuner preset data from your TV to this recorder, and tune the recorder according to that data in “Easy Setup.” This greatly simplifies the “Easy Setup” procedure. • Automatic Power Off The recorder will turn off automatically if the recorder is not used after you turn off the TV. • NexTView Download You can easily set the timer by using the NexTView Download function on your TV. See your TV’s instruction manual. * This DVD recorder incorporates High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI™) technology. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC. About the SMARTLINK features (for SCART connections only) Hookups and Settings B Video input jack b Notes 17 *1 “MEGALOGIC” is a registered trademark of Grundig Corporation. “EASYLINK” and “CINEMALINK” are trademarks of Philips Corporation. *3 “Q-Link” and “NexTView Link” are trademarks of Panasonic Corporation. *4 “EURO VIEW LINK” is a trademark of Toshiba Corporation. *5 “T-V LINK” is a trademark of JVC Corporation. If the connected TV (or other connected equipment such as a set top box) complies with SMARTLINK, NexTView Link*3, MEGALOGIC*1, EASYLINK*2, CINEMALINK*2, Q-Link*3, EURO VIEW LINK*4, or T-V LINK*5, you can enjoy the following SMARTLINK features. *2 z Hint SMARTLINK also works with TVs or other equipment having EPG Timer Control, EPG Title Download, and Now Recording functions. For details, refer to the operating instructions supplied with your TV or other equipment. For recording • TV Direct Rec. You can easily record what you are watching on your TV (page 34). • One Touch EPG You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the TV to the recorder’s programme position, and display the GUIDE Plus+ system “Home Screen” with one touch of the TV GUIDE button. b Notes • The SMARTLINK features are available only when “Video” is selected in “Line1 Output.” • The power must be turned on to use all SMARTLINK features except One Touch Play, One Touch Menu and One Touch EPG. • Not all TVs respond to the functions above. 18 19 1-4 z Hint For correct speaker location, see the operating instructions supplied with the connected components. Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords Select one of the following patterns, A or B, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to listen to sound. b Notes • Do not connect your TV’s audio output jacks to the LINE IN (R-AUDIO-L) jacks at the same time. This will cause unwanted noise to come from your TV’s speakers. • With connection B, do not connect the LINE IN (R-AUDIO-L) and LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks to your TV’s audio output jacks at the same time. This will cause unwanted noise to come from your TV’s speakers. • With connection A, after you have completed the connection, make the appropriate settings under “Easy Setup - Audio Connection” (page 25). Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise will come from your speakers. • When you connect the recorder to an AV amplifier (receiver) using an HDMI cord, you will need to do one of the following: – Connect the AV amplifier (receiver) to the TV with the HDMI cord. – Connect the recorder to the TV with a video cord other than HDMI cord (component video cord, S VIDEO cord, or audio/video cord). [Speakers] Rear (L) A Rear (R) AV amplifier (receiver) with a decoder Front (L) Front (R) Centre Subwoofer to coaxial or optical/ HDMI digital input or or Coaxial digital cord HDMI cord (not supplied) (not supplied) Optical digital cord (not supplied) to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) Connect the supplied mains lead to the AC IN terminal of the recorder. Then plug the recorder and TV mains leads (power cords) into the mains. After you connect the mains lead, you must wait for a short while before operating the recorder. You can operate the recorder once the front panel display lights up and the recorder enters standby mode. If you connect additional equipment to this recorder (page 28), be sure to connect the mains lead after all connections are complete. 1 Hookups and Settings [Speakers] Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead to AC IN 2 *1 to HDMI OUT Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. *2 “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. DVD recorder to LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) B INPUT Audio/video cord (not supplied) to mains VIDEO (yellow) (white) L (red) (white) AUDIO R (yellow)* (red) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) : Signal flow * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 17). A Digital audio input jack If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby*1 Digital, DTS*2, or MPEG audio decoder and a digital input jack, use this connection. You can enjoy Dolby Digital (5.1ch), DTS (5.1ch), and MPEG audio (5.1ch) surround effects. B Audio L/R (left/right) input jacks This connection will use your TV’s or stereo amplifier’s (receiver’s) two speakers for sound. 20 21 Step 5: Preparing the Remote You can adjust the remote’s signal to control your TV. For instance, to enter “09,” press “0” then “9.” After you enter the last number, release the TV [/1 button. b Notes Code numbers of controllable TVs • Depending on the connected unit, you may not be able to control your TV with some or all of the buttons below. • If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be erased. If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV. Number buttons TV/DVD b Notes • If the supplied remote interferes your other Sony DVD recorder or player, change the command mode number for this recorder (page 23). • Use the batteries correctly to avoid possible leakage and corrosion. Should leakage occur, do not touch the liquid with bare hands. Observe the following: – Do not use a new battery with an old battery, or batteries of different manufacturers. – Do not attempt to recharge the batteries. – If you do not intend to use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries. – If battery leakage occurs, wipe out any liquid inside the battery compartment, and insert new batteries. • Do not expose the remote sensor (marked on the front panel) to strong light, such as direct sunlight or a lighting apparatus. The recorder may not respond to the remote. • When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number and Command Mode may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number and Command Mode again. With the TV [/1 button pressed down, enter the TV’s manufacturer code using the number buttons. Manufacturer Code number Sony 01 (default) Hitachi 24 JVC 33 Panasonic 17, 49 Philips 06, 08 Samsung 71 Sanyo 25 Thomson 43 Toshiba 38 If you have a Sony DVD player or more than one Sony DVD recorder If the supplied remote interferes with your other Sony DVD recorder or player, set the command mode number for this recorder and the supplied remote to one that differs from the other Sony DVD recorder or player after you have completed “Step 6: Easy Setup.” The default command mode setting for this recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3. Hookups and Settings You can control the recorder using the supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the battery compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the recorder. 2 Controlling TVs with the remote Number buttons SYSTEM MENU M/m, ENTER The remote performs the following: TV 2 +/– TV [/1 TV t TV PROG +/– 1 Hold down the TV [/1 button located at the bottom of the remote. Do not press the [/1 button at the top of the remote. Buttons Operations TV [/1 Turns your TV on or off TV 2 (volume) +/– Adjusts the volume of your TV TV PROG +/– Selects the programme position on your TV 2 TV t Switches your TV’s input source 3 1 Check that “Easy Setup” (page 25) has been finished. If “Easy Setup” has not been finished, first perform “Easy Setup.” Press SYSTEM MENU. The System Menu appears. Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. To operate the TV/DVD button (for SCART connections only) The TV/DVD button switches between the recorder and the last input source selected on the TV. Point your remote at the recorder when using this button. When you connect the recorder to the TV via the SCART jacks, the input source for the TV is set to the recorder automatically when you start playback. To watch another source, press the TV/DVD button to switch the TV’s input source. ,continued 22 1-5 23 4 Select “Others,” and press ENTER. To check the Command Mode for the recorder Press x on the recorder when the recorder is turned off. The Command Mode for the recorder appears in the front panel display. Select “Command Mode,” and press ENTER. Follow the on-screen instructions to make the following settings. Easy Setup - OSD Select a language for the on-screen displays. Make the basic adjustments by following the on-screen instructions in “Easy Setup.” Be careful not to disconnect the cables or exit the “Easy Setup” function during this procedure. If the Command Mode for the recorder has not been changed, set the Command Mode for the remote to the default setting of DVD3. If the Command Mode for the remote is changed to DVD1 or DVD2, you will be unable to operate this recorder. Easy Setup - Tuner System Select your country/region or language. The programme position order will be set according to the country/region you set. To set the programme positions manually, see page 96. • If you live in a French speaking country that is not listed on the display, select “ELSE - English.” [/1 Number buttons Changing programme positions of the recorder using the remote Easy Setup - Postal Code Enter your postal code using the number buttons or </M/m/,, and press ENTER. To erase a number, move the cursor to the number, and press O RETURN. Note that the option for entering your Postal Code only appears if you select one of the following tuner systems in the step above: UK, B, NL, D, E, I, CH, A. TV GUIDE You can change programme positions of the recorder using the number buttons. </M/m/,, ENTER O RETURN 6 Select a Command Mode (DVD1, DVD2, or DVD3), and press ENTER. 7 Set the Command Mode for the remote so it matches the Command Mode for the recorder you set above. Number buttons TV [/1 Follow the steps below to set the Command Mode on the remote. 1 Hold down ENTER. 2 While holding down ENTER, enter the Command Mode code number using the number buttons. 1 ENTER DVD1 number button 1 DVD2 number button 2 DVD3 number button 3 Easy Setup - Clock The recorder will automatically search for a clock signal. If a clock signal cannot be found, set the clock manually using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. Turn on the recorder and your TV. Then switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the recorder appears on your TV screen. Easy Setup - TV Type (page 101) If you have a wide-screen TV, select “16:9.” If you have a standard TV, select either “4:3 Letter Box” (shrink to fit) or “4:3 Pan Scan” (stretch to fit). This will determine how “wide-screen” images are displayed on your TV. The initial settings message appears. • If this message does not appear, select “Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the System Menu (page 111). Command Mode Code number Example: for channel 50 Press “5,” “0,” then press ENTER. Press ENTER. Hookups and Settings 5 2 Step 6: Easy Setup 3 Hold down both the number and ENTER buttons at the same time for more than three seconds. Easy Setup - Component Out If you are using the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jack, select “On.” Easy Setup - Line3 Input If you plan to connect a decoder such as a PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, select “Yes.” ,continued 24 Easy Setup - Audio Connection If you connected an AV amplifier (receiver) using either a digital optical or coaxial cord, select “Yes : DIGITAL OUT” and set the digital output signal (page 104). 3 Press ENTER when “Finish” appears. 1 To return to the previous step Press O RETURN. z Hints • If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder, set “MPEG” to “MPEG” (page 104). • If you want to run “Easy Setup” again, select “Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the System Menu (page 111). 4 ENTER. Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar using M/,, and press ENTER. The display asks for confirmation. If the Video Window does not switch to the specified programme position, select “NO” and press ENTER until the Video Window switches to the specified programme position. Select “Basic Setup” using M/m, and press ENTER. 1 Remove the backing on the double-sided tape. 2 Attach it so that the set top box controller is directly above the remote control sensor on your set top box receiver. Select “External Receiver 1,” and press ENTER. If you cannot get the recorder to control your set top box receiver You can also select “External Receiver 2” or “External Receiver 3” if you have connected additional set top box receivers. 5 6 Once you have confirmed that the set top box controller controls your set top box receiver, fix it in place. The Video Window switches to the specified programme position. 11 Select “YES” using M/m, and press The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears. 3 To fix the set top box controller to your set top box receiver 10 Press ENTER to select “Continue.” Press TV GUIDE. The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home Screen” appears. 2 Select the connection you used for your set top box receiver using M/m, and press ENTER. When the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using hookup A or C, select “Antenna.” When the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using hookup B, select “Line3.” The display asks for confirmation. Follow the steps below to set up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+ system. Note that the OSD language, Clock, Country and Postal Code are all set for the GUIDE Plus+ system when Easy Setup is completed. “Easy Setup” is finished. To receive Guide Plus+ system data your recorder must be turned off when not in use. If your recorder is connected to a set top box receiver, be sure to leave the set top box receiver turned on. After initial setup, it may take up to 24 hours to begin receiving TV programme listings. 9 Setting up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+® system Hookups and Settings Easy Setup - Line1 Output To output video signals, select “Video.” To output S video signals, select “S Video.” To output RGB signals, select “RGB.” Select “Video” to enjoy the SMARTLINK features (page 18). • If you set “Easy Setup - Component Out” to “On,” you cannot select “RGB.” • If you set “Easy Setup - Line3 Input” to “Yes,” you cannot select “S Video.” 25 Check the connection and position of the set top box controller (page 14). If your set top box receiver still does not operate with this recorder, refer to the instructions supplied with your set top box receiver and contact your cable or satellite company to see if they can provide you with a compatible set top box receiver. Press ENTER to select “Continue.” Select the set top box receiver type using M/m, and press ENTER. 7 Select the provider using M/m, and press ENTER. 8 Select the receiver brand using M/m, and press ENTER. b Notes • The list of external receivers controllable by the GUIDE Plus+ system is updated constantly and is distributed through GUIDE Plus+ system data signals. Since the time your recorder has been produced and the time you installed your recorder for the first time, new external receiver codes might have been added. • If the external receiver is still not on the list or is not controlled properly by the recorder, please call Customer Support to report the brand and model of your external receiver. If you select “Other providers,” you can select a receiver brand from a list of all available brands. If your receiver brand is not on the list, select “???.” The receiver brand list is automatically updated, so your receiver may be available at a later date. Select your brand when it becomes available. Until then, use “???.” 26 27 1-6 Connecting to the LINE 2 IN jacks on the front panel Connecting a VCR or Similar Device Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 2 IN jacks of this recorder. If the equipment has an S-video jack, you can use an S-video cord instead of an audio/video cord. VCR, etc. OUTPUT S VIDEO VIDEO Hookups and Settings After disconnecting the recorder’s mains lead from the mains, connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE IN jacks of this recorder. Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack) (page 91). For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the connected equipment. To record on this recorder, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 65. AUDIO L R Connecting to the LINE 3/DECODER jack Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 3/DECODER jack of this recorder. S-video cord (not supplied) TV VCR Audio/video cord (not supplied) SCART cord (not supplied) to LINE 2 IN to SCART input to i LINE 3/DECODER to i LINE 1 – TV DVD recorder : Signal flow z Hint When the connected equipment outputs only monaural sound, connect to just the L(MONO) and VIDEO input jacks on the front of the recorder. Do not connect the R input jack. DVD recorder b Notes b Notes • Pictures containing copy protection signals that prohibit any copying cannot be recorded. • If you pass the recorder signals through a VCR, you may not receive a clear image on your TV screen. DVD recorder VCR • Do not connect the yellow LINE IN (VIDEO) jack when using an S-video cord. • Do not connect the output jack of this recorder to another equipment’s input jack with the other equipment’s output jack connected to the input jack of this recorder. This may cause noise (feedback). • Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time. TV Be sure to connect your VCR to the DVD recorder and to your TV in the order shown below. To watch video tapes, watch the tapes through a second line input on your TV. Line input 1 VCR DVD recorder TV Line input 2 • The SMARTLINK features are not available for devices connected via the DVD recorder’s LINE 3/ DECODER jack. • When you record to a VCR from this DVD recorder, do not switch the input source to TV by pressing the TV/DVD button on the remote. • If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected VCR. 28 29 Setting PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programme positions Connecting a PAY-TV/Canal Plus Analogue Decoder To watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programmes, set your recorder to receive the programme positions using the on-screen display. In order to set the programme positions correctly, be sure to follow all of the steps below. Connecting a decoder TV Aerial cable (supplied) PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder Number buttons SCART cord (not supplied) 5 Press M/m to select “Video” or “RGB” for “Line1 Output,” “Decoder” for “Line3 Input,” and “Video” for “Line3 Output,” and press ENTER. The “Video” setup display appears again. 6 to AERIAL IN 7 SYSTEM MENU to SCART input Select “Scart Setting,” and press ENTER. Hookups and Settings You can watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder programmes if you connect a decoder (not supplied) to the recorder. Disconnect the recorder’s mains lead from the mains when connecting the decoder. Note that when you set “Line3 Input” to “Decoder” in step 5 of “Setting PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programme positions” (page 31), you will not be able to select “L3” because Line 3 will become a dedicated line for the decoder. 4 Press O RETURN to return the cursor to the left column. Select “Basic,” and press ENTER. </M/m/,, ENTER SCART cord (not supplied) O RETURN to AERIAL OUT to i LINE 1 – TV to i LINE 3/DECODER 1 Press SYSTEM MENU. The System Menu appears. 2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. 3 Select “Video,” and press ENTER. 8 Select “Programme Setting,” and press ENTER. DVD recorder 9 Press M/m to select the desired programme position, and press ENTER. ,continued 30 1-7 31 10 Select “System” using </,. Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder 1. Inserting a Disc +RW -RWVR -RWVideo -RVideo DVD VCD -RVR CD DATA DVD DATA CD system, BG, DK, I, or L. To receive broadcasts in France, select “L.” Z (open/ close) 12 Select “Channel” using </,. HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo +R -RWVR -RWVideo This section introduces the basic operation to record a current TV programme to the hard disk (HDD) or to a disc (DVD). For an explanation of how to make timer recordings, see page 54. DVD HDD DVD PROG +/– TV/DVD 1 2 13 Select the PAY-TV/Canal Plus Press DVD. Press Z (open/close), and place a disc on the disc tray. OPTIONS analogue programme position using M/m or number buttons. 14 Select “PAY-TV/CANAL+” using </ DISPLAY z REC ,. REC MODE x REC STOP TV t Recording/playing side facing down 3 Press Z (open/close) to close the disc tray. Wait until “LOAD” disappears from the front panel display. Unused DVDs are formatted automatically. • For DVD-RW discs DVD-RWs are formatted in the recording format (VR mode or Video mode) set by “Format DVD-RW” in the “DVD” setup. 15 Select “On” using M/m, and press ENTER. To return to the previous step Press O RETURN. • For DVD-R discs DVD-Rs are automatically formatted in Video mode. To format an unused DVD-R in VR mode, format the disc using the “Disc Information” display (page 43) before you make a recording. If the disc is recordable on this recorder, you can manually re-format the disc to make a blank disc (page 43). b Note If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected decoder. 1 Press HDD or DVD. If you want to record to a DVD, insert a recordable DVD. 2 Press PROG +/– to select the programme position or input source you want to record. 3 Press REC MODE repeatedly to select the recording mode. Each time you press the button, the display on the TV screen changes as follows: For more details about the recording mode, see page 54. ,continued 32 4 About the Teletext function Recording starts. Recording stops automatically after 8 hours of continuous recording or when the HDD or DVD is full. Some broadcast systems ensure a Teletext service* in which the complete programmes and their data (title, date, programme position, recording start time etc.) are stored day by day. When recording a programme, the recorder automatically takes the programme name from the Teletext pages and stores it as the title name. For details, see “Auto Programme Title Labelling (TV Guide Page)” on page 99. Note that the Teletext information will not appear on your TV screen. To view the Teletext information on your TV screen, press TV/DVD on the remote to switch the input source to your TV (page 22). To stop recording Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for recorder to stop recording. To record the entire programme (Programme Rec) Press OPTIONS to select “Rec. Programme.” The current programme that you are watching will be recorded. Recording automatically stops when the programme ends. To watch another TV programme while recording If your TV is connected to the i LINE 1 – TV jack, set your TV to the TV input using the TV/DVD button and select the programme you want to watch. If your TV is connected to the LINE 2 OUT or COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set the TV to TV input using the TV t button (page 22). TV Direct Rec. If you are using the SMARTLINK connection and the “TV Direct Rec.” is set to “On” (page 107), you can easily record what you are watching on your TV. When the TV and the recorder are turned on, press z REC. The recorder starts recording what you are watching on your TV. 3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo Title List with Thumbnail Images (Example: DVD+RW) +R To play a recorded title, select the title from the Title List. HDD m DVD Extended Title List * not available in some areas b Notes TITLE LIST • After pressing z REC, it may take a short while to start recording. • You cannot change the recording mode while recording. • If there is a power failure, the programme you are recording may be erased. • You cannot watch a PAY-TV/Canal Plus programme while recording another PAY-TV/ Canal Plus programme. • To use the TV Direct Rec function, you must first correctly set the recorder’s clock. </M/m/,, ENTER OPTIONS / mc Checking the disc status while recording 1 CM x 2 Press DISPLAY during recording. Press TITLE LIST. To show the extended Title List, press OPTIONS to select “Display List,” and press ENTER. The recording information appears. b Note If “TV” appears in the front panel display, you cannot turn off the TV or change the programme position during TV Direct Rec. To turn off the function, set “TV Direct Rec.” to “Off” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). A Disc type/format A Disc type: Displays the media type, HDD or DVD. Also displays the title type (Original or Playlist) for HDD or DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) disc titles. B Disc space (remainder/total) Press HDD or DVD. If you select DVD, insert a DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33). Playback starts automatically depending on the disc. You can check the recording information such as recording time or disc type. 33 Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder Press z REC. Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder 11 Press M/m to select an available TV +R 2. Recording a Programme C Title information: Displays the title number, title name, and recording date. Title size is shown in the Thumbnail title list. z (red): Indicates that the title is currently being recorded. : Indicates that the title is currently being dubbed. : Indicates the protected title. “NEW”: Indicates that the title is newly recorded (not played back) (HDD only). : Indicates titles containing “CopyOnce” copy protection signals (HDD only) (page 87). D Scroll bar: B Recording status Appears when all of the titles do not fit on the list. To view the hidden titles, press M/m. C Recording mode D Recording time E Title’s thumbnail picture: The still images for each title are displayed. Press DISPLAY to turn off the display. ,continued 34 1-8 35 3 Select a title, and press ENTER. To change the title order (Sort) To turn off the Title List The sub-menu appears. The sub-menu displays options applicable only to the selected item. The displayed options differ depending upon the model, situation, and disc type. While the Title List menu is turned on, press OPTIONS to select “Sort Titles.” Press M/m to select the item, and press ENTER. Press TITLE LIST. 4 Sorted By Date In order of when the titles were recorded. The title that is recorded most recently is listed at the top. By Title In alphabetical order. By Number In order of recorded title number. Unseen Title (HDD only) In order of when the titles were recorded. The title that is recorded most recently and has not been played is listed at the top. Playlist titles are not displayed. Select “Play,” and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected title. b Notes • The title names may not appear for DVDs created on other DVD recorders. • It may take a few seconds for the thumbnail pictures to be displayed. • After editing, the title thumbnail picture may change to the first scene of the recording (title). • After dubbing, the title thumbnail picture set on the source recording is cancelled. 4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo DVD VCD +R CD DATA DVD DATA CD You can check the playing time of the current title, chapter, track, or disc. Also, you can check the disc name recorded on the DVD/ CD. To change a title thumbnail picture (Thumbnail) (HDD/DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode only) To stop playback Press x (stop). To scroll the list display by page (Page mode) Press / while the list display is turned / , the entire on. Each time you press Title List changes to the next/previous page of titles. About the Title List for HDD/DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs (VR mode) You can switch the Title List to show Original or Playlist titles. While the Title List menu is turned on, press </,. You can select a favourite scene for the thumbnail picture shown in the Title List menu. 1 Press TITLE LIST. Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if necessary. 2 Select a title, and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. 3 Select “Set Thumbnail,” and press ENTER. The display for setting the thumbnail point appears and the title starts to play. 4 While watching the playback picture, press m/M to select the scene you want to set for a thumbnail picture, and press ENTER. Playback pauses. 5 Press ENTER if the scene is correct. If the scene is incorrect, press c/C to select the scene you want to set for a thumbnail picture, and press ENTER. The display asks for confirmation. • To change the thumbnail, press M. 6 Select “OK,” and press ENTER. The scene is set for the title’s thumbnail picture. ENTER OPTIONS DISPLAY Press DISPLAY. The displays differ depending on the disc type or playing status. A Title number/name (Shows either track number, track name, scene number, or file name for CDs, VIDEO CDs, DATA DVDs, or DATA CDs.) ,continued 36 B Available functions for DVD VIDEOs ( angle/ audio/ subtitle, etc.), or playback data for DATA DVDs and DATA CDs C The current selected function or audio setting (appears only temporarily) Example: Dolby Digital 5.1 ch b Note 5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be displayed correctly. Checking the remaining disc space You can check the remaining disc space using the “Disc Information” display. 1 Front (L/R) + Centre LFE (Low Frequency Effect) D The current selected angle +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo Insert a disc. Press OPTIONS to select “Disc Information,” and press ENTER. The “Disc Information” display appears. Available settings differ depending on the disc type. Example: When a DVD+RW is inserted. Number buttons E Disc type*1/format (page 8) The type of characters will change according to the language you select in “Easy Setup.” Some languages allow you to enter an accent mark. To enter a letter with an accent mark, select an accent followed by the letter. Example: Select “ ` ” and then “a” to enter “à.” To insert a space, select “Space.” INPUT SELECT F Title type (only appears for Playlists) G Play mode TITLE LIST H Recording mode (page 54) </M/m/,, ENTER I Playing status bar*2 J Title number (page 72) (Shows either track number, scene number, or file number for CDs, VIDEO CDs, DATA DVDs, or DATA CDs.) K Album name appears for DATA DVDs or DATA CDs. L Playing time *1 *2 “Remainder” (approximate) • The remaining recording time in each of the recording modes • Disc space bar • Remaining disc space/total disc space 1 2 z Hint To increase disc space, see “To open up disc space” (page 78). Press </M/m/, to select the character you want to enter, and press ENTER. The selected character appears at the top of the display. Example: Input Title Name +R You can label a DVD, title, or programme by entering characters. You can enter up to 64 characters for a title or disc name, but the actual number of characters displayed in the menus such as the Title List will vary. The steps below explain how to change the name of the recorded programme. See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33. 2 HDD 5 37 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the remaining characters. Input row Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder Rear (L/R) Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder Sub-menu Order z Hints • After recording, the first scene of the recording (the title) is automatically set as the thumbnail picture. • You can select “TITLE LIST” from the System Menu. Press TITLE LIST. Select a title, and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. 3 To erase a character, move the cursor to the right of the character at the input row. Select “Back” and press ENTER. To insert a character, move the cursor to the right of the point where you want to insert the character. Select the character and press ENTER. To erase all of the characters, select “Clear All” and press ENTER. Select “Title Name,” and press ENTER. The display for entering characters appears. Displays Super VIDEO CDs as “SVCD,” DATA CDs as “CD” and DATA DVDs as “DVD.” Does not appear with VIDEO CDs, DATA DVDs, and DATA CDs. 4 z Hints • If “DTS” of “Audio Connection” is set to “Off” in the “Audio” setup, the DTS track selection option will not appear on the screen even if the disc contains DTS tracks (page 104). • When “Auto Display” is set to “On” (default) in the “Video” setup (page 103), information automatically appears on the screen when the recorder is operated. Press </M/m/, to move the cursor to the right of the display and select “A” (upper-case), “a” (lower-case), or “Symbol,” and press ENTER. The characters for the selected type are displayed. 7 Select “Finish,” and press ENTER. To cancel the setting, select “Cancel.” ,continued 38 1-9 39 b Note To use the number buttons You can also use the number buttons to enter characters. Refer to the number next to each row of letters on your TV screen. 1 2 Press ENTER and select the next character. 3 Select “Finish” and press ENTER. You can enter up to 64 characters for a DVD’s disc name. The disc name may not appear when the disc is played on other DVD equipment. Protecting a disc You can execute options effective for the entire disc using the “Disc Information” display. -RWVR -RVR 7. Playing the Disc on Other DVD Equipment (Finalise) +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR -RVideo 1 Insert a disc. See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33. 2 z Hint You can switch between “A” (upper-case), “a” (lower-case), or “Symbol” by pressing INPUT SELECT. Press OPTIONS to select “Disc Information,” and press ENTER. The “Disc Information” display appears. Available settings differ depending on the disc type. Example: When the inserted disc is a DVD-RW (VR mode). </M/m/,, ENTER OPTIONS Finalising is necessary when you play discs recorded with this recorder on other DVD equipment. When you finalise a DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), a DVD menu will be automatically created, which can be displayed on other DVD equipment. Before finalising, check the differences between the disc types in the table below. Differences between the disc types +RW Labelling a disc +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR A -RVideo 1 Insert a disc. See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33. 2 “On”/“Off”: Indicates whether protection is set (DVD-RW/DVDR in VR mode only) -RWVR B “Protect Disc” Press OPTIONS to select “Disc Information,” and press ENTER. 3 The “Disc Information” display appears. Available settings differ depending on the disc type. Example: When the inserted disc is a DVD+RW. Select “Protect Disc,” and press ENTER. 4 Select “Protect,” and press ENTER. -RWVideo To cancel the protection Select “Unprotected” in step 4. z Hint You can set protection for individual titles (page 78). -RVR 3 Select “Disc Name,” and press ENTER. Enter the disc name in the “Input Disc Name” display (page 39). Discs are automatically finalised when removed from the recorder. However, you may need to finalise the disc for certain DVD equipment, or if the recording time is short. You can edit or record on the disc even after finalising. Finalising is unnecessary when playing a disc on VR format compatible equipment. Even if your other DVD equipment is VR format compatible, you may need to finalise the disc, especially if the recording time is short. You can edit or record on the disc even after finalising. Finalising is necessary when playing on any equipment other than this recorder. After finalising, you cannot edit or record on the disc. If you want to record on it again, unfinalise (page 43) or reformat the disc (page 43). However, if you reformat the disc, all recorded contents will be erased. Finalising is necessary. The disc can be played only on equipment that supports DVD-R in VR mode. After finalising you cannot edit or record on the disc using this recorder. ,continued 40 +R -RVideo Finalising is necessary when playing on any equipment other than this recorder. After finalising, you cannot edit or record on the disc. Finalising the disc using “Disc Information” display 1 2 Z (open/ close) Unfinalising a disc +RW Insert a disc. For DVD-RWs (Video mode) See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33. DVD-RWs (Video mode) that have been finalised to prohibit additional recording or editing can be unfinalised to allow further recording or editing. Press OPTIONS to select “Disc Information,” and press ENTER. Select “Finalise,” and press ENTER. For DVD-RWs (VR mode) The display shows the approximate time required for finalising and asks for confirmation. (Example: DVD+RW) If you cannot record or edit on a DVD-RW (VR mode) that has been finalised with other DVD equipment, unfinalise the disc. 1 Make a recording. See “2. Recording a Programme” on page 33. 2 Press Z (open/close). The display shows the approximate time required for finalising and asks for confirmation. For DVD+RWs, the recorder automatically starts finalising the disc. After finalising, the disc will be ejected automatically. 3 -RWVR -RWVideo New discs are automatically formatted when inserted. If necessary, you can manually reformat a DVD+RW or DVD-RW disc to make a blank disc. For DVD-RWs, you can select a recording format (VR mode or Video mode) according to your needs (page 77). b Note The recorder is not able to unfinalise DVD-RWs (Video mode) that have been finalised on another recorder. 1 Finalising the disc using Z (open/close) button 8. Reformatting a disc 2 4 Insert a disc. See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33. </M/m/,, ENTER Press OPTIONS to select “Disc Information,” and press ENTER. OPTIONS The “Disc Information” display appears. Select “OK,” and press ENTER. 3 The recorder starts finalising the disc. Select “Unfinalise,” and press ENTER. The recorder starts unfinalising the disc. Unfinalising may take several minutes. z Hint You can check whether the disc has been finalised or not. If you cannot select “Finalise” in step 3 above, the disc has already been finalised. 1 Insert a disc. Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder </M/m/,, ENTER OPTIONS 41 -RWVR -RWVideo The “Disc Information” display appears. 3 Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder In step 5 above, press a number button repeatedly to select a character. Example: Press the number 3 button once to enter “D.” Press the number 3 button three times to enter “F.” 6. Labelling and Protecting a Disc See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33. 2 Press OPTIONS to select “Disc Information,” and press ENTER. Example: When a DVD+RW is inserted. b Notes • Depending on the condition of the disc, recording, or the DVD equipment, discs may not play even if the discs are finalised. • The recorder may not be able to finalise the disc if it was recorded on another recorder. Select “OK,” and press ENTER. The recorder starts finalising the disc. After finalising, the disc will be ejected automatically. 3 4 Select “Format,” and press ENTER. Select “OK,” and press ENTER. For DVD-RWs and unrecorded DVD-Rs (Video mode), select “VR” or “Video,” and press ENTER. All contents on the disc are erased. ,continued 42 1-10 43 z Hint By reformatting, you can change the recording format on DVD-RWs, or record again on DVDRWs that have been finalised. Learning the common elements GUIDE Plus+ Press TV GUIDE. Introduction to the GUIDE Plus+ System b Note On this model, 1 GB (read “gigabyte”) is equivalent to 1 billion bytes. The larger the number, the larger the disc space. These are just a few of the ways to use the GUIDE Plus+ system. – Search for a programme by listing them according to category (such as Movies or Sports) or by using the Keyword Search function (page 49). – Once you have found the programme you are looking for, use the GUIDE Plus+ system to set the timer for recording (page 56). – You can set the system to display your favourite programmes according to conditions that you set, such as category and keyword (page 49). For more information, see “Watching TV using the GUIDE Plus+ System” (page 47). GUIDE Plus+ The GUIDE Plus+® system is a free interactive programme guide. It displays up to seven days of programme listings, including programme titles, promotions, and broadcast information. GUIDE Plus+ data for the television programme listings are carried by your local broadcast host channel and are received through your aerial, set top box receiver, or direct cable connection from the wall. Visit www.europe.guideplus.com for a list of all European host channels. The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home Screen” appears. A Video Window: This shows the programme you were watching when you pressed TV GUIDE. B Action Bar: When the same colour button on the remote is pressed, the Action Bar functions. The Action Bar function differs according to the screen. C Information Box: Shows information about the selected programme when the “Home Screen” is displayed. Contents will differ according to the displayed screen. D Menu Bar: Press the blue button (“Home”), and press M to move the cursor to the Menu Bar. Then, select one of the following features using </ ,, and press ENTER. “Grid”: Shows the programmes for the current time slot and next 7 days. “Search”: Allows you to search for titles by category or by keyword (page 48). The displayed category depends upon the programme data received by this recorder. Movies, Sports, and Children are examples of possible categories. “My TV”: Sets the profile for your favourite programmes (page 49). “Schedule”: Displays the list of timer settings (page 61). ,continued 44 “Info”: Shows information when available. “Editor”: Allows you to edit the channel lineup and channel display (page 52). “Setup”: Allows you to change the language, country/region, postal code, input source, or host channel. F Tiles: Shows the programme titles and category; green (sports), purple (movies), blue (children’s), teal (others). G Broadcast station Logo: Shows the broadcast station logo. H Time Slot: Indicates the currently selected time slot. Use </, to select a different time slot. Troubleshooting guide If you are having trouble displaying the television programme list, please check the following: • Your country/region and postal code must be set correctly (page 25). • The clock must be set correctly. If the clock is not set, set it manually (page 100). • This recorder downloads the GUIDE Plus+ data several times a day when the recorder is turned off (standby mode). Turn off the recorder when you are not using it (for example, at night). After initial setup (page 25), it may take up to 24 hours for your recorder to start receiving programme listings. It may take up to one day to receive all seven days of TV programme listings. Watching TV using the GUIDE Plus+ System To select a programme position quickly using the TV broadcast station logo 1 Press TV GUIDE. The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home Screen” appears. 2 Press the yellow button (“Channels”). 3 Select the TV broadcast station logo using </M/m/,, then press ENTER. The display returns to “Grid” and the programme currently being broadcast by the selected TV station is selected. 4 Select a programme using </,, and press ENTER. GUIDE Plus+ E “Home” position: When you press the blue button (“Home”), the cursor returns to the last programme position on the “Grid.” • Check the following if the programme guide data has not been received after waiting for a day: – “Easy Setup” (page 25) is finished. – The host channel is not disabled (see “Disabling programme positions” on page 53). – The timer is not set. If the programme guide data still cannot be received after checking the above, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually (page 52): www.europe.guideplus.com • If the host channel has changed or moved, the programme guide data cannot be received. In this case, follow the steps in “Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel” (page 51) to update the host channel setting. • If you made connection “B: Connecting a set top box receiver using a SCART cord only” (page 15) and did not connect an aerial cable from your set top box receiver to the recorder, do the following: – Turn on your set top box receiver. – Connect the set top box controller. – Follow the steps in “Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually” (page 52) to set the host channel manually. Be sure to set your set top box receiver (tuner) as the source. 45 Colour buttons TV GUIDE </M/m/,, ENTER DAY – PAGE DAY + / 1 Press TV GUIDE. The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home Screen” appears. To unlock the Video Window b Notes • Your set top box receiver’s programme position may suddenly change even if the recorder is turned off. This is because the set top box controller has changed the programme position to receive the GUIDE Plus+ data. • When you set “Factory Setup” to “All,” the recorder is initialized. When you change the following settings, the GUIDE Plus+ system is reset: – Country/region setting in “Easy Setup” – “Country” of “Setup” - “Basic Setup” in the Menu Bar – Postal code setting in “Easy Setup” – “Postal Code” of “Setup” - “Basic Setup” in the Menu Bar Note that the GUIDE Plus+ system is also reset when you make changes to the host channel settings or if you set “Factory Setup” to “Basic.” 2 Select a programme using </M/m/ ,, and press ENTER. The GUIDE Plus+ system disappears and the programme position changes to the selected programme. The Video Window is locked so that it does not change programme positions when you move the cursor across other titles. From “Grid,” select the logo of the programme position that is locked, and press the red button (“Unlock”). “ ” changes to “ ” and the Video Window is unlocked. To lock the Video Window, select the logo of the programme position you want to lock and press the red button (“Lock”). To return to the “Home” position Press the blue button (“Home”). The cursor returns to the home position on the “Grid.” To set a programme for timer recording See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+)” (page 56). To close the GUIDE Plus+ system Press TV GUIDE. ,continued 46 1-11 47 z Hints / buttons to change the • Press the PAGE programme list by page. • Press the DAY +/– buttons to change the programme list by day. b Notes 4 Searching for a Programme using the GUIDE Plus+ System To enter a new keyword 1 Select “Search” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER. 2 3 Select “My Choice” using </,. Listing Up Your Favourite Programme Information (My TV) You can set a profile and list up only your favourite programme information. GUIDE Plus+ • The Video Window is locked during recording and the lock indicator appears in the Video Window. You cannot unlock the Video Window while recording. • If you are watching programmes through a set top box, the Video Window may not change as fast as you move the cursor. In this case, lock the Video Window (page 47). • The screen saver will appear if no buttons are pressed for more than ten minutes. Select a programme using M/m, and press ENTER. Press the yellow button (“Add”). The display for entering characters appears. Colour buttons Colour buttons </M/m/,, ENTER 1 </M/m/,, ENTER 4 Select “Search” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER. 5 6 2 Select a category using </,, and press ENTER. To search for a programme by keyword, select “My Choice.” You can search for all programmes that contain the keyword in the programme’s title and in the programme’s Information Box. If no keywords are displayed, enter the keyword. See “To enter a new keyword” below. 3 Select a character on the keyboard using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the yellow button (“Keyboard”) repeatedly. To cancel entering a new keyword, press the red button (“Back”). Repeat step 4 to enter the keyword. Setting a profile 1 2 Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar. Press the yellow button (“Profile”). Press the green button (“Save”). The entered keyword is registered. To delete the keyword, select the keyword you want to delete, and press the red button (“Delete”). To change the keyword, select the keyword you want to change, and press the green button (“Edit”). To set a programme for timer recording See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+)” (page 56). z Hint When two or more keywords are set for “My Choice,” you can select “All.” Select a sub-category using M/m, and press ENTER. Programmes that meet the conditions are listed up. The sub-categories differ according to country/region. ,continued 48 3 Select “Channels,” “Categories,” or “Keywords,” and press the yellow button (“Add”). 4 Press ENTER. To change the profile settings 1 2 3 Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar. Press the yellow button (“Profile”). Repeat from step 3 above. Selecting and watching a programme from My TV 1 Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER. 4 Select an item using M/m, and press ENTER. 5 Select a setting using M/m, and press ENTER. “Language”: Select a language for the on-screen displays using M/m. “Country”: Select your country/region using M/m. When you exit the GUIDE Plus+ system after changing your country/region, the “Easy Setup” display appears. Follow the instructions for “Step 6: Easy Setup” (page 25) from step 2. “Postal Code”: Enter your postal code using </M/m/,. If “Country” is set to “Other,” you cannot enter a postal code and the GUIDE Plus+ system will not search for a host channel. “External Receiver 1”/“External Receiver 2”/“External Receiver 3”: When a set top box receiver is connected to the recorder, set it up for the GUIDE Plus+ system. See “Setting up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+® system” on page 26. Number buttons Colour buttons TV GUIDE </M/m/,, ENTER Changing the basic GUIDE Plus+ settings 6 Press TV GUIDE to exit the GUIDE Plus+ system. All necessary settings are made when you complete Easy Setup (page 25). Follow the steps below only if you want to make changes to the current settings. Note that if you change the country/region setting, Easy Setup will begin again when you close the GUIDE Plus+ system. To cancel GUIDE Plus+ settings 1 Press the blue button (“Home”). The cursor returns to the home position on the “Grid.” Press the red button (“Back”). To return to the “Home” position Press TV GUIDE. The GUIDE Plus+ system appears. 2 Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar. The default host channel setting is set to “Automatic,” so you should not have to change the host channel setting. However, if the host channel has changed or moved, update the host channel setting. If you made connection according to “B: Connecting a set top box receiver using a SCART cord only” (page 15), see “Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually” on page 52. 1 Press TV GUIDE. The GUIDE Plus+ system appears. 2 Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar. The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears. 3 4 5 6 Select “Host Channel Setup” using M/ m, and press ENTER. Press the yellow button (“Reset”). Press [/1 to turn off the recorder. Wait for a day until the programme guide data can be received. If the programme guide data has not been received after waiting for a day, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually (“Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually” (page 52)). www.europe.guideplus.com b Note The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears. 3 Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel GUIDE Plus+ “Channels”: Select the programme position using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. To add more programme positions, press the yellow button (“Add”). You can register up to 16 programme positions. To cancel the registration, select a programme position, and press the red button (“Delete”). “Categories”: Select the category using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. To add more categories, press the yellow button (“Add”). You can register up to 4 categories. To cancel the registration, select a category, and press the red button (“Delete”). “Keywords”: Enter a keyword. See “To enter a new keyword” on page 49. To add more keywords, press the yellow button (“Add”). You can register up to 16 keywords. To cancel the registration, select a keyword, and press the red button (“Delete”). Making changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System 49 You cannot set “Easy Setup - Tuner System” in the “Easy Setup” or “OSD” in the “Basic” setup to a country/region or language that is not supported by the GUIDE Plus+ system. Select “Basic Setup” using M/m, and press ENTER. The programmes that match the profile conditions are displayed. 2 Select a programme using </M/m/ ,, and press ENTER. To set a programme for timer recording See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+)” (page 56). ,continued 50 1-12 51 Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually 1 Press TV GUIDE. b Note Press the red button (“Back”). To receive from the recorder a programme position that can be received by either the set top box receiver or the recorder, change the input source in step 4. To return to the “Home” position Press the blue button (“Home”). The cursor returns to the home position on the “Grid.” 1 2 Press TV GUIDE. 3 Select “GUIDE Plus+ system Information” using M/m, and press ENTER. The GUIDE Plus+ system appears. 2 Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar. The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears. 3 Select “Host Channel Setup” using M/ m, and press ENTER. 4 Press the yellow button (“Change”) twice. “Manual” appears. Disabling programme positions To check the GUIDE Plus+ system information If any programme positions are unused or contain unwanted channels, you can hide them. For instance, if you are using your set top box receiver to receive programme data (connection B, page 15), all receivable programme positions are displayed. Use this function to hide any unwanted programme positions. Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER. Checking programme positions Check whether programme position numbers are the same as the programme position numbers set in the “Programme Setting.” If you want to make adjustments to the channel settings or change the channel name, see “Programme Setting” in “Settings and Adjustments” (page 96). 1 1 Select “Editor” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER. 2 In the left column, select the programme position you want to hide or display using M/m. 3 Press the red button (“On/Off”). GUIDE Plus+ If you are using connection B (page 15) and you want to receive the programme guide data from your set top box receiver, search for the host channel on the following website and set it for your area, following the steps below: www.europe.guideplus.com To cancel the settings The disabled positions will turn grey. To show the disabled positions, press the red button (“On/Off”) again. Select “Editor” in the Menu Bar. b Notes 5 6 Select “Source” using ,. 7 8 Select “Prog. No.” using ,. 9 Press the green button (“Save”). • You cannot record a programme position, if it is not set in “Programme Setting” of “Settings and Adjustments,” even if it is set to “On” in the “Editor” in the Menu Bar. • If you are using your set top box receiver to receive programmes (connection B, page 15) and are able to receive the same programme with both the set top box and the recorder, change the “Source” to receive the programme with the recorder’s tuner. Press the yellow button (“Source”) repeatedly to select the input source. Enter the programme position number using the number buttons. 2 3 The display asks for confirmation. 10 Select “Confirm” using </,, and press ENTER. 4 The display returns to the GUIDE Plus+ setup menu. Press ENTER. Press , to move the cursor to the right column. Select the programme position you want to check using M/m. To change the input source, press the red button (“Source”). To change the programme position, see “Programme Setting” on page 96. 11 Wait one day until the programme guide data can be received. 52 53 Timer Recording Before Recording Before you start recording… z Hint Timer recordings will be made regardless whether or not the recorder is turned on. You can turn off the recorder without affecting the recording even after recording starts. Recording mode HQ+ (High quality) HDD DVD* 20 – HQ R 32 1 HSP R 46 1 hr. 30 min. 61 2 r 77 2 hr. 30 min. ESP r 93 3 LP r 124 4 EP r 187 6 SLP (Long duration) 249 8 SP (Standard mode) LSP Recording mode Like the standard ×3 recording modes of video tapes, you can select the desired recording mode using the REC MODE button. Recording modes with higher quality provide a more beautiful recording, but the large data volume also results in a shorter recording time. Conversely, a longer duration provides a longer recording time, but the lower data volume results in a coarser picture quality. The recorder automatically receives and records stereo and bilingual programmes based on the ZWEITON system or the NICAM system. The HDD and a DVD-RW (VR mode) or DVD-R (VR mode) can record both main and sub sounds. You can switch between main and sub when playing the disc. For the HDD, you can select the sound track before recording. Select “Main,” “Sub,” or “Main+Sub” in “Bilingual Recording” of the “HDD Rec. Settings” in the “Recording” setup (page 106). A DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode) can record only one sound track (main or sub) at a time. Select the sound track using the Setup Display before recording starts. Set “Bilingual Recording” of the “DVD Rec. Settings” to “Main” (default) or “Sub” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). Approx. recording time (hours) b Note To play a recorded disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 41). Recording stereo and bilingual programmes To select the HQ+ mode, set “HQ Setting” of the “HDD Rec. Settings” to “HQ+” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). “HQ+” records pictures in higher quality than HQ on the HDD. Note that HQ+ appears as HQ in the front panel display and the on-screen displays. Unrecordable pictures Pictures with copy protection cannot be recorded on this recorder. When the recorder receives a copy guard signal, the recorder continues to record but only a blank, grey coloured screen will be recorded. Copy control Recordable discs signals Copy-Free HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR -RVideo Copy-Once HDD Timer Recording • Check that the disc has enough available space for the recording (page 38). For the HDD, DVD+RWs, and DVD-RWs, you can free up disc space by erasing titles (page 78). • Adjust the recording picture quality and picture size if necessary (page 60). Press REC MODE repeatedly to switch the recording modes. -RWVR (CPRM*) -RVR Copy-Never (CPRM*) None (a blank screen is recorded) * The recorded disc can be played only on CPRM compatible equipment (page 8). ZWEITON (German stereo) system When a stereo based programme is received, “Stereo” appears. When a bilingual ZWEITON based programme is received, “Main,” “Sub,” or “Main/Sub” appears. * The recording time for DVD+R DL (Double Layer) discs is as follows: HQ: 1 hour 48 minutes HSP: 2 hours 42 minutes SP: 3 hours 37 minutes LSP: 4 hours 31 minutes ESP: 5 hours 25 minutes LP: 7 hours 14 minutes EP: 10 hours 51 minutes SLP: 14 hours 28 minutes NICAM system When a stereo or bilingual NICAM based programme is received, “NICAM” appears in the front panel display. To record a NICAM programme, be sure to set “Audio” of “Programme Setting” in the “Basic” setup to “NICAM” (default). If the sound is not clear when listening to NICAM broadcasts, set “Audio” to “Standard” (see “Programme Setting” on page 96). b Notes • The maximum continuous recording time for a single title is eight hours. • Situations below may cause slight inaccuracies with the recording time. – Recording a programme with poor reception, or a programme or video source of low picture quality – Recording on a disc that has already been edited – Recording only a still picture or just sound z Hint You can select the audio (main or sub) while recording bilingual programmes using the AUDIO button. This does not affect the recorded sound. 54 55 1-13 Timer Recording (GUIDE Plus+/ShowView/ Manual) HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo 1 Press TV GUIDE. To adjust the recording quality See step 3 of “Adjusting the recording picture quality and size” on page 60. Rec. Mode Adjust If there is not enough available disc space for the recording, the recorder automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec. Mode Adjust” of the “Timer Settings” to “On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). +R 2 b Notes 3 Colour buttons TV GUIDE If one or more timer settings overlap, a message appears. To change the timer settings, see “Checking/Changing/ Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. Press the red button (“Record”). Colour buttons SCHEDULE </,, ENTER z Hint If you are recording to the HDD or a DVD-RW (VR mode) at a recording mode that is SP or lower and is a 2x-speed or higher disc, you can play the title as it is being recorded by selecting the programme title on the Title List (page 71). b Notes • If a message indicating that the disc is full appears on the screen, change the disc, or make available space for the recording (HDD/DVD+RW/DVDRW only) (page 79). • The last recording mode you selected manually becomes the default recording mode for timer recordings made from the GUIDE Plus+ system. • You cannot adjust the recording quality (HDD or DVD) once the recording starts. • The beginning of some recordings may not be made when using the PDC/VPS function. • You cannot extend the recording duration time when “PDC/VPS” is set to “On” (page 62). To confirm, change, or cancel a timer recording See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. To stop recording during timer recording x REC STOP Number buttons If the timer settings overlap The set programme and Time Slot change colour and the recorder is ready to start recording. When recording from a set top box receiver, be sure to turn it on. Unlike a VCR, there is no need to turn off the recorder before the timer recording starts. • To record on a DVD See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. • To make more detailed timer settings See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. You can use the GUIDE Plus+ system to set the timer to record a programme up to seven days in advance. </M/m/, If there is not enough space for a timer recording, the recorder automatically erases old titles recorded on the HDD. The oldest played title is erased. Set “Auto Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings” to “On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). Protected titles are not erased. To search for a programme by category or by keyword, select “Search” in the Menu Bar. See “Searching for a Programme using the GUIDE Plus+ System” on page 48 for more information about searching for a programme. You can select a programme from “My TV.” • When the recorder is connected to a set top box receiver and you want to record using the GUIDE Plus+ system, turn on the set top box receiver and connect the set top box controller. • Do not operate your set top box receiver just before or during a timer recording. This may prevent the accurate recording of a programme. One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+) Auto Title Erase (HDD only) Select a programme using </M/m/ ,. The ShowView system is a feature that simplifies setting the timer. Just enter the ShowView programming number listed in the TV programme guide. The date, time, and programme position of that programme are set automatically. Check that the programme positions are correctly set in “Programme Setting” in the “Basic” setup (page 96). Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording, and that the recording cannot be stopped within the first minute of recording. x REC STOP 1 With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned off, press SCHEDULE. 2 Press the red button (“ShowView”). 3 Press the number buttons to enter the ShowView programming number. • If you make a mistake, press < and reenter the correct number. ,continued 56 4 Press ENTER. The date, start and stop times, programme position, etc. setting appear. The recorder is ready to start recording. • To record on a DVD See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. • To make more detailed timer settings See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. 6 Setting the timer manually You can also select the programme position using the yellow button (“Channels”). 7 Number buttons SCHEDULE </M/m/,, ENTER Rec. Mode Adjust 1 2 With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned off, press SCHEDULE. Press the green button (“Manual”). (normal recording) To cancel the Quick Timer Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording. If there is not enough space for a timer recording, the recorder automatically erases old titles recorded on the HDD. The oldest played title is erased. Set “Auto Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings” to “On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). Protected titles are not erased. Each press advances the time in 30 minute increments. The maximum duration is six hours. See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. To stop recording during timer recording Auto Title Erase (HDD only) Press z REC repeatedly to set the duration. To confirm, change, or cancel a timer recording Press the green button (“Save”). The date, start and stop times, programme position, etc. setting appear. The recorder is ready to start recording. z REC x REC STOP Using the Quick Timer function You can set the recorder to record in 30 minute increments. The time counter decreases minute by minute to 0:00, then the recorder stops recording (the power does not turn off). Even if you turn off the recorder during recording, the recorder continues to record until the time counter runs out. Note that the Quick Timer function does not work if “TV Direct Rec.” is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). 8 To stop recording during timer recording Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording. Press the green button (“Next”). The display for entering characters appears. To change the title name, select a character on the keyboard using </M/ m/,, and press ENTER. To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the yellow button (“Keyboard”). Colour buttons See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. If there is not enough available disc space for the recording, the recorder automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec. Mode Adjust” of the “Timer Settings” to “On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). Select the input source using M/m, and select the programme position using the number buttons or M/m. 57 Timer Recording To confirm, change, or cancel a timer recording Timer Recording There are three methods to setting the timer within the GUIDE Plus+ system: One Button Recording, ShowView, and setting the timer manually. Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system Press z REC repeatedly until the counter appears in the front panel display. The recorder returns to normal recording mode. Rec. Mode Adjust 3 4 5 If there is not enough available disc space for the recording, the recorder automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec. Mode Adjust” in the “Recording” setup to “On” (page 107). Set the date using the number buttons and </M/m/,. Then press the green button (“Next”). Auto Title Erase (HDD only) If there is not enough space for a timer recording, the recorder automatically erases old titles recorded on the HDD. Set “Auto Title Erase” in the “Recording” setup to “On” (page 107). The oldest played title is erased. Protected titles are not erased. Set the start time using the number buttons and </M/m/,. Then press the green button (“Next”). Set the stop time using the number buttons and </M/m/,. Then press the green button (“Next”). If the timer settings overlap If one or more timer settings overlap, a message appears. To change the timer settings, see “Checking/Changing/ Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61. ,continued 58 1-14 59 You can adjust the recording picture quality and picture size. OPTIONS Before recording starts, press OPTIONS to select “Rec. Settings,” and press ENTER. Select the item you want to adjust, and press ENTER. The adjustment display appears. Example: Rec. NR “Rec. Mode”: Selects the recording mode for the desired recording time and picture quality. For more information, see “Recording mode” on page 54. +RW -RVR -RVideo +R -RWVR -RWVideo You can change or cancel timer settings using the SCHEDULE list. Number buttons Colour buttons TV GUIDE SCHEDULE </M/m/, OPTIONS b Note When dubbing (page 85), the chapter marks in the dubbing source are not retained in the dubbed title. “Rec. Video Equalizer”: Adjusts the picture in greater detail. Press M/m to select the item you want to adjust, then press ENTER. • Contrast: Changes the contrast. • Brightness: Changes the overall brightness. • Colour: Makes the colours deeper or lighter. 3 HDD Creating chapters in a title The recorder can automatically divide a recording (a title) into chapters by inserting chapter marks at approximately 6 minute intervals during recording. To disable this function, set “Auto Chapter” in the “Recording” setup to “Off” (page 107). When recording to the HDD, a DVD-R (VR mode) or a DVD-RW (VR mode), you can insert and erase chapter marks manually (page 81). “Rec. NR” (noise reduction): Reduces noise contained in the video signal. 2 Checking/Changing/ Cancelling Timer Settings Timer Recording • If one programme contains two picture sizes, the selected size is recorded. However, if the 16:9 signal cannot be recorded as 16:9, it is recorded as 4:3. • When playing a 16:9 size picture recorded as 4:3, the image is fixed to 4:3 Letter Box regardless of the setting in “TV Type” of “Video” setup (page 101). • Remnants of images may appear on your screen when using “Rec. NR.” • “Rec. Video Equalizer” does not affect the input of the DV IN jack and does not work with RGB signals. “DVD Rec. Picture Size” works with DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode) when the recording mode is set to HQ, HSP, SP, LSP, or ESP. For all other recording modes, the screen size is fixed at “4 : 3.” For DVD-Rs/DVD-RWs (VR mode), the actual picture size is recorded regardless of the setting. For example, if a 16:9 size picture is received, the disc records the picture as 16:9 even if “DVD Rec. Picture Size” is set to “4 : 3.” For DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, the screen size is fixed at “4 : 3.” </M/m/,, ENTER 1 b Notes “HDD Rec. Picture Size”/“DVD Rec. Picture Size”: Sets the picture size of the programme to be recorded. • 4 : 3 (default): Sets the picture size to 4:3. • 16 : 9: Sets the picture size to 16:9 (wide mode). • Auto (HDD only): Automatically selects the actual picture size. Adjusting the recording picture quality and size Changing timer settings 1 With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned off, press SCHEDULE. The SCHEDULE list appears. Adjust the setting using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. The default setting is underlined. “Rec. NR”: (weak) Off 1 ~ 2 ~ 3 (strong) “Rec. Video Equalizer”: • Contrast: (weak) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (strong) • Brightness: (dark) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (bright) • Colour: (light) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (deep) Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust any other items. 2 Select the timer setting you want to change using M/m. ,continued 60 3 Press the green button (“Edit”). z Hint You can also extend the recording time while recording by pressing OPTIONS and selecting “Extend Rec..” Cancelling timer settings 1 b Note The SCHEDULE list appears. The new settings become effective when you exit the GUIDE Plus+ system. 2 Select the timer setting you want to cancel using M/m. 3 Press the red button (“Delete”). About the PDC/VPS function In the left column, select an item using the red button (“Back”) or the green button (“Next”), and adjust using the number buttons or </M/m/ ,. You can change the date, start time, stop time, programme position, or input source. The cursor moves to the right column. 5 Press the corresponding colour button repeatedly to change settings. • Red button (“Media”): Sets the recording destination to either HDD or DVD. • Green button (“Frequency”): Selects the recording pattern. The item changes as follows: Once t Daily t Mon-Fri (Monday to Friday) t Mon-Sat (Monday to Saturday) t Sun (every Sunday) t ...... t Sat (every Saturday) t Once • Yellow button (“Rec Mode”): Selects the recording mode (page 54). 6 7 PDC/VPS signals are transmitted with TV programmes in some broadcast systems. These signals ensure that timer recordings are made regardless of any broadcast delays, early starts, or broadcast interruptions. Recording From Connected Equipment HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo HDD To close the SCHEDULE list +R DVD INPUT SELECT Press TV GUIDE or SCHEDULE. To use the PDC/VPS function Select “VPS / PDC” in step 7 above. When you turn on this function, the recorder starts scanning the channels before the timer recording starts. If you are watching TV when scanning starts, a message will appear on the TV screen. If you want to watch TV, switch to your TV’s tuner or turn off the PDC/VPS channel scan function. Note that if you turn off the PDC/VPS channel scan function, the timer recording will not start. -RWVR -RWVideo When the timer settings overlap The programme that starts first has priority and the second programme starts recording only after the first programme has finished. Timer Recording 4 With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned off, press SCHEDULE. 61 </M/m/,, ENTER OPTIONS will be cut off When the recordings start at the same time The programme that is set last has priority. In this example, timer setting B is set after A, so the first part of timer setting A will not be recorded. To temporarily turn off PDC/VPS channel scan Press OPTIONS and select “PDC/VPS Scan Off.” To ensure that the PDC/VPS function works properly, turn off the recorder before the timer recording starts. This will automatically turn on the PDC/VPS channel scan function while the recorder remains off. When the end time of one recording and the start time of another are the same After finishing the previous recording, the other recording may be delayed. Press , to display “Extend Time.” Press the yellow button (“Extend Time”) repeatedly to select the duration time or to set the PDC/VPS function. The item changes as follows: +0 Minutes t +10 Minutes t +30 Minutes t +60 Minutes t VPS / PDC t +0 Minutes See “About the PDC/VPS function” below. b Note z REC x REC STOP REC MODE cz SYNCHRO REC Recording from connected equipment with a timer (Synchro Rec) You can set the recorder to automatically record programmes from connected equipment that has a timer function (such as a satellite tuner). Connect the equipment to the LINE 3/DECODER jack of the recorder (page 28). When the connected equipment turns on, the recorder starts recording a programme from the LINE 3/DECODER jack. 1 Before recording, select HDD or DVD. If you select DVD, insert a recordable DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33). When “PDC/VPS” is set to “On” for one or more timer recordings, the start times may change in the event of a broadcast delay or early start. 2 Set “Synchro Rec.” to “Record to HDD” or “Record to DVD” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). ,continued 62 1-15 63 3 4 Press INPUT SELECT repeatedly to select “L3.” Select the desired audio signal when recording a bilingual programme to the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode). Press OPTIONS to select “Line Audio Input,” and press ENTER. Then select “Bilingual,” and press ENTER. For details about bilingual recording, see page 55. Press REC MODE repeatedly to select the recording mode. For details about the recording mode, see page 54. 6 7 Set the timer on the connected equipment to the time of the programme you want to record, and turn it off. Press c z SYNCHRO REC. The SYNCHRO REC indicator lights up on the front panel. The recorder is ready to start Synchro-Recording. The recorder automatically starts recording when it receives an input signal from the connected equipment. The recorder stops recording when the connected equipment turns off. Recording from connected equipment without a timer • The recorder starts recording only after detecting a special control signal from the connected equipment. The beginning of the programme may not be recorded regardless of whether or not the recorder’s power is on or off. • During Synchro-Recording, other operations, such as normal recording, cannot be performed. • To use the connected equipment while the recorder is standing by for Synchro-Recording, cancel Synchro-Recording by pressing c z SYNCHRO REC. Be sure to turn off the connected equipment and press c z SYNCHRO REC to reset Synchro-Recording before the timer recording starts. • The Synchro Rec function does not work when “Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” is set to “Decoder” in the “Video” setup (page 103). • The Synchro Rec function does not work with some tuners. For details, see the tuner’s operating instructions. • While the recorder is standing by for SynchroRecording, the Auto Clock Set function (page 100) does not work. • To use the Synchro Rec function, you must first set the recorder’s clock correctly. You can record from a connected VCR or similar device. To connect a VCR or similar device, see “Connecting a VCR or Similar Device” on page 28. Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack). 1 2 Regardless of whether or not the programme is a Synchro Rec programme, the programme that starts first has priority and the second programme starts recording only after the first programme has finished. First programme To cancel Synchro Rec Second programme Press c z SYNCHRO REC. The SYNCHRO REC indicator on the recorder turns off. If you connect a digital video camera with a DV IN jack See “DV Dubbing” on page 91 for an explanation of how to record from the DV IN jack. Press INPUT SELECT to select an input source according to the connection you made. Select the desired audio signal when recording a bilingual programme to the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode). z Hint You can adjust the settings for the recording picture before recording. See “Adjusting the recording picture quality and size” on page 60. b Notes • When recording a video game image, the screen may not be clear. • Any programme that contains a Copy-Never copy guard signal cannot be recorded. The recorder continues to record, but a blank screen will be recorded. Press OPTIONS to select “Line Audio Input,” and press ENTER. Then select “Bilingual,” and press ENTER. For details about bilingual recording, see page 55. To stop recording Press x REC STOP or c z SYNCHRO REC. The connected equipment starts playback and the playback image is recorded by this recorder. To stop recording, press x REC STOP on this recorder. If you select DVD, insert a recordable DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33). The front panel display changes as follows: 3 Press the pause (or play) button on the connected equipment to cancel the playback pause status. Press HDD or DVD. programme position If the timer settings of a SynchroRecording and another timer recording overlap 7 Timer Recording 5 b Notes 4 Press REC MODE repeatedly to select the recording mode. For details about the recording mode, see page 54. will be cut off 5 Insert the source tape into the connected equipment and set to playback pause. 6 Press z REC. This recorder starts recording. 64 65 3 4 +RW -RVR -RVideo To resume playback from the point where you stopped (Resume Play) When you press H again after you stop playback, the recorder resumes playback from the point where you pressed x. To start from the beginning, press OPTIONS to select “Play Beginning,” and press ENTER. Playback starts from the beginning of the title/track/scene. Select “Play,” and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected title. Playing HDD Select the title, and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. Playback -RWVR -RWVideo DVD VCD +R CD DATA DVD DATA CD HDD DVD Z (open/ close) </M/m/,, ENTER OPTIONS / H X The point where you stopped playing is cleared when: – you open the disc tray (except for HDD). – you play another title (except for HDD). – you switch the Title List menu to Original or Playlist (HDD/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode only). – you edit the title after stopping playback. – you change the settings on the recorder. – you turn off the recorder (VIDEO CD/CD/ DATA DVD/DATA CD only). – you make a recording (except for HDD/ DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode). – you disconnect the mains lead. > x PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play VIDEO CDs interactively using the menu on your TV screen. When you start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC functions, the menu appears. Select an item using the number buttons and press ENTER. Then, follow the instructions in the menu (press H when “Press SELECT” appears). The PBC function of Super VIDEO CDs does not work with this recorder. Super VIDEO CDs are played in continuous play mode only. b Note You cannot resume playback during TV Pause. To play restricted DVDs (Parental Control) To change the angles 1 Press HDD or DVD. • If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33). • If you insert a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO CD, CD, DATA DVD, or DATA CD, press H. Playback starts. 2 Press TITLE LIST. For details about the Title List, see “3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List)” on page 35. Example: DVD+RW If you play a restricted DVD, the message “Do you want to temporarily change the Parental Control level to *?” appears on your TV screen. If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the disc, “ ” appears in the front panel display. Press OPTIONS during playback to select “Change Angle,” and press ENTER. 1 Select “OK” and press ENTER. The display for entering your password appears. Press x. 2 Enter your four-digit password using the number buttons. To playback quickly with sound (Scan Audio) 3 When you press M during playback of a title recorded in the HDD, you can play quickly with dialogue or sound (“x1.3” appears). No sound is output when you press M two or more times to change search speed. Press ENTER to select “OK.” The recorder starts playback. To register or change the password, see “Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only)” on page 108. To stop playback You can lock the disc tray to prevent children from ejecting the disc. When the recorder is turned on, hold down x until “LOCKED” appears in the front panel display. The Z (open/close) button does not work while the Child Lock is set. To unlock the disc tray, hold down x until “UNLOCKED” appears in the front panel display when the recorder is turned on. One Touch Play If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you can easily start playing. Press H. The recorder and your TV automatically turn on and the TV’s input is switched to the recorder. Playback starts automatically. One Touch Menu If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you can easily display the Title List. Press TITLE LIST. The recorder and your TV automatically turn on and the TV’s input is switched to the recorder. The Title List appears. z Hints • You can also use the H button in step 3 (page 66) to start playback. • Even if you select “Factory Setup” in the “Others” setup (page 110), the Child Lock remains set. ,continued 66 1-16 Playback SUBTITLE TITLE LIST . When you play a DVD VIDEO, or a finalised DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), you can display the disc’s menu by pressing TOP MENU or MENU. To play VIDEO CDs with PBC functions Number buttons AUDIO TOP MENU MENU To use the DVD’s Menu To lock the disc tray (Child Lock) 67 • Angles and subtitles cannot be changed with titles recorded on this recorder. • Slideshows made with a DVD camcorder can only be played. Other play functions, such as fast forward, cannot be used. To check the position of the buttons below, see the illustration on page 66. For MP3, JPEG, or DivX operations, see “Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, or DivX® Video Files” on page 73. Operations AUDIO Selects one of the audio tracks recorded on the disc when pressed repeatedly in normal playback mode. -RVR DVD CD VCD -RVR : Selects the main or sub sound. HDD -RWVR VCD SUBTITLE : Selects stereo or monaural audio tracks. CD Selects a subtitle language when pressed repeatedly. DVD / (instant replay/ instant advance) HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR -RVideo DVD Replays the scene/briefly fast forwards the scene. . (previous)/> (next) (fast reverse/fast forward) Notes on playing DVDs with a DTS sound track Goes to the beginning of the previous/next title/chapter/scene/ track. For the HDD, you cannot go to the beginning of the previous/ next title. DTS audio signals are output only through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack. When you play a DVD with DTS sound tracks, set “DTS” to “On” in the “Audio” setup (page 104). Fast reverses/fast forwards the disc when pressed during playback. Search speed changes as follows: 3 Adjusting the picture quality fast reverse fast forward m1 T t 1M*1 m2 T T t t 2M *2 m3 T T T t t t 3M*2 When you press and hold the button, fast forward/fast reverse continues at the selected speed until you release the button. HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo DVD VCD DATA DVD * * DivX video file only *1 Plays in slow motion when pressed for more than one second in pause mode. Plays one frame at a time when pressed briefly in pause mode. (slow, freeze frame) HDD +RW -RWVideo +R -RVideo DVD 1 -RWVR Press </, to adjust the setting, and press ENTER. The default settings are underlined. “FNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong) “BNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong) “MNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong) 2 3 “Sharpness”*: (weak) Off 1 (strong) “PB Video Equalizer”: • Contrast: (weak) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (strong) • Brightness: (dark) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (bright) • Colour: (light) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (deep) • Hue: (red) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (green) Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust any other items. +R DATA CD * When you press M once during playback of a title recorded in the HDD, you can play quickly with sound (“x1.3” appears). *2 m3 and 3M are only available for the HDD and DVDs. Playback • When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive noise will be heard from the LINE1-TV/LINE 3/ DECODER/LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks. To avoid possible damage to the audio system, the consumer should take proper precautions when the LINE1-TV/LINE 3/DECODER/LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks of the recorder are connected to an amplification system. To enjoy DTS Digital Surround™ playback, an external DTS decoder must be connected to the DIGITAL OUT jack of the recorder. • Set the sound to “Stereo” using the AUDIO button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD (page 68). DVD : Selects the language. Select an item, and press ENTER. The adjustment display appears. “FNR” (frame noise reduction): Reduces noise contained in the luminance element of the video signal. “BNR” (block noise reduction): Reduces “block noise” or mosaic like patterns in the picture. “MNR” (mosquito noise reduction): Reduces the faint noise appearing around the outlines of the images. The noise reduction effects are automatically adjusted within each setting range according to the video bit rate and other factors. “Sharpness”: Sharpens the outlines of the images. “PB Video Equalizer” (Playback video equalizer): Adjusts the picture in greater detail. Select an item and press ENTER. • Contrast: changes the contrast. • Brightness: changes the overall brightness. • Colour: makes the colours deeper or lighter. • Hue: changes the colour balance. Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a CD Buttons HDD -RWVR 2 b Notes Playback options Press OPTIONS during playback to select “Video Settings,” and press ENTER. * “1” softens the outlines of the images. “2” enhances the outlines and “3” enhances them more than “2.” -RVR VCD * * Playback direction only X (pause) Pauses playback. To resume normal playback, press H. ,continued 68 b Notes • If the outlines of the images on your screen become blurred, set “BNR” and/or “MNR” to “Off.” • Depending on the disc or the scene being played, the above BNR, MNR, or FNR effects may be hard to discern. And, these functions may not work with some screen sizes. • When using the “Sharpness” function, noise found in the title may become more apparent. In this case, it is recommended that you use the BNR function with the “Sharpness” function. If the condition still does not improve, set the “Sharpness” level to “Off.” Pausing a TV Broadcast (TV Pause/Pause Live TV) Playing from the beginning of the programme you are recording (Chasing Playback) You can pause a current TV broadcast, and then continue watching the programme at a later time. This is useful when you receive an unexpected phone call or visitor while watching TV. 1 HDD While viewing a TV broadcast with this recorder, press X. Press OPTIONS while recording to select “Chasing Playback,” and press ENTER. The picture pauses. You can pause the picture for up to three hours. +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo DVD +R VCD DATA DVD b Notes DATA CD 1 2 Press OPTIONS during playback to select “Audio Settings,” and press ENTER. Select “AV SYNC,” and press ENTER. “AV SYNC”: When the video is delayed, this function delays the audio for synchronization with the video (0 to 120 milliseconds). Larger numbers indicate a longer audio delay for synchronization with the video. When dubbing to a VCR or other video recording equipment, be sure to return this setting to 0 ms (default). 3 Press </, to adjust the setting, and press ENTER. • For DVD-RWs (VR mode), this function does not work when recording: – on a 1x-speed DVD-RW. – in the HQ or HSP recording mode. • The DVD’s picture on your TV screen freezes for a few seconds when you fast forward/fast reverse or instant replay/advance the recording. • Chasing Playback is possible from one minute or more after recording starts. • Even if you fast forward the recorded programme, there will always be a time difference of about one minute or more between the recorded programme and the current TV broadcast. TV pause 2 Press X or H again to resume watching the programme. b Notes • Paused titles are not saved to the HDD. • This function is cancelled when: – x (stop) is pressed. – PROG +/– is pressed. – DVD is pressed. – Z (open/close) is pressed. – TITLE LIST is pressed. – INPUT SELECT is pressed. – the recorder is turned off. – a timer recording or Synchro-Recording is started. – the PDC/VPS function is “On” and channel scan is started. – DV dubbing or regular dubbing is started. • It may take one minute or more to resume playback of the paused programme. • Even if you fast forward the recorded programme, there will always be a time difference of about one minute or more between the recorded programme and the current TV broadcast. Playing a previous recording while making another (Simultaneous Rec and Play) HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo DVD VCD *1 Simultaneous Rec and Play function does not work when you record: – on a 1x-speed DVD-RW. – in the HQ or HSP recording mode. *2 Picture noise may appear depending upon the condition of the recording, or when playing a title recorded in the HQ or HSP recording mode. The picture freezes for a few seconds when you use fast forward/fast reverse or instant replay/ advance. You can also play a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO CD, Super VIDEO CD, CD, DATA DVD, or DATA CD while recording on the HDD. Example: Play another title on the HDD while recording to the HDD. 1 While recording, press TITLE LIST to display the HDD Title List. 2 Select the title you want to play, and press ENTER. 3 Select “Play” from the sub-menu, and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected title. Example: Play a DVD while recording to the HDD. 1 While recording, press DVD and insert the DVD into the recorder. 2 Press TITLE LIST to display the DVD Title List. 3 Select the title you want to play, and press ENTER. 4 Select “Play” from the sub-menu, and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected title. +R CD DATA DVD DATA CD “Simultaneous Rec and Play” allows you to view a previously recorded programme while recording programmes. Playback continues even if a timer recording starts. Use this function as follows: • While recording to the HDD: Play another title on the HDD. Play a previously recorded programme on a DVD by pressing DVD. 70 • While recording to a DVD: Play a previously recorded programme on the HDD by pressing HDD. • While recording to a DVD-RW (VR mode)*1: Play another title on the same DVD-RW (VR mode) disc.*2 Playback Playback starts from the beginning of the programme you are recording. When you fast forward to the point that you are recording, Chasing Playback returns to normal playback. Adjusting the delay between the picture and sound (AV SYNC) HDD -RWVR “Chasing Playback” allows you to view the recorded part of a programme while the recording is being made. You do not need to wait until the recording finishes. 69 b Note You cannot play a DVD, DivX video or VIDEO CD recorded in the NTSC colour system while recording on the HDD. When playing a DivX video or VIDEO CD, be sure to set “Colour System” to “PAL” in the “Video” setup (page 103). 71 1-17 The display for entering the number appears. Example: Title Search Searching for a Title/ Chapter/Track, etc. HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo DVD VCD Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, or DivX® Video Files +R CD The number in parentheses indicates the total number of titles, tracks, etc. DATA DVD DATA CD You can search a disc by title, chapter, scene or track. As titles and tracks are assigned individual numbers, select the title or track by entering its number. You can also search for a scene using the time code. DATA DVD DATA CD Press the number buttons to select the number of the title, chapter, track, time code, etc., you want. You can play MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files on DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) or JPEG image files and DivX video files on DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/ DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs). For example: Time Search To find a scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, and 20 seconds, enter “21020.” If you make a mistake, select another number. 3 Press x. To pause playback or slideshow Press X. AUDIO SUBTITLE b Note “Title Search” is not applicable to the HDD. OPTIONS 1 For MP3 discs, playback starts from the first MP3 audio track on the disc. For JPEG files, a slideshow of the pictures on the disc begins. For DivX video files, playback starts from the first DivX video file on the disc. If the disc contains MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files, only the DivX video files are played back when H is pressed. If the disc contains MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files, only the JPEG image files are played back when H is pressed. To stop playback or slideshow Press ENTER. The recorder starts playback from the selected number. ENTER Press H. Playback Number buttons 2 2 / . m H Press OPTIONS during playback to select a search method, and press ENTER. </M/m/,, ENTER OPTIONS > x X To play the beginning of the MP3 audio track or DivX video file Press OPTIONS to select “Play Beginning,” and press ENTER. To fast forward or fast reverse an MP3 audio track or DivX video file Press m/M during playback. To go to the next or previous MP3 audio track, JPEG image file or DivX video file Press . or > during playback. If you repeatedly press . or >, you will go to the next or previous album. (Except JPEG image file) “Title Search” (for DVDs) “Chapter Search” (for HDD/DVDs) “Track Search” (for CDs/DATA CDs) “Search” (for VIDEO CDs) “Album Search” (for DATA DVDs/ DATA CDs) “Time Search” (for HDD/DVDs/DATA DVDs*/DATA CDs*): Searches for a starting point by entering the time code. 1 Insert a disc. See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33. To play DivX video file in slow motion/one frame at a time (Playback direction only) Press y/C in pause mode. To go to the next or previous album (Except for DivX video files) * DivX video file only Press “File Search” (for DATA DVDs/DATA CDs) / during playback or slideshow. To display the registration code for this recorder Select “Registration Code” in the “Others” setup (page 110). ,continued 72 To rotate a picture Press OPTIONS while the JPEG image is displayed to select “Rotate Right” or “Rotate Left,” and press ENTER. z Hints • Press AUDIO to switch between stereo or monaural audio tracks when playing MP3 audio tracks. • You can change the audio track when playing MP3 or MPEG audio of DivX video files using the AUDIO button. • You can display subtitles when playing DivX video files using the SUBTITLE button. • You can rotate a JPEG image using the </, buttons when the image is displayed. • Some JPEG files, especially files of three million pixels or more, may lengthen the slideshow interval. • Rotated JPEG images will not be saved when you switch to another folder. • Images larger than 720 × 480 will be reduced to 720 × 480 when displayed. • The following images are not displayed: – progressive JPEG image files – greyscale JPEG image files – 4:1:1 JPEG image files • When you attempt to play a broken file or a file that does not satisfy the play conditions, appears but the recorder cannot play the file. • The recorder cannot play a DivX video file of size more than 720 (width) × 576 (height)/4 GB. MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, or DivX video files that the recorder can play MP3 is an audio compression technology that satisfies certain ISO/MPEG regulations. JPEG is an image compression technology. You can play MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) format audio tracks and JPEG image files on DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) or JPEG image files on DATA DVDs (DVDROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs). DATA CDs and DATA DVDs must be recorded according to ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2 or Joliet format for the recorder to recognize the DivX video files and JPEG image files. DATA CDs must be recorded according to ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2 or Joliet format for the recorder to recognize the MP3 tracks. DivX® is a video file compression technology, developed by DivX, Inc. This product is an official DivX® Certified product. You can play DATA CDs and DATA DVDs that contain DivX video files. You can also play discs recorded in MultiSession/Border. See the instructions supplied with the disc drives and the recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format. The recorder can play the following tracks and files: – MP3 audio tracks with the extension “.mp3.” – JPEG image files with the extension “.jpeg” or “.jpg.” – JPEG image files that conform to the DCF* image file format. – DivX video file with the extension “.avi” or “.divx.” About playback order of albums, tracks, and files Albums play in the following order: Structure of disc contents Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5 ROOT Playback b Notes About MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files 73 * “Design rule for Camera File system”: Image standards for digital cameras regulated by JEITA (Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association). b Notes • The recorder will play any data with the extension “.mp3,” “.jpeg,” “.jpg,” “.avi,” or “.divx” even if they are not in MP3, JPEG, or DivX format. Playing these data may generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system. • The recorder does not conform to audio tracks in mp3PRO format. • The recorder may not play a DivX video file when the file has been combined from two or more DivX video files. • Depending on the disc, normal playback may not be possible. For example, the picture may be unclear, playback may not appear smooth, the sound may skip, and so on. • Depending on the disc, playback may take some time to start. • Some files cannot be played. Note on MultiSession/Border discs If audio tracks and images in Music CD format or Video CD format are recorded in the first session/border, only the first session/ border will be played back. b Note The recorder may not be able to play some DATA CDs/DATA DVDs created in the Packet Write format. Album MP3 audio track/ JPEG image file/ DivX video file When you insert a DATA CD/DATA DVD and press H, the numbered tracks (or files) are played sequentially, from 1 through 7. For JPEG image files, press to go to the next album. (For instance, when you want to go from 1 to 2.) Any sub-albums/tracks (or files) contained within a currently selected album take priority over the next album in the same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is played before 5.) z Hints • If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front of the track/file names when you store the tracks (or files) in a disc, the tracks and files will be played in that order. • Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums with no more than two trees. ,continued 74 1-18 75 b Notes • Depending on the software you use to create the DATA DVD/DATA CD, the playback order may differ from the above illustration. • No more than a total of 999 individual folders can be played. (Folders that do not contain JPEG/ MP3/DivX files are counted as well.) • No more than a total of 999 folders and 9999 files can be played. (Files other than JPEG/MP3/DivX files, and folders that do not contain JPEG/MP3/ DivX files are counted as well.) • No more than 999 folders and files can be recognized in a single folder. (Folders that do not contain JPEG/MP3/DivX files are counted as well.) • Proceeding to the next or another album may take some time. • This recorder supports MP3 audio bit rates up to 320 kbps. Erasing and Editing Before Editing This recorder offers various edit options for various disc types. b Notes HDD -RWVR +RW -RVR -RWVideo Edit features Original title Playlist title +R Original title Playlist title Erase (page 78) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Protect (page 78) Yes Yes Yes No Yes Title Name (page 78) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes A-B Erase (page 79) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes* Erase Titles (page 79) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Erasing and Editing • You may lose the edited contents if you remove the disc or a timer recording starts while editing. • DVD discs created by DVD video cameras cannot be edited on this recorder. • If a message appears and indicates that the disc’s control information is full, erase or edit unnecessary titles. • When editing a DVD+R or DVD-R, finish all editing before finalising the disc. You cannot edit a finalised disc. -RVideo Divide (page 80) Yes Yes No Yes No Set Thumbnail (page 78) Yes Yes Yes Yes No Chapter mark (page 81) Yes Yes Yes Yes No Creating and Editing a Playlist (page 81) Yes Yes Yes Yes No Change Order (page 83) No No No Yes No Combine (page 83) No Yes No Yes No * DVD+RW only ,continued 76 To open up disc space To open up disc space on a DVD+RW or DVD-RW (Video mode), erase the title with the largest number in the title list. “Set Thumbnail”: Changes the title’s thumbnail picture that appears in the Title List (page 36). “Make a Playlist”: Adds the entire title to the Playlist title as one scene (page 83). Erasing and Editing a Title Largest title number HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo z Hints • You can erase multiple titles at one time (page 79). • You can automatically erase titles that have already played (page 107). • You can label or re-label DVDs (page 40). b Note CHAPTER MARK O RETURN . mc You can display the Playlist titles in the Title List (Playlist), or the Original titles in the Title List (Original). To switch the two Title Lists, press </, while a Title List is displayed. To create and edit a Playlist, see page 81. Erasing multiple titles (Erase Titles) CHAPTER MARK ERASE TITLE LIST </M/m/,, ENTER OPTIONS HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo > 1 CM Press TITLE LIST. For HDD titles or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode, press </, to switch the Title Lists, if necessary. 2 Select “OK” and press ENTER. The titles are erased. To erase all titles on the disc You can reformat the HDD, DVD+RW, or DVD-RW to make the disc or drive blank. To format the HDD, see “Format” on page 110. To format a DVD+RW or DVD-RW disc, see “8. Reformatting a disc” on page 43. Erasing a section of a title (A-B Erase) HDD +RW -RWVR -RVR You can select a section (scene) in a title and erase it. Note that erasing scenes in a title cannot be undone. 1 Press OPTIONS to select “Erase Titles,” and press ENTER. After step 2 of “Erasing and Editing a Title,” select “A-B Erase” and press ENTER. The display for setting point A appears. The title starts to play. • To return to the beginning of the title, press X and then press .. The display for selecting titles to be erased appears. Press TITLE LIST. For HDD titles or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode, press </, to switch the Title Lists, if necessary. 2 +R You can select and erase more than one title at one time using the OPTIONS menu. X 1 -RWVR -RWVideo 6 Erasing and Editing To switch between the Playlist and Original Title List DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) playlist titles cannot be protected. When you finish selecting titles, select “OK,” and press ENTER. The list of the titles to be erased appears for confirmation. • To change the selection, select “Change,” and repeat from step 3. +R This section explains the basic edit functions. Note that editing is irreversible. To edit the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) without changing the original recordings, create a Playlist title (page 81). For the HDD and DVD-RWs (VR mode), you can erase any title. For DVD-Rs and DVD+Rs, the available disc space does not increase even if you erase titles. See “Erasing and Editing a Title” on page 78 or “Erasing multiple titles (Erase Titles)” on page 79. 5 77 Select a title, and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. 3 Select an option, and press ENTER. You can make the following edits to the title. “Erase”: Erases the selected title. Select “OK” when asked for confirmation. “Protect”: Protects the title. “ ” appears next to the protected title. “Title Name”: Allows you to enter or reenter a title name (page 39). “A-B Erase”: Erases a section of the title (page 79). “Divide”: Divides a title into two titles (page 80). 3 Select a title, and press ENTER. A check mark appears in the check box next to the selected title. • To clear the check mark, press ENTER again. • To clear all of check marks, select “Reset.” 4 Playback point 2 Select point A using m/M, and press ENTER. Playback pauses. Repeat step 3 to select all of the titles you want to erase. ,continued 78 1-19 79 3 Press ENTER if point A is correct. If point A is incorrect, select point A using c/C, and press ENTER. The display for setting point B appears. 4 Select point B using m/M, and press ENTER. Playback pauses. 5 Press ENTER if point B is correct. 6 Creating chapters manually HDD -RVR * You can manually insert a chapter mark at any point you like during playback or recording. * Only playlist titles can be divided for DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs (VR mode). Press CHAPTER MARK at the point where you want to divide the title into chapters. 1 Each time you press the button, “Marking ...” appears on the screen and the scenes to the left and right of the mark become separate chapters. Press TITLE LIST. Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if necessary. 2 Select a title, and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. 3 To erase chapter marks Select “Divide,” and press ENTER. You can combine two chapters by erasing the chapter mark during playback. Press ./> to search for a chapter number, and while displaying the chapter containing the chapter mark you want to erase, press CHAPTER MARK ERASE. The current chapter combines with the previous chapter. The display for setting the dividing point appears, and the title starts to play. • To return to the beginning of the title, press X and then press .. The scene is erased. The display for setting point A appears. • To continue, go to step 2. • To finish, select “Quit.” b Notes z Hint A chapter mark is inserted after the scene was erased. The chapter mark divides the title into separate chapters on either side of the mark. • Images or sound may be momentarily interrupted at the point where you erase a section of a title. • Sections shorter than five seconds may not be erased. • For DVD+RWs, the erased section may be slightly different from the points you selected. -RVR If you want to dub a long title to a disc but do not want to reduce the picture quality, divide the title into two shorter titles. Note that dividing a title cannot be undone. Select “OK,” and press ENTER. b Notes -RWVR 4 • When dubbing, any chapter marks you enter will be erased. • To insert a chapter mark manually during recording, set “Auto Chapter” to “Off” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). Select the dividing point by pressing m/M, and press ENTER. Playback pauses. 5 HDD -RWVR -RVR Playlist edit allows you to edit or re-edit without changing the actual recordings. You can create up to 97 Playlist titles. Example: You have recorded the final few matches of a football tournament on a DVDRW/DVD-R (VR mode). You want to create a digest with the goal scenes and other highlights, but you also want to keep the original recording. Original Playlist In this case, you can compile highlight scenes as a Playlist title. You can even rearrange the scene order within the Playlist title. The Playlist title calls up data from the original titles for playback. When an original title is used for a Playlist title, the original title cannot be edited and erased. b Note Press ENTER if the dividing point is correct. Playlist titles containing titles recorded with the “Copy-Once” copy protection signal cannot be dubbed or moved (page 87). If the dividing point is incorrect, select the dividing point using c/C, and press ENTER. The display asks for confirmation. • To change the dividing point, press M. 6 Creating and Editing a Playlist Erasing and Editing If point B is incorrect, select point B using c/C, and press ENTER. The display asks for confirmation. • To reset point A, press M and O RETURN, and go to step 2. • To reset point B, press M and repeat step 4. • To preview the title without scenes to be erased, select “Preview” (except for DVD+RWs). Dividing a title (Divide) HDD -RWVR * Select “OK,” and press ENTER. The title is divided in two. z Hint After a title is divided, the title name prior to division is assigned to both the first and second parts. ,continued 80 1 Press TITLE LIST. 8 If the Title List (Original) appears, press <. 2 The title moves to the new location. • To move more titles, go to step 3. • To finish, select “Quit,” and press ENTER. The picture may pause when the edited scene is played. If the OUT point is incorrect, select the OUT point using c/C, and press ENTER. The selected scene is added to the scene list. • To add more scenes, go to step 5. Press OPTIONS to select “Create a Playlist,” and press ENTER. 9 3 b Note Press ENTER if the OUT point is correct. To add the entire title to the Playlist title as one scene (Make a Playlist) When you finish adding scenes, press m. 1 Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List (Playlist) appears, press ,. 2 Select the title and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. 3 Select “Make a Playlist,” and press ENTER. The selected title is added to the Title List (Playlist). The title name is the same as the Original title name. Select “Select,” and press ENTER. Combining multiple Playlist titles (Combine) HDD -RWVR 1 -RVR Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List (Original) menu appears, press <. 2 Press OPTIONS to select “Combine,” and press ENTER. A Total duration of the selected scene 4 Select the title you want to include in the Playlist title, and press ENTER. The display for setting the start point (IN) appears. The title starts to play. • To return to the beginning of the title, press X and then press .. 5 6 Select the IN point using m/M, and press ENTER. C Selected scene and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. “Move”: Changes the scene order using </, and press ENTER. “Erase”: Erases the scene. When asked for confirmation, select “OK.” • To add more scenes, press M and go to step 5. • To add more scenes from another title, select “Select” and go to step 4. • To preview all of the captured scenes in the listed order, select “Preview.” select “OK,” and press ENTER. The title of the created Playlist is added to the Title List (Playlist). The title name is the title name of the first scene. Playback pauses. 2 Select a title, and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. 3 Select “Play,” and press ENTER. 3 Select a title, and press ENTER. A number indicating the order in which you selected the title appears. To cancel the selection, press ENTER again. -RWVR -RVR You can change the Playlist title order within the Title List (Playlist). 1 Repeat step 3 to select all of the titles you want to combine. To cancel all of the selections, select “Reset.” Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List (Original) appears, press <. 2 4 5 Select “OK,” and press ENTER. The list of titles to be combined appears. To change the selection, select “Change” and go to step 3. Press OPTIONS to select “Change Order,” and press ENTER. 11 When you finish editing the scene list, Press ENTER if the IN point is correct. Select the OUT point using m/M, and press ENTER. Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List (Original) appears, press <. Moving a Playlist title (Change Order) 10 Select the scene you want to re-edit, Playback pauses. If the IN point is incorrect, select the IN point using c/C, and press ENTER. The display for setting the end point (OUT) appears. 7 B Total number of scenes 1 Erasing and Editing The display for selecting titles appears. To play the Playlist title 81 z Hint When a Playlist title is created, the IN and OUT points will become chapter marks, and each scene will become a chapter. 3 4 Select the title you want to move, and press ENTER. 6 Select “OK,” and press ENTER. The titles are combined. Select a new location for the title using M/m, and press ENTER. ,continued 82 1-20 83 b Notes z Hint After titles are combined, the title name is the title name of the first title prior to combination. Dubbing (HDD y DVD) b Note Before Dubbing When the number of chapters in the title to be combined exceeds the limit, the chapters at the end are combined into a single chapter. Dividing a Playlist title (Divide) HDD -RWVR HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo +R You can divide a Playlist title. For operations, see page 80. If you want to record from a digital video camera connected to the DV IN jack, see “DV Dubbing” on page 91. To record from equipment connected to the LINE IN jacks, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 65. Before you start… • You cannot record both the main and sub sound on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs (Video mode). For bilingual programmes, set “Bilingual Recording” of “DVD Rec. Settings” to either “Main” (default) or “Sub” in the “Recording” setup (page 107). • The chapter marks in the dubbing source are not retained in the dubbed title. When “Auto Chapter” is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107), chapter marks are automatically inserted at approximately 6 minute intervals. About “Dub Mode” With this recorder, the recording mode for dubbing is displayed as “Dub Mode.” Three dubbing methods are available: High-speed Dubbing, Original Dubbing, and Rec Mode Conversion Dubbing. Read the following and select according to the required time, disc space, and picture quality. Dubbing at high-speed (High-speed Dubbing) HDD , +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo / / -RVR / -RVideo +R Allows you to dub what you have stored in the HDD to a high-speed DVD (8x-speed DVD+RWs/6x-speed DVD-RWs/16x-speed DVD+Rs/16x-speed DVD-Rs, or slower versions of each disc type), without changing the recording mode. Set “Dub Mode” to “Fast” in the steps of “Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)” (page 88) or “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub Selected Titles)” (page 89). When dubbing multiple titles, you can select “Fast” if there are one or more titles that can be dubbed at high speed in the selected titles. However, titles that cannot be dubbed at high speed are dubbed in the Original Dubbing mode. The minimum required time is as follows (approximate). Dubbing (HDD y DVD) In this section, “dubbing” refers to “copying a recorded title on the internal hard disk drive (HDD) to another disc, or vice versa.” You can select to dub one title at a time (Title Dubbing – see “Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)” on page 88), or multiple titles all at once (Multiple Title Dubbing – see “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub Selected Titles)” on page 89). Before you start, read the following precautions, which are common to both dubbing methods. -RVR • You cannot make a recording while dubbing. • To play a dubbed disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 41). • You cannot dub from DVD VIDEOs to the HDD. • Thumbnails that you have set for the originally recorded title (page 36) will not be retained in the dubbed title. • When dubbing to a DVD+R DL disc, the video may be momentarily interrupted at the point where the layers switch. z Hints • When you dub a Playlist title, it is recorded as an Original title. • When dubbed from a DVD to the HDD, the picture size and the sound types originally recorded are retained. ,continued 84 Speed*2 6x 6x High- HighRec. speed speed mode DVD- DVD+ RW RW 8x 8x 2.4x High- High- DVD+R speed speed (Double DVD-R DVD+R Layer) HQ Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 10 min. 10 min. 8 min. 8 min. 25 min. HSP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 6 min. 6 min. 5 min. 5 min. 16 min. 40 sec. 40 sec. 40 sec. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 5 min. 5 min. 3 min. 3 min. 12 min. 45 sec. 45 sec. 30 sec. LSP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 4 min. 4 min. 3 min. 3 min. 10 min. ESP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 3 min. 3 min. 2 min. 2 min. 8 min. 20 sec. 20 sec. 30 sec. 30 sec. 20 sec. LP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 6 min. 30 sec. 30 sec. 15 sec. EP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 1 min. 60 1 min. 60 60 40 sec. min.*3 15 sec. min.*3 min.*3 SLP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 1 min. 60 56 sec. 60 60 15 sec. min.*3 min.*3 min.*3 *1 The values in the above table are for reference only. Actual times for dubbing also require time for creating disc’s control information and other data. *2 This is the maximum recording speed of this recorder. The recording speed cannot exceed the value indicated in the above table even when using discs that support higher recording speeds. In addition, depending on the disc condition, the recorder may be unable to record at the maximum recording speed indicated in the table. *3 High-speed dubbing is not available when dubbing titles recorded in EP and SLP mode to DVD+RWs and DVD+Rs. Rec Mode Conversion Dubbing HDD n +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo / / -RVR / -RVideo +R • High-speed Dubbing is not available for the following titles: – Titles recorded in HQ+. – Titles that contain both main and sub sounds (except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)). – Titles recorded in mixed picture size (4:3 and 16:9 etc.) (except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)). – Dubbing from DVD to HDD – Dubbing 16:9 size title from HDD to DVD+RW/DVD+R – When dubbing a title with a picture size of 16:9 recorded in LP, EP, or SLP mode to a DVD-RW or DVD-R in Video mode. • When dubbed to a DVD-RW (Video mode)/ DVD+RW/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode), the “seams” that are left over from editing may remain on the disc. If you edit a title, use the Original Dubbing or Rec Mode Conversion Dubbing method. This will smooth out the “seams.” Allows you to dub from the HDD to a DVD or vice versa, in a dubbing mode that differs from the original recordings. For example, when you dub an HQ title (data size is large) in SP mode, you can reduce the data size, saving more titles using less space. Select a mode different from the original recording in “Dub Mode” in the steps of “Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)” (page 88) or “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub Selected Titles)” (page 89). When dubbing multiple titles, all of the selected titles will be recorded in same recording mode. z Hint Dubbing in the recording mode of the source title smoothes out the “seams” that are left over from editing. Original Dubbing HDD n +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo / / -RVR / -RVideo +R b Notes • For a title whose picture size (16:9 or 4:3) is mixed: – When dubbed from the HDD to DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs (Video mode), the picture size is determined by the setting in “DVD Rec. Picture Size” (page 60). – When dubbed from the HDD to DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs (Video mode) in LP, EP or SLP mode, the picture size is always 4:3. – When dubbed from HDD to DVD+RW or DVD+R, the picture size is always 4:3. • The picture quality will not improve even if a title is converted to a recording mode of better picture quality. Original Dubbing allows you to make smooth dubbings by de-emphasizing the “seams” that are left over from editing. In this case, the recording mode is set to the same recording mode that the source title was recorded in. To set the “Dub Mode” to “Original,” you must make your selection from the “Dub Selected Titles” display (page 89). Note that you cannot select “Original” when using the Dubbing method explained in “Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)” (page 88). Dubbing restriction You cannot dub movies and other DVD VIDEOs to the HDD. Also, when dubbing from a DVD to the HDD, a grey, blank screen will be recorded for scenes that contain a copy protection signal. Dubbing Copy protection signals Copy-Free (No copy protection signal) Copy-Once HDD HDD , , +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RVR * * * CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) only CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable Media) is a coding technology that protects copyrights for images. Move HDD , -RWVR / -RVR Titles containing “Copy-Once” copy protection signals can be moved only from HDD to DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode)* (after the title is moved, the original title in the HDD is erased). The “Move” function is performed using the same procedure as dubbing (page 88). Titles containing “CopyOnce” copy protection signals are indicated with . Dubbing (HDD y DVD) SP b Notes , Required times for High-speed Dubbing from HDD to DVD (for 60-minute programme)*1 85 b Notes b Note • The following titles in the HDD cannot be moved. – Protected titles – Playlist titles – Original titles referenced from the playlist • When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no part of the title will be moved to the dubbing target. However, note that this will decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs. • Even if you erase a scene that contains a copy protection signal, the recording restrictions on that title are retained. If the recording mode of the dubbing source title is unknown when dubbing from a DVD to the HDD, “Dub Mode” is automatically set to “SP” in the “Dub Selected Titles” display (page 89). * CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) only. 86 87 1-21 6 7 Dubbing HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo 1 Insert the DVD that you are going to dub to or from. Press HDD or DVD to select the source. 3 Press TITLE LIST. 4 Select a title, and press ENTER. Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if necessary. The sub-menu appears. 5 Select “Start,” and press ENTER. The remaining time of dubbing appears in the front panel display. 1 Insert the DVD that you are going to dub to or from. 2 6 Press HDD or DVD to select the source. Repeat step 5 to select all of the titles you want to dub. 7 Select “OK,” and press ENTER. 3 Press TITLE LIST. To automatically adjust the dubbing mode If there is not enough available space on the target disc, the recorder automatically selects a dubbing mode with lower picture quality according to the available space. If there is insufficient disc space in the selected dubbing mode, the following display appears after step 8. Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if necessary. 4 Press OPTIONS to select “Dub Selected Titles,” and press ENTER. 5 Select titles in the order you want to dub, and press ENTER. The titles are numbered in the selected order. • To cancel the selection, press ENTER again. • To cancel all of the selections, select “Reset.” Select “Dubbing,” and press ENTER. The display for selecting the dubbing mode appears. If a title with (page 87) is selected in the title list, a confirmation display is displayed. To “Move,” select “OK.” To stop dubbing This is displayed in red when the size exceeds the available space on the dubbing target media. B Direction of dubbing C Available space on the disc to be dubbed (approximate) D Information about the title to be dubbed F Order of dubbing The display for selecting the dubbing mode appears. 8 Select a dubbing mode using M/m. Fast* Original * From the HDD to a DVD only. Appears when available for the title (page 85). 9 Select “Start,” and press ENTER. The remaining time of dubbing appears in the front panel display. To automatically adjust the dubbing mode Select “OK” and go to step 8. To manually select another dubbing mode, select “Cancel,” and go to step 7. A Size of the title (approximate) : Indicates titles containing “Copy-Once” copy protection signals (page 87). When you select a title with , the display asks for confirmation. To “Move,” select “OK.” Press OPTIONS to select “Stop Dubbing,” and press ENTER. When asked for confirmation, select “OK,” and press ENTER. When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no part of the title will be moved to the dubbing target. However, note that this will decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/ DVD-Rs. A Total size of the selected titles Dubbing (HDD y DVD) 2 A maximum of 30 selected titles can be dubbed at once. * From the HDD to a DVD only. Appears when High-speed Dubbing is available for the title (page 85). 8 E Dubbing multiple titles (Dub Selected Titles) Select a dubbing mode using M/m. Fast* +R Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing) Select “Dub Mode.” If there is not enough available space on the target disc, the recorder automatically selects a dubbing mode with lower picture quality according to the available space. The same dubbing mode is set for all of the titles. If disc space is insufficient for the selected dubbing mode, the following display appears after step 9 of “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub Selected Titles)” on page 89. This is displayed in red when the size exceeds the available space on the dubbing target media. B Direction of dubbing C Available space on the disc to be dubbed (approximate) z Hint You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The recorder completes dubbing even after being turned off. D “PL”: Indicates a Playlist title. Select “OK” and go to step 9. To manually select another dubbing mode, select “Cancel,” and go to step 8. E Dubbing mode and the space that remains after dubbing (approximate) ,continued 88 89 b Notes To stop dubbing Press OPTIONS to select “Stop Dubbing,” and press ENTER. When asked for confirmation, select “OK,” and press ENTER. When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no part of the title will be moved to the dubbing target. However, note that this will decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/ DVD-Rs. DV Dubbing Before DV Dubbing This section explains dubbing with a digital video camera via the DV IN jack on the front panel. If you want to dub by way of the LINE IN jacks, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 65. The DV IN jack on this recorder conforms to the i.LINK standard. Follow the instructions in “Preparing for DV dubbing,” and then move on to the section on dubbing. For more information about i.LINK, see “About i.LINK” on page 123. z Hint You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The recorder completes dubbing even after being turned off. • You cannot make a recording while DV dubbing. • The DV IN jack is for input only. It will not output signals. • You cannot use the DV IN jack when: – signal input to the DV IN jack on the front panel or recorder operation cannot be performed correctly when using a digital video camera (see “About i.LINK” on page 123). Connect the camera to the LINE IN jack and follow the instructions of “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 65. – the input signal is not in DVC-SD format. Do not connect a MICRO MV format digital video camera even if it has an i.LINK jack. – the images on the tape contain copy protection signals, which limit recording. • If you want to play the disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 41). Hookups DVD recorder Preparing for DV dubbing DV Dubbing You can connect a digital video camera to the DV IN jack on the recorder to record or edit from a DV/Digital8 format tape. Operation is straightforward because the recorder will fast forward and rewind the tape for you – you do not need to operate your digital video camera. Do the following to start using the “DV Edit” functions of this recorder. See the instruction manual supplied with the digital video camera as well before connecting. to DV IN i.LINK cable (not supplied) DV output z Hint If you plan to do additional editing on a disc after the initial dub, use the DV IN jack and record on a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) or HDD. Digital video camera : Signal flow 1 Press HDD or DVD to select the recording destination. If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33). 2 Insert the source DV/Digital8 format tape into your digital video camera. For the recorder to record or edit, your digital video camera must be set to video playback mode. ,continued 90 1-22 91 3 Press INPUT SELECT on the remote repeatedly to select “DV.” The front panel display changes as follows: programme position 4 Press REC MODE on the remote repeatedly to select the recording mode. The recording mode changes as follows: For details about the recording mode, see page 54. 5 Press OPTIONS on the remote to select “DV Audio Input,” and press ENTER. Then, select the setting for the audio input. 6 Recording an Entire DV Format Tape (One Touch Dubbing) • You cannot connect more than one piece of digital video equipment to the recorder. • You cannot control the recorder using another device or another recorder of the same model. • You cannot record date, time, or the contents of the cassette memory onto the disc. • If you record from a DV/Digital8 format tape that is recorded in multiple sound tracks, such as a tape with multiple sampling frequencies (48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, or 32 kHz), no sound or an unnatural sound will be output when playing back the sampling frequency switch point on the disc. • In order to use this recorder’s “Auto Chapter” setting (page 93, 94), be sure to correctly set the clock on your digital video camera before shooting. • The recorded picture may be momentarily affected or the start and end points of a title may be different from what you have set if the source DV/Digital8 format tape is in any of the following conditions. In this case, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” (page 65). – There is a blank space in the recorded portion of the tape. – The tape’s time code is not sequential. – If the picture size or the recording mode on the tape being dubbed changes. HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo +R You can record the entire contents of a DV/ Digital8 format tape onto a disc with a single press of the ONE-TOUCH DUB button on the recorder. The recorder controls the digital video camera for the whole process, and completes the recording. z Hints • If you set “Finalise Disc” of “One Touch Dubbing” to “Auto” in the “DVD” setup (page 109), the recorded disc (except DVD-RW (VR mode)) will automatically be finalised after recording is finished. • You can play back a previously recorded title on the HDD while One Touch Dubbing is in progress. b Notes • When a blank space between the recordings on the tape continues for more than five minutes, One Touch Dubbing ends automatically. • The recorder records a blank for five minutes before it stops dubbing. To stop the blank recording, press x REC STOP. How chapters are created The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD become a single title. When “Auto Chapter” is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup, this title is divided into chapters. When dubbing to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode), each shooting session on the tape becomes a chapter on the disc. For other discs, the recorder divides the title into chapters at approximately 6 minute intervals. DV Dubbing “Stereo1” (default): Records original sound only. Normally select this when dubbing a DV format tape. “Mix”: Records both stereo 1 and 2. “Stereo2”: Records additional audio only. Select “Mix” or “Stereo2” only if you have added a second audio channel when recording with your digital video camera. You are ready to start dubbing. Select one of the dubbing methods on the following pages. b Notes Follow steps 1 to 6 of “Preparing for DV dubbing” on page 91, and press ONETOUCH DUB on the recorder. The recorder rewinds the tape and then starts recording the tape contents. When the recording is finished, the recorder rewinds the tape in the digital video camera. Adjust the dubbing picture quality and size. To stop during recording Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording. Before dubbing starts, press OPTIONS to select “Rec. Settings,” and adjust the recording settings (page 60). z Hint You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The recorder completes dubbing even after being turned off. 92 93 2 Program Edit HDD +RW -RVR -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo 8 Select “DV EDIT,” and press ENTER. The display asks if you want to start selecting scenes. When you finish adding scenes, press m. Data capacity required for the dubbing. This is displayed in red when the size exceeds the available space on the dubbing target media. The scene list is displayed. +R You can select scenes from a DV/Digital8 format tape, and then automatically record selected scenes to the HDD or a DVD. To use this function, do the following: • If you have previously saved a program, the display asks if you want to edit an existing program or to create a new program. To resume editing the existing program, select “Saved Data,” and go to step 9. Connect your digital video camera and prepare for recording m 3 C Scene information block Select “Start,” and press ENTER. 9 The display for setting the IN point (start of the scene) appears. The scene starts to play. How chapters are created The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD become a single title. When “Auto Chapter” is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup, this title is divided into chapters. When dubbing to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode), each shooting session on the tape and each selected scene becomes a chapter on the disc. For other discs, the recorder divides the title into chapters at approximately 6 minute intervals. 1 Follow steps 1 to 6 of “Preparing for DV dubbing” on page 91, and press SYSTEM MENU. Select the scene information block you want to edit using </,, and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. “Move”: Changes the scene order using </, and ENTER. “Erase”: Erases the scene. When asked for confirmation, select “OK.” “Preview”: Plays the selected scene. • To add more scenes, press M and go to step 4. Dub the selected scenes After you have selected the scenes, the recorder will fast forward and rewind the tape automatically and record the scenes to the HDD or a DVD. 4 10 When you finish editing the scene list, Select the IN point using m/M, and press ENTER. Select the OUT point using m/M, and press ENTER. To automatically adjust the dubbing mode If there is not enough available space on the target disc, the recorder automatically selects a dubbing mode with lower picture quality according to the available space. The same dubbing mode is set for all of the titles. If disc space is insufficient for the selected dubbing mode, the following display appears after step 12. Select “OK” and go to step 12. If you do not want to change the dubbing mode, select “Cancel.” However, note that dubbing will end before the title is finished. Playback pauses. 7 Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording. The display for entering the title name appears. To enter a new name, select “Enter,” and follow the explanations on page 39. Press ENTER if the IN point is correct. If the IN point is incorrect, select the IN point using c/C, and press ENTER. The display for setting the OUT point (end of the scene) appears. 6 To stop during recording select “OK,” and press ENTER. Playback pauses. 5 The recorder starts recording the tape contents as programmed. B Total number of scenes DV Dubbing Select and edit the scenes you want to dub Using the recorder’s remote control, fast forward or rewind the tape to select the scenes. At this point, the selected scenes are not copied to the disc. The recorder only remembers the IN and OUT points of the scenes that you selected for dubbing. You can also erase or change the order of the scenes. m 12 Select “Start,” and press ENTER. A Total duration of the scene Press ENTER if the OUT point is correct. 11 Select “OK,” and press ENTER. If the OUT point is incorrect, select the OUT point using c/C, and press ENTER. The selected scene is added to the scene information block. • To add more scenes, go to step 4. The title name is fixed, and the display asks if you want to start recording. To change the disc media, select “Media” and press M/m. To change the dubbing mode, select “Dub Mode” and press M/ m. 94 b Notes • If you set the beginning of the tape as the IN point and the end point as the OUT point, the IN and OUT points may move slightly during dubbing. • You cannot set a scene to be shorter than one second. 95 1-23 1 Select “Programme Setting” in “Basic,” and press ENTER. Settings and Adjustments Aerial Reception and Language Settings (Basic) The “Basic” setup helps you to make tuner, clock, and programme position settings for the recorder. 1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. 2 3 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. 2 Press M/m to select the programme position, and press ENTER. AFT Press M/m repeatedly until the programme position you want is displayed. The programme positions are scanned in the order shown in the table below. • If you know the number of the programme position you want, press the number buttons. For example, for programme position 5, first press “0” and then press “5.” • To disable a programme position, enter “00.” The disabled programme positions will be skipped when you press PROG +/–. • To select a cable or satellite programme position, press M/m until the programme position you want is displayed. Select “On” to turn on AFT. On Turns on the Auto Fine Tuning function. Normally, select this. Off Allows you to adjust the pictures manually. • If the Auto Fine Tuning function does not work effectively, select “Off” and press ,. Press M/m to obtain a clearer picture, and press <. Receivable channels TV system Name Changes or enters a new station name (up to 5 characters). The recorder must receive programme position information (for instance, SMARTLINK information) for station names to appear automatically. Select “Basic,” and press ENTER. The “Basic” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. To turn off the display, press SYSTEM MENU repeatedly. Channel 3 Select the item you want to change using </,, and change the settings using M/ m and press ENTER. Channel coverage BG (West European E2 – E12 VHF Countries, except Italia A – H VHF those listed below) E21 – E69 UHF S1 – S20 CATV S21 – S41 HYPER S01 – S05 CATV R1 – R12 VHF R21 – R69 UHF S1 – S20 CATV S21 – S41 HYPER 4 To enter characters, see page 39. To preset another programme position, repeat from step 2. PAY-TV/CANAL+ Sets the PAY-TV/Canal Plus channels. For details, see page 31. System Select an available TV system (page 97). Programme Setting BG Presets programme positions manually. If some programme positions could not be set using the “Easy Setup” function, you can set them manually. If there is no sound or if the picture is distorted, the wrong tuner system may have been preset during “Easy Setup.” Set the correct tuner system manually in the steps below. I Select this when in Great Britain/Ireland. L Select this when in France. South Africa 4 – 13 VHF S1 – S20 CATV Select “NICAM” or “Standard.” Select this when in East European countries. Ireland A – J VHF B21 – B69 UHF Audio Select this when in West European countries, except those listed in “Receivable channels” on page 97. DK S01 – S05 CATV I (Great Britain/ Ireland) NICAM Normally, select this. Standard Select this if the sound from NICAM broadcasts is not clear. S21 – S41 HYPER S01 – S05 CATV L* (France) F2 – F10 VHF F21 – F69 UHF B – Q CATV S21 – S41 HYPER * To receive broadcasts in France, select “L.” ,continued 96 Tuning the French CATV channels This recorder can scan the CATV channels B to Q and the HYPER frequency channels S21 to S41. On the Channel Set menu, the channels are indicated as S1 to S44. For example, channel B is indicated by Channel Set number S1, and channel Q is indicated by Channel Set number S23 (see the table below). If the CATV channel you want to preset is indicated by its frequency (for example, 152.75 MHz), refer to the table below to find the corresponding channel number. Corresponding channel Channel Set number Receivable Frequency range (MHz) B S1 116.75–124.75 C S2 124.75–132.75 D S3 132.75–140.75 D S4 140.75–148.75 E S5 148.75–156.75 F S6 156.75–164.75 S7 164.75–172.75 S8 172.75–180.75 H S9 180.75–188.75 H S10 188.75–196.75 I S11 196.75–204.75 J S12 204.75–212.75 J S13 212.75–220.75 K S14 220.75–228.75 L S15 228.75–236.75 236.75–244.75 L S16 M S17 244.75–252.75 N S18 252.75–260.75 N S19 260.75–268.75 O S20 268.75–276.75 P S21 276.75–284.75 P S22 284.75–292.75 Q S23 292.75–300.75 S21 S24 299.25–307.25 S22 S25 307.25–315.25 S23 S26 315.25–323.25 S24 S27 323.25–331.25 Corresponding channel Channel Set number Receivable Frequency range (MHz) S25 S28 331.25–339.25 S26 S29 339.25–347.25 S27 S30 347.25–355.25 S28 S31 355.25–363.25 S29 S32 363.25–371.25 S30 S33 371.25–379.25 S31 S34 379.25–387.25 S32 S35 387.25–395.25 S33 S36 395.25–403.25 S34 S37 403.25–411.25 S35 S38 411.25–419.25 S36 S39 419.25–427.25 S37 S40 427.25–435.25 S38 S41 435.25–443.25 S39 S42 443.25–451.25 S40 S43 451.25–459.25 S41 S44 459.25–467.25 Press M/m until the selected programme position row moves to the desired programme position. The selected programme position is inserted at the new programme position. 4 5 Press ENTER to confirm the setting. Select the programme position for which you want to set or change the TV guide page using PROG +/– or number buttons. • The TV guide page numbers (Example: P301) appear automatically when the recorder detects them. • If no page numbers are detected (P000), you have to set the appropriate TV guide page number manually. To change the programme position of another station, repeat from step 2. Some broadcast systems provide a Teletext service* in which complete programmes and their data (title, date, programme position, recording start time, etc.) are stored day by day. A TV guide page corresponds to each day of the week. When recording a programme, the recorder automatically takes the programme name from the Teletext pages and stores it as the title name. The TV guide page numbers depend entirely on the broadcast itself and may be subject to change. If so, you may have to set those TV guide page numbers manually in the TV Guide Page menu. Programme Sort Select “Programme Sort” in “Basic,” and press ENTER. * Not available in some areas. 1 2 2 Auto Programme Title Labelling (TV Guide Page) After the programme positions have been set, you can change the order of each programme position in the display list. 1 3 97 Press M/m to select the row containing the programme position you want to move, and press ENTER. • To display other pages for programme positions 4 to 99, press M/m repeatedly. 3 Select the TV guide page number you want to modify, and press ENTER. 4 Press the number buttons or </M/m/, to enter the TV guide page number, and press ENTER to confirm the setting. • If you make a mistake, re-enter the correct number. • To return to the original settings, press O RETURN. 5 To set or change another TV guide page number, repeat steps 3 and 4 above. Select “TV Guide Page” in “Basic,” and press ENTER. The TV Guide Page menu appears. Settings and Adjustments F G Settings and Adjustments DK (East European Countries) z Hint To view Teletext information on your TV screen during a broadcast, switch to your TV’s tuner by pressing TV/DVD. ,continued 98 1-24 99 b Notes • In step 4 above, enter “000” if you do not want to use the TV guide page number for automatic labelling. The recorder will instead store a default title name (programme position, start time - stop time). • Refer to the Teletext information on your TV screen to obtain the TV guide page number with programme titles and their start times. • If the Teletext TV guide has a page which always shows the programmes for the current day, this page should be input for all days. • If you start recording more than three minutes before the programme is scheduled to start, the correct label information may not be transferred. • Note that this function may not work correctly with programmes broadcast from some stations. • If the broadcast system updates the Teletext information at the moment recording starts, the title label may not correspond to the recorded programme. In this case, you may have to manually enter the correct title (page 39). Clock Auto Adjust (Auto Clock Set) z Hint If you set “Auto Adjust” to “On,” the Auto Clock Set function is activated whenever the recorder is turned off. The Auto Clock Set function does not work while the recorder is standing by for Synchro-Recording. To set the clock manually If the Auto Clock Set function did not set the clock correctly for your local area, try another station for the Auto Clock Set function or set the clock manually. 1 Select “Clock” in “Basic,” and press ENTER. 2 Select “Auto Adjust,” and press ENTER. 2 Select “Auto Adjust,” and press ENTER. 3 4 Select “On,” and press ,. Press M/m repeatedly until the programme position of the station that carries a time signal appears, and press ENTER. 4:3 Pan Scan 1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. 2 3 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. Select “Video,” and press ENTER. The “Video” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. b Note Depending on the disc, “4:3 Letter Box” may be selected automatically instead of “4:3 Pan Scan” or vice versa. Selects the type of video signals output from the HDMI OUT jack. When you select “Auto” (default), the recorder outputs video signals of the highest resolution acceptable for your TV. If the picture is not clear, natural or to your satisfaction, try another option that suits the disc and your TV/projector, etc. For details, refer also to the instruction manual supplied with the TV/projector, etc. Select “Off,” and press ENTER. Select “Present Time,” and press ENTER. Press M/m to set the day, and press ,. Set the month, year, hour, and minutes in sequence. Press </, to select the item to be set, then press M/m to set the numbers. The day of the week is set automatically. Video Output Auto TV Type Sets the picture size when playing back a title recorded from 16:9 size video (page 60) or a 16:9 size commercial DVD video. Select the playback picture size according to the type of connected TV (wide-screen/wide mode TV or conventional 4:3 screen TV). 1920×1080i Sends 1920×1080i video signals. 16 : 9 To change the numbers, press < to return to the item to be changed, and press M/m. 6 • If the recorder does not receive a time signal from any station, “Auto Adjust” returns to “Off” automatically and the menu for setting the clock manually appears on the screen. 4:3 Letter Box HDMI Resolution 5 3 4 16 : 9 Press ENTER to start the clock. 4:3 Letter Box Select this when connecting to a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen. 4:3 Pan Scan Select this when connecting to a 4:3 screen TV. Automatically displays a wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit. OSD (On-Screen Display) Switches the display language on the screen. Select this when connecting to a wide-screen TV or TV with a wide mode function. Normally, select this. 1280×720p Sends 1280×720p video signals. 720×480/ 576p Sends 720×480/576p video signals. b Note Even when a setting other than “Auto” is selected and the connected TV cannot accept the resolution, the recorder automatically adjusts the video signals that are suitable for the TV. ,continued 100 4:3 Output This setting is effective only when you set “TV Type” of “Video Output” to “16 : 9” in the “Video” setup. Adjust this setting to watch 4:3 aspect ratio signals. If you can change the aspect ratio on your TV, change the setting on your TV, not this recorder. Note that this setting is effective only for HDMI connection. Full Normal Select this when you can change the aspect ratio on your TV. Select this when you cannot change the aspect ratio on your TV. Shows a 4:3 size video with the aspect ratio as it is. 16:9 aspect ratio TV On Off Outputs the component video signals. Select this when you want to view progressive signals. Outputs no signals. b Notes • When you set “Line1 Output” of “Scart Setting” to “RGB,” you cannot set “Component Out” to “On.” • When you connect the recorder to a monitor or projector via only the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, do not select “Off.” If you select “Off” in this case, the picture may not appear. Scart Setting Pause Mode (HDD/DVDs only) Sets the method of inputting/outputting signals from the SCART jacks on the rear panel of the recorder. Select an option for each of the items below according to the combination of jacks and methods that you are going to use. Selects the picture quality in pause mode. 1 Select “Progressive Output,” and press ENTER. 2 Select “On,” and press ENTER. The display asks for confirmation. 3 Select “Start,” and press ENTER. The video switches to a progressive signal for 5 seconds. RGB Outputs RGB signals. If video signal appears OK, select “Yes,” and press ENTER. If picture is distorted, select “No,” and press ENTER. Video Outputs video signals. S Video Outputs S-video signals. 4 Line1 Output Selects a method of outputting video signals for the LINE 1 – TV jack. b Notes Progressive Mode DVD software can be divided into two types: film based software and video based software. Video based software is derived from TV and displays images at 25 frames/50 fields (30 frames/60 fields) per second. Film based software is derived from film and displays images at 24 frames per second. Some DVD software contains both Video and Film. In order for these images to appear natural on your screen when output in progressive mode (50 or 60 frames per second), the progressive video signal needs to be converted to match the type of DVD software that you are watching. You can fine-tune the progressive 525p/625p video signal that is output when you set “Progressive Output” to “On.” Note that you must connect to a progressive format TV using the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (page 17). Auto Video • If your TV does not accept S-video or RGB signals, the image will not be displayed in the selected method on the TV screen even if you select “S Video” or “RGB.” See the instructions supplied with your TV. • You cannot select “RGB” when “Component Out” above is set to “On.” • SMARTLINK is available only when “Video” is selected. Line3 Input Selects a method of inputting video signals for the LINE 3/DECODER jack. The picture will not be clear if this setting does not match the type of video input signal. Automatically detects the software type (Film-based or Video-based) and selects the appropriate conversion mode. Normally select this position. Video/ RGB Inputs video signals or RGB signals. Decoder Select this when connecting to a PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder. If you connect to a cable box/ satellite receiver such as CanalSat, do not select this option. S Video Inputs S-video signals. Line3 Output Selects a method of outputting video signals for the LINE 3/DECODER jack. Fixes the conversion mode to the mode for Video-based software. b Note Video Outputs video signals. S Video Outputs S-video signals. Auto The picture, including subjects that move dynamically, is output with no jitter. Normally select this position. Frame The picture, including subjects that do not move dynamically, is output in high resolution. 101 Colour System Selects the colour system when playing VIDEO CDs (including Super VIDEO CDs)/ DivX video files. PAL Plays a disc in PAL colour system. NTSC Plays a disc in NTSC colour system. Auto Display On Automatically displays information on the screen when the recorder is turned on, etc. Off Displays information only when DISPLAY is pressed. Screen Saver Settings and Adjustments Component Out Selects whether or not to output video signals from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Progressive Output If your TV accepts progressive (525p/625p) format signals, set “Progressive Output” to “On.” You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images. Settings and Adjustments Select “Clock” in “Basic,” and press ENTER. Video settings will adjust items related to the image, such as size and colour. Choose the settings according to the type of TV, tuner, or decoder connected to the DVD recorder. b Note Turns on the Auto Clock Set function when a programme position in your local area broadcasts a time signal. 1 Video Settings (Video) The screen saver image appears when you do not use the recorder for more than 10 minutes while an on-screen display, such as the System Menu, is displayed on your TV screen. The screen saver image helps prevent your display device from becoming damaged (ghosting). On Turns on the screen saver function. Off Turns off the function. When picture noise appears after you set the recorder to progressive format, hold down x, and press PROGRAM – (minus) on the unit. 102 103 1-25 Audio Settings (Audio) The “Audio” setup allows you to adjust the sound according to the playback and connection conditions. 1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. 2 3 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. Select “Audio,” and press ENTER. The “Audio” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. Audio Connection b Note The following setup items switch the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack. For connection details, see “Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords” on page 20. Select “Dolby Digital,” “MPEG,” “DTS,” “48kHz/96kHz PCM,” and “Audio(HDMI)” after setting “Digital Out” to “On.” If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL signals, the “D-PCM” signals will be automatically output even when you select “Dolby Digital.” PCM Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component without a built-in MPEG decoder. If you play MPEG audio sound tracks, the recorder outputs stereo signals via the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack. Select “Audio Connection” in “Audio,” and press ENTER. MPEG Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in MPEG decoder. b Note If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to “On.” The recorder reduces the audio output level. This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks – LINE 1 – TV jack – LINE 3/DECODER jack On Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted. Off Normally select this position. If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with MPEG audio signals, the “PCM” signals will be automatically output even when you select “MPEG.” 2 Select “Digital Out,” and press ENTER. 3 4 On Normally select this position. Off The influence of the digital circuit upon the analogue circuit is minimal. • DTS (DVD VIDEOs only) Selects whether or not to output DTS signals. On Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in DTS decoder. Off Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component without a built-in DTS decoder. Select “On,” and press ENTER. Set the digital output signal. Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component lacking a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. The surround effects of output signals are determined by the “Downmix” setting item in the “Audio” setup. Dolby Digital Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. 96kHz/ 24bit All signals containing 96 kHz/24 bit are output without conversion. However, the signals are output at 48 kHz/16 bit if copyright-protected signals are contained. b Notes • “48kHz/96kHz PCM” setting has no effect when audio signals are output from the LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks or LINE 1 – TV/LINE 3/ DECODER jack. If the sampling frequency is 96 kHz, signals are simply converted to analogue signals and output. • If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with 96 kHz signals, 48 kHz PCM will be automatically output even when you select “96kHz/24bit.” • Audio(HDMI) Selects the type of audio signal output from the HDMI OUT jack. Auto Normally, select this position. Outputs the optimum audio signal that can be received by the TV based on the “Digital Out” setting (page 104). PCM Converts Dolby Digital or 96 kHz PCM signals to 48 kHz/16 bit PCM. b Notes b Note • Dolby Digital (HDD/DVDs only) Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal. D-PCM The audio signals of DVD VIDEOs are converted to 48 kHz/16 bit and output. When HDMI output is performed to equipment not compatible with DTS signals, the signals will not be output regardless of the “DTS” setting. • A loud noise (or no sound) will be output if you connect the recorder to a TV that is not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL/DTS signals and “Auto” is selected. In this case, select “PCM.” • Set “Digital Out” to “On” when outputting compressed audio signals to an HDMI compatible TV. ,continued 104 Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control) (DVDs only) Selects the dynamic range (difference between soft and loud sounds) setting when playing a DVD that conforms to “Audio DRC.” This affects the output from the following jacks: – LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks – LINE 1 – TV jack – LINE 3/DECODER jack – DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jack only when “Dolby Digital” is set to “D-PCM” (page 104). HQ Setting Selects the HQ mode used for recording on the HDD (page 54). Recording Settings (Recording) The “Recording” setup allows you to adjust recording settings. 1 2 3 Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Standard Normally select this position. Select “Recording,” and press ENTER. TV Mode Makes low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down. The “Recording” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. Wide Range Gives you the feeling of being at a live performance. HQ+ Records in higher quality (approximate 15 Mbps). HQ Records in the standard HQ mode. Bilingual Recording (for all recordable discs except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode) Selects the sound to be recorded on the recordable disc. This setting is not necessary when recording on DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) that record both the main and sub sounds. Dolby Surround Normally select this position. Multi-channel audio signals are output to two channels for enjoying surround sounds. Normal Multi-channel audio signals are downmixed to two channels for use with your stereo. Bilingual Recording Selects the sound to be recorded on the HDD. Main+Sub Records the main and sub sounds for the bilingual programme. Synchro Rec. Selects the recording destination used for Synchro-Recording (page 63). Sub Records the sub sound for the bilingual programme. Record to DVD Records to DVDs. HDD Rec. Settings Records the sub sound for the bilingual programme. Turns off the TV Direct Rec function. Records to the HDD. On Sub Off Record to HDD Auto Chapter Rec. Mode Adjust Records the main sound for the bilingual programme. Allows you to easily record what you are watching on the TV. Records the main sound for the bilingual programme. Timer Settings Main On Off Automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded (page 57). Turns off the function. Auto Title Erase (HDD only) On Automatically erases old titles recorded on the HDD (page 57). Off Turns off the function. Selects whether to automatically divide a recording (a title) into chapters during recording or dubbing. On Inserts chapter marks at approximately 6 minute intervals. Off No chapter mark is inserted. Settings and Adjustments Switches the method for mixing down to two channels when you play a DVD which has rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded in Dolby Digital format. For details on the rear signal components, see “4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information” on page 37. This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks – LINE 1 – TV jack – LINE 3/DECODER jack – DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jack when “Dolby Digital” is set to “D-PCM” (page 104). Selects whether to directly start recording using the SMARTLINK feature (page 34). This setting is effective only when you connect the recorder to your TV via the SCART jacks. Main Downmix (DVDs only) 105 TV Direct Rec. (HDD/DVD+RW/DVD-RW/ DVD+R/DVD-R only) DVD Rec. Settings Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. Settings and Adjustments Audio ATT (attenuation) 48kHz/ 16bit • MPEG (DVD VIDEOs only) Selects the type of MPEG audio signal. If you connect a component that does not accept the selected audio signal, a loud noise (or no sound) will come out from the speakers, and may affect your ears or cause speaker damage. 1 • 48kHz/96kHz PCM (DVD VIDEOs only) Selects the sampling frequency of the audio signal. b Notes • The actual chapter mark interval may vary depending on the amount of information contained in the video to be recorded. • Chapter marks are automatically inserted where the recordings start on the tape when “Auto Chapter” is set to “On” during DV dubbing to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode). b Note If you change the recording mode while dubbing from a DVD to the HDD, the sound recorded in the source (DVD) is applied regardless of this setting. 106 107 1-26 5 • When you have already registered a password, the display for entering the password appears. Disc Settings (DVD) Select “Level,” and press ENTER. The selection items for “Level” are displayed. The “DVD” setup allows you to adjust parental control, language and other DVD related settings. 1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. 2 3 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. b Note If you select a language in “DVD Menu,” “Subtitle,” or “Audio” that is not recorded on the DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected. 2 Select “DVD,” and press ENTER. The lower the value, the stricter the limitation. Discs rated higher than the selected level will be restricted. Enter your four-digit password using the number buttons, then select “OK” and press ENTER. The “DVD” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. 6 3 Select “Standard,” and press ENTER. The selection items for “Standard” are displayed. • If you forget your password, you will have to reset it by selecting “Parental Control” of “Factory Setup” in the “Others” setup (page 110). • When you play discs which do not have the Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this recorder. • Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the Parental Control level while playing the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level. 4 Select a geographic area as the playback limitation level, and press ENTER. The area is selected. • When you select “Others,” press the number buttons to select and enter an area code in the table (page 127). Then select “OK” and press ENTER. Format DVD-RW (DVD-RW only) The recorder automatically starts formatting in VR mode or Video mode, whichever is selected below, when a new, unformatted DVD-RW is inserted. VR Automatically formats the disc in VR mode. Video Automatically formats the disc in Video mode. One Touch Dubbing Displays the following options for the One Touch Dub function. Finalise Disc (for all recordable discs except DVD-RW in VR mode) Selects whether or not to finalise the disc automatically following One Touch Dubbing (page 93). Auto Automatically finalises the disc following One Touch Dubbing. Manual Allows you to finalise the disc manually. Settings and Adjustments b Notes Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level, such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes. Select “Parental Control” in “DVD,” and press ENTER. • If you have not entered a password, the display for registering a new password appears. Select the level, and press ENTER. The Parental Control setting is complete. To cancel the Parental Control setting for the disc, set “Level” to “Off” in step 6. To change the password, select “Password” in step 3, and press ENTER. When the display for registering a password appears, enter a new four-digit password using the number buttons, then select “OK” and press ENTER. Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only) 1 z Hint If you select “Others” in “DVD Menu,” “Subtitle,” or “Audio,” select and enter a language code from “Language Code List” on page 127 using the number buttons. Language (DVD VIDEO only) DVD Menu Switches the language for the DVD menu. Audio Switches the language of the sound track. When you select “Original,” the language given priority in the disc is selected. Subtitle Switches the language of the subtitles recorded on the disc. When you select “Audio Follow,” the subtitle language changes according to the language you selected for the sound track. 108 109 Factory Setup Remote Control Settings/ Factory Settings (Others) Allows you to select the setup settings by group, and return them to their default settings. Note that all of your previous settings will be lost. Easy Setup (Resetting the Recorder) The “Others” setup allows you to set up other operational settings. 1 Select “Factory Setup” in “Others,” and press , or ENTER. The display for selecting a group of settings appears. Select this to run the “Easy Setup” programme. 2 Select the group of settings you want to return to default from “Basic,” “Video,” “Audio,” “Recording,” “DVD,” “Others,” “Parental Control,” and “All,” and press , or ENTER. 1 2 3 Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. Select “Others,” and press ENTER. The “Others” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. 3 Select “Start,” and press ENTER. The selected settings return to their default settings. 4 Press ENTER when “Finish” appears. 1 2 3 Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. Select “Easy Setup,” and press ENTER. Format You can erase all titles recorded on the HDD. Dimmer Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display. Normal Bright lighting. Save Power Low lighting. Turns off the lighting when the power is off. Select “Start.” Follow the instructions for “Easy Setup” (page 25) from step 2. Settings and Adjustments 4 5 Command Mode Changes the Command Mode of the recorder if other DVD equipment is assigned the same Command Mode. For details, see “If you have a Sony DVD player or more than one Sony DVD recorder” on page 23. Registration Code Displays the registration code of DivX video files for this recorder. For more information, go to http:// www.divx.com/vod on the Internet. 110 111 1-27 Picture noise appears. Additional Information Troubleshooting If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the recorder, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer. Power The power does not turn on. , Check that the mains lead is connected securely. Picture There is no picture. , , , , , , , , Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off and on again. 2Turn the connected equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect and then connect the HDMI cord again. , If the HDMI OUT jack is used for video output, changing the “HDMI Resolution” setting of “Video Output” in the “Video” setup may solve the problem (page 101). Connect the TV and the recorder using a video jack other than the HDMI OUT, and switch the TV’s input to the connected video input so that you can see the onscreen displays. Change the “HDMI Resolution” setting of “Video Output” in the “Video” setup, and switch the TV’s input back to HDMI. If the picture still does not appear, repeat the steps and try other options. , The recorder is connected to an input device that is not HDCP compliant (page 17). , Depending on the setting combination for “TV Type” and “4:3 Output,” the edge of the screen may be hidden or displayed with black bands, or the left and right sides of the image may flicker. In this case, change the settings on your TV, not on this recorder. Depending on the connected equipment, the video signals of the selected HDMI resolution may not be output. , When connecting the DVI equipment, 720×480/576p video signals are output even when an option other than 720×480/ 576p is selected. , When connecting the DVI equipment and a PC monitor that is HDCP compliant, only 720×480/576p video signals may be output. There is no picture or the picture noise appears when connected to the DV IN jack. , Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off and on again. 2Turn the connected equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect and then connect the i.LINK cable again. TV programme reception does not fill the screen. , Set the channel manually in “Programme Setting” in the “Basic” setup (page 96). , Select the correct source using the INPUT SELECT button, or select a channel of any TV programme using the PROG +/– buttons. TV programme pictures are distorted. , Reorient the TV aerial. , Adjust the picture (see the TV’s instruction manual). , Place the recorder and TV farther apart. , Place the TV and any bunched aerial cables farther apart. , The aerial cable is connected to the AERIAL OUT jack on the recorder. Connect the cable to the AERIAL IN jack. TV channels cannot be changed. , The channel is disabled (page 97). , A timer recording started, which changed the channels. The picture from equipment connected to the recorder’s input jack does not appear on the screen. , If the equipment is connected to the LINE 1 – TV jack, select “L1” in the front panel display by pressing PROG +/– or INPUT SELECT. If the equipment is connected to the LINE 2 IN jacks, select “L2” in the front panel display by pressing PROG +/– or INPUT SELECT. If the equipment is connected to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, select “L3” in the front panel display by pressing PROG +/– or INPUT SELECT. If the equipment is connected to the DV IN jack, (this is usually for a digital video camera connection), select “DV” in the front panel display by pressing INPUT SELECT. Additional Information , Re-connect all connecting cords securely. The connecting cords are damaged. Check the connection to your TV (page 13). Switch the input selector on your TV (such as to “VCR”) so that the signal from the recorder appears on the TV screen. Check that “Scart Setting” in the “Video” setup is set to the appropriate item that conforms to your system (page 103). If you connect the recorder to your TV via only the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set “Component Out” of “Video Output” in the “Video” setup to “On” (page 102). This recorder cannot record NTSC signals. When playing a double-layer DVD, the video and audio may be momentarily interrupted at the point where the layers switch. There is no picture or the picture noise appears when connected to the HDMI OUT jack. , If the picture output signal from your recorder passes through your VCR to get to your TV, or if you are connected to a combination TV/VIDEO player, the copyprotection signal applied to some DVD programmes could affect picture quality. If you still experience this problem even when you connect your recorder directly to your TV, try connecting your recorder to your TV’s S VIDEO input. , You have set the recorder to progressive format even though your TV cannot accept the progressive signal. In this case, hold down x, and press PROGRAM – (minus) on the unit. , Even if your TV is compatible with progressive format (525p/625p) signals, the image may be affected when you set the recorder to progressive format. In this case, hold down x, and press PROGRAM – (minus) on the unit and the recorder is set to normal (interlace) format. , You are playing a DVD recorded in a colour system that is different from your TV. , Noise may appear in the pictures recorded on the HDD, which is due to the characteristics of HDD, and is not a malfunction. , When playing a double-layer DVD, the video and audio may be momentarily interrupted at the point where the layers switch. The playback picture or TV programme from the equipment connected through the recorder is distorted. , If the playback picture output from a DVD player, VCR, or tuner goes through your recorder before reaching your TV, the copyprotection signal applied to some programmes could affect picture quality. Disconnect the playback equipment in question and connect it directly to your TV. The picture does not fill the screen. , Set “TV Type” of the “Video Output” in the “Video” setup in accordance with the screen size of your TV (page 101). ,continued 112 The picture does not fill the screen, even though the picture size is set in “TV Type” of the “Video Output” in the “Video” setup. The programme position number in the programme listing does not match the broadcast station. , The picture size of the title is fixed. , There may be more than one channel lineup for your area. To change the channel lineup, select “Editor” in the Menu Bar of the GUIDE Plus+ system (page 52). The picture is black and white. , Check that “Line1 Output” of the “Scart Setting” in the “Video” setup is set to the appropriate item that conforms to your system (page 103). , If you are using a SCART cord, be sure to use one that is fully wired (21 pins). GUIDE Plus+ system GUIDE Plus+ system does not appear. , Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off and on again. 2Turn the connected equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect and then connect the HDMI cord again. , The HDMI OUT jack is connected to a DVI device (DVI jacks do not accept audio signals). , The equipment connected to the HDMI OUT jack does not conform to the audio signal format, in this case set “Audio(HDMI)” of “Audio Connection” to “PCM” in the “Audio” setup (page 105). Programme listings for some programme positions are missing. , The programme guide data may not be updated. Turn off the recorder and let the recorder receive the programme guide data. , Some broadcast stations support only two days of data. For details, see the following website: www.europe.guideplus.com , All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be received because the reception is poor. Sound distortion occurs. , Set “Audio ATT” in the “Audio” setup to “On” (page 104). Sound is noisy. , When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks, noise will come from the LINE 2 OUT RAUDIO-L jacks, LINE 1 – TV jack, or LINE 3/DECODER jack (page 69). The programme listing is not up to date. , The recorder was in use during the time that the GUIDE Plus+ data was scheduled to be downloaded. , All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be received because the reception is poor. The sound volume is low. , The sound volume is low on some DVDs. The sound volume may improve if you set “Audio DRC” in the “Audio” setup to “TV Mode” (page 106). , Set “Audio ATT” in the “Audio” setup to “Off” (page 104). Sound There is no sound. , Re-connect all connections securely. , The connecting cord is damaged. , The input source setting on the amplifier or the connection to the amplifier is incorrect. , The recorder is in reverse play, fastforward, slow motion, or pause mode. , If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jacks, check the “Audio Connection” settings in the “Audio” setup (page 104). , The recorder supports only MP3 audio and MPEG audio for DivX video files. Press AUDIO and select MP3 audio or MPEG audio. An alternate audio track cannot be recorded or played. , When recording from connected equipment, set “Line Audio Input” in OPTIONS menu to “Bilingual” (page 65). , Multilingual tracks (main and sub) cannot be recorded on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs (Video mode). To record the language, set “Bilingual Recording” of the “DVD Rec. Settings” in the “Recording” setup to “Main” or “Sub” before recording (page 107). To record both the main and sub sounds, record on DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode). , Any discs other than the HDD or DVDRWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) cannot be used for recording both main and sub sounds. To record on the HDD, set “Bilingual Recording” of the “HDD Rec. Settings” in the “Recording” setup to “Main+Sub” (page 106). , If you have connected an AV amplifier to the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack and want to change the audio track for HDD/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) during playback, set “Dolby Digital” of the “Audio Connection” in the “Audio” setup to “D-PCM” (page 104). Playback The recorder does not play any type of disc (except HDD). , The disc is upside down. Insert the disc with the labelled side facing up. , The disc is not correctly inserted. , Moisture has condensed inside the recorder. In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on (if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour until the moisture evaporates. , If the disc was recorded on another recorder and was not finalised (page 41), the recorder cannot play the disc. The recorder does not start playback from the beginning. , Resume play was activated (page 67). , You have inserted a DVD whose Title menu or DVD menu automatically appears on the TV screen when it is first inserted. Use the menu to start playback. The recorder starts playing automatically. , The DVD VIDEO features an auto playback function. Playback stops automatically. , If the DVD has an auto pause signal, the recorder stops playback at the auto pause signal. ,continued 114 1-28 Additional Information , 1Even if you complete “Easy Setup,” TV programme listings do not appear until the recorder receives the GUIDE Plus+ data. 2Turn off the recorder, but do not unplug it. 3Wait for 24 hours. It may take several days for the recorder to receive the GUIDE Plus+ data for all programme positions. If the recorder does not receive the GUIDE Plus+ data after 24 hours, set the host channel manually (page 52). , The country/region or postal code is incorrect. Correctly set your country/region and postal code (page 50). , The host channel setup for your set top box receiver is incorrect. Set the host channel manually (page 52). , When the recorder is connected to a set top box receiver, the set top box receiver must be turned on to download the GUIDE Plus+ data. , Area numbers that cannot be received using GUIDE Plus+ are set. Select “Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the System Menu, and follow the on-screen instructions to make the settings again (page 25). , The “Time Lock” function on your cable box is activated. Set this function to off. , If the host channel has changed or moved, the programme guide data cannot be received. In this case, follow the steps in “Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel” (page 51) to update the host channel setting. If the problem still persists after waiting for a day, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually (page 52). www.europe.guideplus.com No sound is output from the HDMI OUT jack. 113 115 Some functions such as Stop, Search, or Slow-motion Play cannot be performed. , Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. See the instruction manual supplied with the disc. The language for the sound track cannot be changed. , Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD VIDEO prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track. , Try changing the language using the DVD VIDEO’s menu. The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off. , Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD VIDEO. , The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing of the subtitles. , Try changing the subtitle using the DVD VIDEO’s menu. , The subtitles cannot be changed for the titles recorded on this recorder. , Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD VIDEO being played. , You are trying to change the angles when “ ” does not appear in the front panel display (page 66). , The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing angles. , Try changing the angle using the DVD VIDEO’s menu. , The angles cannot be changed for the titles recorded on this recorder. , The angles cannot be changed during slow motion playback or when playback is paused. The DivX video files do not play. , The file is not created in DivX format. , The file has an extension other than “.avi” or “.divx.” , The DATA CD (DivX video)/DATA DVD (DivX video) is not created in a DivX format that conforms to ISO9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet. The MP3 audio tracks do not play. , The MP3 audio tracks are not recorded in a format that the recorder can play (page 73). The JPEG image files do not play. , The JPEG image files are not recorded in a format that the recorder can play (page 73). , Progressive JPEG images cannot be played. TV Pause does not work. Recording does not stop immediately after you press x REC STOP. , You are recording to the HDD or the HDD is full. , It will take a few seconds for the recorder to input disc data before recording can stop. Recording/Timer recording/ Editing Recording does not stop after you press x. , Press x REC STOP. The programme position cannot be changed from the programme position you are recording. Timer recording is not complete or did not start from the beginning. , Set the TV’s input source to “TV.” , There was a power failure during recording. If the power recovers when there is a timer recording, the recorder resumes recording. Should the power failure continue for more than 1 hour, reset the clock (page 100). , Other timer setting overlapped the timer setting (page 63). , Disc space was not enough. , The PDC/VPS function is working. Recording does not start immediately after you press z REC. , Operate the recorder only after “LOAD,” “FORMAT,” or “INFOWRITE” disappears from the front panel display. Nothing was recorded even though you set the timer setting correctly. , There was a power failure during recording. , The recorder’s internal clock stopped due to a power failure that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the clock (page 100). , The channel was disabled after the timer recording was set. See “Programme Setting” on page 96. , The programme position was hidden after the timer recording was set. (See “Making changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System” on page 50.) , Disconnect the mains lead from the mains, and connect it again. , “PDC/VPS Scan Off” was selected in the OPTIONS menu (page 62). , The programme contains copy protection signals that restrict copying. , Other timer setting overlapped the timer setting (page 63). Contents previously recorded were erased. , Data that is not playable on this recorder but was recorded on a DVD with a PC will be erased from the disc when the disc is inserted. , “Auto Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings” in the “Recording” setup is set to “On” (page 107). The PDC/VPS function does not operate. , Check that the clock and date are set correctly. , Check that the PDC/VPS time you set is the correct one (there might be a mistake in the TV programme guide). If the broadcast you wanted to record did not send the good PDC/VPS information, the recorder will not start recording. , If the reception is poor, the PDC/VPS signal might be altered and the recorder might not start recording. , “PDC/VPS Scan Off” is selected (page 62). , The PDC/VPS function may not work if the GUIDE Plus+ host channel setup is not complete. , The PDC/VPS function does not work when the GUIDE Plus+ data is being downloaded. Recording from the equipment with a timer Nothing was recorded even though you set the Synchro-Rec setting correctly. , You forgot to turn off the connected equipment. Turn off the connected equipment and set the recorder to SynchroRec standby mode (page 63). , The recorder was not set to the SynchroRecording standby mode. Press c z SYNCHRO REC to have the recorder stand by for recording. Make sure the SYNCHRO REC indicator lights up on the front panel (page 63). , The equipment is not connected to the LINE 3/DECODER jack of the recorder. , The recorder is connected to the TV output jack of the connected equipment. Synchro-Recording does not complete. , The timer setting for the connected equipment overlapped the recorder’s timer setting (page 64). , There was a power failure during the recording. ,continued 116 The recorder automatically starts recording when the satellite receiver is turned on. The clock does not appear in the front panel display when the recorder is turned off. The disc tray does not open and “LOCKED” appears in the front panel display. , The Synchro-Rec function was activated. Turn off the satellite receiver and cancel the Synchro-Rec function (page 63). , “Dimmer” in the “Others” setup is set to “Save Power” (page 110). , The disc tray is locked. Cancel the Child Lock (page 67). Dubbing The disc tray does not open and “TRAY LOCKED” appears in the front panel display. Remote control The remote does not function. You dubbed a title, but the title did not appear in the HDD Title List. , The title contained a copy protection signal, so it was moved (page 87). High-speed dubbing is not possible. , The title cannot be dubbed at high-speed (page 86). Even if A-B erasure is performed so that a title does not contain mixed picture sizes, it is still treated as a title with mixed picture sizes. Display , Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility. , Batteries are weak. , The remote is too far from the recorder. , The remote’s manufacturer code returned to the default setting when you replaced the batteries. Reset the code (page 22). , The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the recorder. , Different command modes are set for the recorder and remote. Set the same command mode (page 23). The default command mode setting for this recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3. , Press x (stop) on the unit while the recorder is turned off to check the current command mode. The disc tray does not open and you cannot remove the disc after you press Z (open/close). , Turn off the recorder. Once the clock appears in the front panel display, disconnect the mains lead. (If the recorder does not turn off or if the clock does not appear in the front panel display, disconnect the mains lead anyway.) Connect the mains lead again while pressing down A on the recorder, and release the button when the disc tray opens. Then, keep [/1 on the recorder pressed for about ten seconds until “WELCOME” appears in the front panel display. The clock has stopped. The TIMER REC indicator is flashing. , The disc does not have enough space. , Insert a recordable disc inside the recorder. , The inserted DVD is protected (page 41). The recording mode indication is incorrect. , When the recording or dubbing is less than ten minutes, or if a picture with little movement is displayed for more than ten minutes, the recording mode indication may be displayed incorrectly. Note that the actual recording or dubbing itself was correctly made in the selected recording mode. , After playing titles recorded in EP and SLP mode, the recording mode indication may change depending on the recorded programme. Others The recorder does not operate properly. , Restart the recorder. Press down [/1 on the recorder for more than ten seconds until “WELCOME” appears in the front panel display. , When static electricity, etc., causes the recorder to operate abnormally, turn off the recorder and wait until the clock appears in the front panel display. Then, unplug the recorder and after leaving it off for a while, plug it in again. “RECOVERY” appears in the front panel display. Five numbers or letters are displayed in the front panel display. , The hard disk error occurred. Press down [/1 on the recorder for ten seconds until “WELCOME” appears in the front panel display. If this does not resolve the problem, format the recorder’s HDD by pressing down the HDD button on the recorder for more than ten seconds until “FORMAT” appears in the front panel display. Note that all the contents recorded on the HDD will be erased. If this does not fix the problem, contact your nearest Sony dealer. , The recorder’s recovery function was activated when the recorder was turned on because the power was turned off or failed during recording. Leave the recorder on until “RECOVERY” disappears from the front panel display. 117 “FAN ERROR” appears in the front panel display. , Check that the vent on the rear of the recorder is not blocked. Then, immediately disconnect the mains lead. Leave the recorder off for a while, then re-connect the mains lead, and press [/1 on the recorder. Mechanical sound is heard when the recorder is off. , While the recorder is adjusting the clock for the Auto Clock Set function, scanning the programme positions for the PDC/VPS function or updating the EPG information, operational noises (such as the internal fan) may be heard, even when the power is off. This is not a malfunction. Additional Information , Set the clock again (page 100). , The clock stopped due to a power failure that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the clock (page 100). Additional Information The angles cannot be changed. , There is no DVD inside the recorder. , There is not enough disc space for the recording. , The set top box was turned off. , The set top box controller was incorrectly connected (page 13). , The settings in “Setup” in the Menu bar have been changed (page 50). , The recorder was in the process of dubbing (HDDyDVD). , The recorder was in the process of DV Dubbing. , The DivX video file is larger than 720 (width) × 576 (height). “HDD ERROR” appears in the front panel display. , The self-diagnosis function was activated (see the table on page 120). The disc tray does not open after you press Z (open/close). , It may take a few seconds for the disc tray to open after you have recorded or edited a DVD. This is because the recorder is adding disc data to the disc. 118 119 1-29 Notes about the discs Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) When the self-diagnosis function is activated to prevent the recorder from malfunctioning, a five-character service number (e.g., C 13 00) with a combination of a letter and four numbers appears in the front panel display. In this case, check the following table. Cause and/or corrective First three characters of action the service number C 13 C 31 There is a problem in the HDD. , Contact your nearest Sony dealer or local authorized service facility. The DVD is dirty. , Clean the disc with a soft cloth. E XX To prevent a malfunction, the (xx is a number) recorder has performed the self-diagnosis function. , Contact your nearest Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility and give the fivecharacter service number. Example: E 61 10 • To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. Dust, fingerprints, or scratches on the disc may cause it to malfunction. On operation • If the recorder is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the recorder. Should this occur, the recorder may not operate properly. In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on (if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour until the moisture evaporates. • When you move the recorder, take out any discs and do not apply shock or vibration to the hard disk drive. If you don’t, the disc or hard disk drive may be damaged (page 3). • Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car. • After playing, store the disc in its case. • Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre out. On adjusting volume Do not turn up the volume while listening to a section with very low level inputs or no audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be damaged when a peak level section is played. • Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs. • Do not use the following discs. – A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart). – A disc with a label or sticker on it. – A disc that has cellophane tape or sticker adhesive on it. On cleaning Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent such as alcohol or benzine. On cleaning discs, disc/lens cleaners On replacement of parts Do not use cleaning discs or disc/lens cleaners (including wet or spray types). These may cause the recorder to malfunction. In the event that this unit is repaired, repaired parts may be collected for reuse or recycling purposes. Specifications System Laser: Semiconductor laser Channel coverage: PAL/SECAM (B/G, D/K, I, L) VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10, Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South Africa 4 to 13 UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to B69, F21 to F69 CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France B to Q HYPER: S21 to S41 The above channel coverage merely ensures the channel reception within these ranges. It does not guarantee the ability to receive signals in all circumstances. For details, see “Receivable channels” (page 97). Video reception: Frequency synthesizer system Audio reception: Split carrier system Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial socket Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/ Power back-up duration: 1 hour Video recording format: MPEG-2, MPEG-1 Audio recording format/applicable bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch 256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP and SLP mode) ,continued 120 Supplied accessories: Mains lead (1) Aerial cable (1) Remote commander (remote) (1) Set top box controller (1) R6 (size AA) batteries (2) About i.LINK The DV IN jack on this recorder is i.LINKcompliant for digital video cameras. This section describes the i.LINK standard and its features. Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. What is i.LINK? i.LINK is a digital serial interface for handling digital video, digital audio and other data in two directions between equipment having the i.LINK jack, and for controlling other equipment. i.LINK-compatible equipment can be connected by a single i.LINK cable. Possible applications are operations and data transactions with various digital AV equipment. When two or more i.LINKcompatible equipment are connected to this recorder in a daisy chain, operations and data transactions are possible with not only the equipment that this recorder is connected to but also with other devices via the directly connected equipment. Note, however, that the method of operation sometimes varies according to the characteristics and specifications of the equipment to be connected, and that operations and data transactions are sometimes not possible on some connected equipment. Compatible colour systems This recorder is designed to record using the PAL colour system and play back using the PAL or NTSC colour systems. The signals of the SECAM colour system can be received or recorded but played back in the PAL colour system only. Recording of video sources based on other colour systems cannot be guaranteed. b Note Normally, only one piece of equipment can be connected to this recorder by the i.LINK cable (DV connecting cable). When connecting this recorder to i.LINK-compatible equipment having two or more i.LINK jacks (DV jacks), see the instruction manual of the equipment to be connected. General Power requirements: 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 46 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 × 73 × 328 mm (width/height/ depth) incl. projecting parts Hard disk drive capacity: 160 GB Mass (approx.): 4.7 kg Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC Operating humidity: 25% to 80% About the name “i.LINK” i.LINK is a more familiar term for IEEE 1394 data transport bus proposed by SONY, and is a trademark approved by many corporations. IEEE 1394 is an international standard standardized by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. i.LINK baud rate i.LINK’s maximum baud rate varies according to the equipment. Three maximum baud rates are defined: S100 (approx. 100 Mbps*) S200 (approx. 200 Mbps) S400 (approx. 400 Mbps) The baud rate is listed under “Specifications” in the instruction manual of each equipment. It is also indicated near the i.LINK jack on some equipment. The maximum baud rate of equipment on which it is not indicated such as this unit is “S100.” When units are connected to equipment having a different maximum baud rate, the baud rate sometimes differs from the indicated baud rate. * What is Mbps? Mbps stands for megabits per second, or the amount of data that can be sent or received in one second. For example, a baud rate of 100 Mbps means that 100 megabits of data can be sent in one second. i.LINK functions on this recorder For details on how to dub when this recorder is connected to other video equipment having DV jacks, see page 91. The DV jack on this recorder can only input DVC-SD signals. It cannot output signals. The DV jack will not accept MICRO MV signals from equipment such as a MICRO MV digital video camera with an i.LINK jack. For further precautions, see the notes on page 91. For details on precautions when connecting this recorder, also see the instruction manuals for the equipment to be connected. Required i.LINK cable Use the Sony i.LINK 4-pin-to-4-pin cable (during DV dubbing). i.LINK and 122 121 Additional Information Inputs and outputs LINE 2 OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) LINE 2 IN (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than 22 kilohms (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) LINE 1 – TV: 21-pin CVBS IN/OUT S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream) LINE 3/DECODER: 21-pin CVBS IN/OUT S-Video/RGB IN S-Video OUT (downstream) Decoder DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100 DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length: 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p G-LINK: mini jack HDMI OUT: HDMI 19pin-Standard Connector Additional Information The DVD/CD is not inserted correctly. , Re-insert the disc correctly. Notes About This Recorder are trademarks. 123 1-30 Front panel Guide to Parts and Controls For more information, see the pages in parentheses. Remote J TV/DVD button (22) K TOP MENU/Red button (66) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 L CHAPTER MARK/Yellow button (81) CHAPTER MARK ERASE/Blue button (81) A [/1 (on/standby) button (25) M SYSTEM MENU button (94, 96) TITLE LIST button (35, 66, 78) TV GUIDE button (45) B Front panel display (126) N INFO (information) button (45) O SCHEDULE button (57) E TIMER REC indicator (56) SYNCHRO REC indicator (63) D A (open/close) button (33) P </M/m/,/ENTER button (25) F H (play) button (66) G x (stop) button (66) R OPTIONS button (43) H S PAGE I z REC button (33) / L C Disc tray (33) Q O RETURN button (78) buttons (35, 73) DV IN jack (91) M ONE-TOUCH DUB button (93) N PROGRAM +/– buttons (33) The + button has a tactile dot*. O INPUT SELECT button (63, 91) P REC MODE button (33) Q LINE 2 IN (S VIDEO/VIDEO/ L(MONO) AUDIO R) jacks (29) (remote sensor) (22) J x REC STOP button (33) * Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the recorder. U mc / CM (search/slow/ freeze frame) buttons (68) A HDD button (33) DVD button (33) B [/1 (on/standby) button (25) C Z (open/close) button (33) D PROG (programme) +/– buttons (33) The + button has a tactile dot*. E Number buttons (57, 72) The number 5 button has a tactile dot*. F INPUT SELECT button (65, 91) G AUDIO button (68) The AUDIO button has a tactile dot*. H SUBTITLE button (68) I MENU/Green button (66) V H (play) button (66) X (pause) button (68) x (stop) button (66) Additional Information T ./> (previous/next)/DAY +/– buttons (68) K HDD button/indicator (33) DVD button/indicator (33) The H button has a tactile dot*. W DISPLAY button (37) X z REC button (33) x REC STOP button (33) c z SYNCHRO REC button (63) REC MODE button (33) Y TV 2 (volume) +/– buttons (22) Z TV [/1 (on/standby) button (22) wj TV PROG (programme) +/– buttons (22) The + button has a tactile dot*. wk TV t button (22) * Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the recorder. ,continued 124 Front panel display 125 Language Code List For details, see page 109. The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard. HDD DVD SMARTLINK DVD NICAM VCD TV A HDD/DVD indicators Displays the selected media and the playing/recording status. • Clock • Programme position • TV Direct Rec indication (33): “TV” appears in the right most two digits. B Dubbing direction indicator C SMARTLINK indicator (18) E NICAM indicator (55) D Displays the following: F TV indicator (33) • Playing time • Current title/chapter/track/index number • Recording time/recording mode G Disc type* H Code Language Code Language Code Language 1183 1186 1194 1196 1203 1209 1217 1226 1229 1233 1235 1239 1245 1248 1253 1254 1257 1261 1269 1283 1287 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1305 1307 1311 1313 1326 1327 1332 1334 1347 1349 1350 1352 1353 1356 1357 1358 1363 1365 1369 1376 1379 1393 1403 1408 1417 1428 1435 1507 1508 1509 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1521 1525 1527 1528 1529 1531 1532 1534 1535 1538 1539 1540 1543 1557 1564 1572 1581 1587 1613 1632 1665 1684 1697 1067 1070 1079 1093 1097 1103 1105 1109 1130 1142 1144 1145 1149 1150 1151 1157 1165 1166 1171 1174 1181 (angle) indicator (66) * Displays DATA CDs as “CD.” Rear panel Afar Abkhazian Afrikaans Amharic Arabic Assamese Aymara Azerbaijani Bashkir Byelorussian Bulgarian Bihari Bislama Bengali; Bangla Tibetan Breton Catalan Corsican Czech Welsh Danish German Bhutani Greek English Esperanto Spanish Estonian Basque Persian Finnish Fiji Faroese French Frisian Irish Scots Gaelic Galician Guarani Gujarati Hausa Hindi Croatian Hungarian Armenian Interlingua Interlingue Inupiak Indonesian Icelandic Italian Hebrew Japanese Yiddish Javanese Georgian Kazakh Greenlandic Cambodian Kannada Korean Kashmiri Kurdish Kirghiz Latin Lingala Laothian Lithuanian Latvian; Lettish 1345 Malagasy A AERIAL IN/OUT jacks (13) F LINE 3/DECODER jack (15) B HDMI OUT (high-definition multimedia interface out) jack (17, 20) G AC IN terminal (21) Area Code For details, see page 108. C LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L/VIDEO) jacks (17, 20) H LINE 1 – TV jack (17) I DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL/ OPTICAL) jack (20) D LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) jack (17) J G-LINK jack (13) E COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) jacks (17) 126 1436 1463 1481 1482 1483 1489 1491 1495 1498 1501 1502 1503 1505 1506 Maori Macedonian Malayalam Mongolian Moldavian Marathi Malay Maltese Burmese Nauru Nepali Dutch Norwegian Occitan (Afan)Oromo Oriya Punjabi Polish Pashto; Pushto Portuguese Quechua RhaetoRomance Kirundi Romanian Russian Kinyarwanda Sanskrit Sindhi Sangho SerboCroatian Singhalese Slovak Slovenian Samoan Shona Somali Albanian Serbian Siswati Sesotho Sundanese Swedish Swahili Tamil Telugu Tajik Thai Tigrinya Turkmen Tagalog Setswana Tonga Turkish Tsonga Tatar Twi Ukrainian Urdu Uzbek Vietnamese Volap k Wolof Xhosa Yoruba Chinese Zulu 1703 Not specified Code Area Code Area Code Area Code Area 2044 2047 2046 2057 2070 2079 2090 2092 2115 2165 2174 2109 2248 2238 2254 2276 2304 2363 2362 2376 2390 2379 2427 2424 2436 2489 2501 2149 2499 2086 2528 2184 Argentina Australia Austria Belgium Brazil Canada Chile China Denmark Finland France Germany India Indonesia Italy Japan Korea Malaysia Mexico Netherlands New Zealand Norway Pakistan Philippines Portugal Russia Singapore Additional Information Code Language 1027 1028 1032 1039 1044 1045 1051 1052 1053 1057 1059 1060 1061 1066 Spain Sweden Switzerland Thailand United Kingdom 127 1-31 MEMO 1-32E RDR-HX820/HX825 SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY NOTE: The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure. Set Case block assembly (Page 2-2) RD-064 board (Page 2-2) Tray assembly (Page 2-3) Hard disk (Page 2-5) DVD drive (Page 2-6) Power block (Page 2-6) Front panel assembly (Page 2-3) FL-166 board, FR-257 board (Page 2-4) Hard disk section (Page 2-4) AV-106 board (Page 2-7) 2-1 D. C. fan (Page 2-5) NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given. 2-1. CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY 3 Three special front point screws 4 Case block assembly 2 Two tapping screws 1 Two tapping screws 2-2. RD-064 BOARD 4 Flexible flat cable (FRD-011) (CN201) 5 Five tapping screws (+BV 3 x 8) q; RD-064 board 3 Connector (CN701) 9 Claw 2 Connector (CN203) 1 Coating clip 6 Coating clip 8 Two Board to Board Connectors (CN603, CN606) 7 Screw (+B 3 x 6) 2-2 2-3. TRAY ASSEMBLY Hole 3 Two claws 1 The stiff wire 4 Tray assembly 2 Open the tray. 2-4. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY 1 Seven claws 2 Front panel assembly 2-3 2-5. FL-166 BOARD, FR-257 BOARD 2 Connector (CN3101) 5 FL-166 board 3 Three tapping screws (+BV 3 x 8) (CN3102) (CN3001) 4 FL cover 1 Flexible flat cable (FLR-008) 6 Flexible flat cable (FAR-005) (CN3003) 7 Connector (CN3005) 8 Three tapping screws (+BV 3 x 8) 9 FR-257 board 2-6. HARD DISK SECTION 5 Four tapping screws (+BV 3 x 8) A 6 Remove the Hard disk section in the direction of the arrow A. 2 Connector (CN1) 7 Connector 3 Tapping screw (+BV 3 x 8) 4 Spring (FHC), ground 2-4 1 Pin 2-7. HARD DISK 6 Remove the HDD shield plate in the direction of the arrows A and B. 5 Hard disk section B A 4 HDD bracket (5.5) 2 Harness (PH-077) 7 Hard disk 1 3 Four screws 2-8. D. C. FAN 4 Remove the D.C. fan in the direction of the arrow. 2 Connector (CN103) 3 Two tapping screws (+BV 3 x 10) 1 Pin 2-5 2-9. DVD DRIVE 5 Remove the DVD section in the direction of the arrow A. 4 Four tapping screws (+BV 3 x 8) 8 DVD drive 2 Connector (CN2) 7 Flexible flat cable (FRD-011) 3 Flexible flat cable (FRD-011) (CN201) A 6 Two tapes 1 Pin 2-10.POWER BLOCK 3 Four tapping screws (+BV 3 x 8) 2 Connector (CN2) 1 Connector (CN3) 4 Tapping screw (+BV 3 x 10) 5 Power block 2-6 2-11.AV-106 BOARD 3 Four tapping screws (+BV 3 x 8) 4 RD bracket 5 Pin 7 Pin 2 Tapping screw (+BV 3 x 10) 1 Two large type clamps 6 Pin 8 Connector (CN103) qd Connector (CN3) qf Five tapping screws (+BV 3 x 8) 9 Connector (CN701) qg AV-106 board q; Flexible flat cable (FAR-005) (CN602) qs Seven tapping screws (+BV 3 x 10) qa Screw (+B 3 x 6) 2-7 2-12.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION Power block AV-106 board FL-166 board RD-064 board FR-257 board 2-8E RDR-HX820/HX825 SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM J702 LINE 2 OUT S VIDEO VIDEO AUDIO L AUDIO R RD-064 BOARD C AV-106 BOARD Y Y TU401 AERIAL B IC902 V VIDEO AMP SELECTOR C SCALER TMDS DATA,CLOCK IC904 C IC702 CN902 HDMI OUT HDMI TX IC901 Y J703 TU VIDEO TUNER V,C,Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y - CB - CR TUDV IN Y,CB,CR OUT 3 RECVY,RECCCR IC1401 AUDIO J301 EURO MSP SIF 3 AND GATE 6 DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL IC903 SUB CPU TU SCL,TU SDA X1401 18.432MHz IC304 Y,C,Y/G,CR/R,CB/B DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL X901 10MHz S901 IDE D0-D15 RECVY,RECCCR FL-166 BOARD (1/2) J3101 LINE 2 IN Y DVD UNIT ADE A0-A4 7 Y,C,Y/G,CR/R,CB/B Y2 IC803 S VIDEO SPDIFOH DAL,DAR AUDIO L AOUT L +/-,AOUT R +/- L2 AIN L +/-,AIN R +/- (MONO) TUL,TUR R2 AUDIO R 12 IC802 ADATAO 2 AUDIO ADC/DAC MUTING HDD UNIT X201 25MHz AODATAI IC803 HT +/HR +/- HDD DRIVE IC302 V2 VIDEO IC201 SPDIFO 2 VIDEO SELECTOR C2 C AT2 DATA[0-15] Y,R/C 6 DDATA[0-31] 768FSCHG 384FS48K AUDIO SELECTOR 768FSCHG DADRS[0-12] IC105,106 DAL,DAR IC202,203 IC103 AMP 256Mbit DDR 10 6 RISM3 20 V1 IC112 LOGIC CN805 LINE1-TV SCLK[0],RX[O] IC605 AND GATE AVLINK IC102 RISMSTATUS2 V/Y OUT XSYSRST EEPROM L1,R1 L1,R1 OUT 1 IC604 41 XPAMUTE R.G.B 9 V/Y,C OUT LINE3/DECODE TX[0] IC502 SUPER AND MEMORY (128Mbit) 2 IC605 L3,R3 HDATA[0-15] 3 AND GATE TU SCL,TU SDA V3 X801 27MHz CLOCK GEN IC802 PLL HADRS[6-31] FSEL HCS[0] 3 VMCLK A768 FS48K A768 FS441K L3,R3 OUT 22 PHYDO[0-7] X603 32,76kHz IC604 EEP ROM FR-257 BOARD (1/2) IC3002 XITRST5 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER IC301 IC603 5V AVLINK BUFFER FUNCTION KEY VIDEO DECODER IT CONTROL REC656I CLOCK.SYNC IC701 UNSW6V PHY HDD,DVD TIMER REC SYNCHRO REC IC601 X301 14.31818MHz P FAIL DET IC3001 X701 24,576MHz LED DRIVE 4 4 UNSW6V REG SW3.4VC SW5V UNSW4V S3101 POWER X602 10MHz UNSW3V VDAC3.3V D101 4 ND3101 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE REG IC3101 SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2001EK) FLD DRIVE FL-166 BOARD (2/2) D101 RECT TPA+/-,TPB+/- SW12V HX825 ONLY AC IN UNSW4V 4 G LINK 1 IC1102 2 IR CONT SW5V UNSW12V UNSW12V FR-257 BOARD (2/2) F101 UNSW6V UNSW6V IC1103 POWER REGULATOR UNSW-8V UNSW-8V X101 16MHz FAN 3-1 3-2 DV IN RDR-HX820/HX825 3-2. AV-106 BLOCK DIAGRAM WIDE SELI 37 C V CVBS OUT 31 Q709 CB/B Q710 43 MONO IN 6 Q1401,1402 SIF OUT 7 2 ANA IN+ SCL 9 12 SCL TU L SC1 OUT L 31 TU SCL TU SDA SYNCIN CVIN1 (3/8) RECCCR 6 AUDIO R Y CB CR RECVY 2 Q313 VSYNC VSYNC OUT 65 47 CVBS2 X1401 18.432MHz XTAL OUT 6 Q405,407 AGC CONT C/Cr 20 Cr IN J703 OPTICAL OUT OPTICAL FSW SYNCRO DET XP VMUTE L3G L3B TU SCL SCLOCK 70 TU G MAX TU AUTOP 22 39 35 31 23 TU SDA SDATA 71 27 30 TU AFT AFT OUT 16 26 42 38 TU SDA J3101 47 SDA 12 TU CVBS 5 RIN BI 6 9 5 8 3 10 1 FSW 52 FSW Q807,808 FUNCTION SW IN CN701 51 FB L1 FB OUT 50 31 FS2 CVBS/YOUT 36 Y 2 ENC Y R/C OUT 28 4 ENC C G OUT 29 6 ENC R B OUT 30 8 ENC G C OUT AUX 34 10 ENC B FS AUX 3 C CR/R Y/G CB/B 19 16 15 11 CN805 10 LINE 1-TV 8 7 6 3 2 1 1 41 41 40 37 36 32 29 LINE 3/DECODE 28 27 24 23 22 22 9 3 7 5 15 6 17 8 (3/8) 6 COMPARATOR BLANKING OUT 14 16 V/Y OUT3 Q309,310 UNSW12V MUTING RECG RECB RECVY RECCCR C Y CB/B Y/G TO/FROM RD-064 BOARD CN603 CR/R ITSCK5 R/C OUT POWER MUTE SWITCH G OUT 2 ITREQ5 Q305,309,311 D301 4 AOUTL+ AOUTLAINLAINL+ AINR+ AINR- ITREQ5 ITSDI5 8 ITSDO5 Q306,308,312 5 XITRST5 7 NISE TX D304 ITSCK5 6 1 POWER MUTE SWITCH AOUTR+ ITSDO5 3 D303 AOUTR- ITSDI5 BO CO SPDIFO CN502(1/2) V/Y OUT1 12 NISE RX FS L1 5 VIDEO SELECTOR 13 DIAG 11 CN501 19 11 13 15 17 21 23 2 RISM STATUS5-2 TO/FROM RD-064 BOARD CN606 RISM RTS 0 (SEE PAGE 3-5) RISM STATUS5-1 ITRST5 TX RX DIAG XRMUTE FROM RD-064 BOARD CN603 XLMUTE (SEE PAGE 3-5) CN601 FOR CHECK 1 CN502(2/2) V IN 1 DIAG 20 SWITCH XP AMUTE (7/8) IC803 20 7 DA-L 1 2 IC302 CVBS/YOUT 32 FL-166 BOARD (1/2) 1 DA-R 42 AUX G BLANKING IN R2 IN L3B EURO INT 44 AUX B V2 IN L2 IN L3G B 22 INT 45 PARALLEL 7 40 AUX R/C S2 SW GIN 7 11 AUDIO R 10 38 AUX CVBS/Y ASW2 AUDIO L (MONO) 7 1 C2 IN ASW3 VIDEO 4 Y2 IN ASW4 C 9 ASW5 Y 2 4 VIN 3 ASW6 S VIDEO CN3005 RECR (SEE PAGE 3-5) ASW1 3 24 L1 CVBS/Y FSW L3RC ALL MUTE 41 G 20 LINE 2 IN VIN 1 34 CVBS/YOUT 14 R/C 18 AUOUTL 46 SCL AUOUTR TU SCL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT MUTE 19 36 C2 J301 HDET VDET2 OUT 75 57 Y2 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CR - CB - Y IC304 L3RC DY AD L3RC RF AGC 11 Y/CVBS SYNC SEP VDET1 OUT 68 XTAL IN 5 13 SDA SDA 10 16 C-Y IN 18 Cb IN Q711 CR/R SLICE OUT 80 TU R SC1 OUT R 30 R Q702,705 14 S-Y IN V/Y OUT 1 2 3 BLANKING OUT 7 8 9 10 11 (7/8) R/C OUT IC802 G OUT AV LINK AUDIO SELECTOR FUNCTION SW OUT BO/CI A(L) IN 1 ASW1 3 (5/8) ASW2 4 IC605 CLOCK GEN ASW3 7 A(L) OUT 1 A(R) IN 1 TU L V IN 3 V/Y OUT 3 L2 IN R IN G IN R2 IN BI 28 SCL2 IT SOUT 38 29 SDA2 IT SW 39 ASW6 16 CLKOUT 3 BI/CO A(L) IN 3 13 L2 L IN FS AUX IN 30 14 L2 R IN AD L OUT 18 A(R) IN 3 A(L) IN3 A(R) OUT 3 A(R) IN3 IC202 25 L1 R IN XVDCC 7 11 XRESET XINTR 10 17 6 12 7 13 (5/8) IC603 AINLX603 32,76kHz AD R OUT 17 EU AU OUT R 2 XINT2 1 29 AUX L IN 6 FS L1 OUT 19 FUNCTION SW OUT 10 L4 L L1 R OUT 22 A(R) OUT1 5 DA L IN L1 L OUT 23 6 DA R IN AUX R OUT 31 DA L DA R 11 L4 R ITSCK5 RISM RTS0 MONITOR 41 AUX L OUT 32 A(L) OUT1 A(R) OUT3 A(L) OUT3 RISM STATUS1 45 IT CONTROL OND0 1 EEP SDA 66 5 SDA (5/8) IC604 EEPR011 EEP SCL 67 6 SCL XEEP WP 68 7 WP XOUT 12 XIN 14 IT XRST 20 AINR- 3 28 AUX R IN ITSDO5 IT SCLK 40 TH601 AMP EU AU OUT L 26 L1 L IN A(R) IN1 A(L) OUT 3 XCIN ITSDI5 (2/8) FS L1 IN 27 5 A(L) IN1 RISM STATUS2 23 SCL 4 9 ITREQ5 IT REQ 18 CNVSS SDA 5 2 TU R IN BLANKING IN 8 ASW5 15 1 TU L IN TU R 53 XCE ASW4 8 A(R) OUT 1 FUNCTION SW IN 6 CEVISCK5 Y/G CR Cr OUT 21 M2 AUDIO OUT Cb OUT 23 11 C IN SH RXD2 (4/8) EURO MSP Q708 AUDIO L CNVSS IC1401 Y VIDEO L CB TU SLC IN OUT Q707 V TU SDA DET OUT 17 TU VIDEO TU DV C S VIDEO G Y C-Y OUT 25 49 CVBS3 TU401 AERIAL Q401,403 VIDEO BUFFER Y 38 C3 V2 IN LINE 2 OUT C SH TXD2 59 Y3 C2 IN Y G S-Y OUT 27 45 CVBS1 Y2 IN J702 Y C C OUT 29 TX (6/8) VIDEO AMP SELECTOR RX IC702 XIT PST AV-106 BOARD 5 7 109 SYNCIN AINL+ X602 10MHz 113 CVIN 1 2 3 1 AINR+ VSYNC 80 SYNC V1 (2/8) IC203 52 HDET 1 AMP 58 SYNCRO DET 61 XP VMUTE EURO INT 82 XINT3 XITRST5 (5/8) FSW 100 BS C/N DET IC601 56 XP AMUTE P FAIL DET UNSW6V Q611-Q615 HX825 only 27 AVLINK OUT AVLINK BUFFER IC1102 (8/8) 3 TU AUTOP AVLINK IN 84 AUTO PRESET P FAIL 51 LED STB 94 LED XRESET 93 IR CONT 104 TU G MAX XOUT 11 X1101 16MHz 116 TU AFT1 XIN 13 XRESET 10 (8/8) INT5 33 IC1103 J1101 Q1104 4 G LINK 3-3 1 2 TA3IN 21 26 CLK2 TXD1 28 24 TA2OUT RXD2 27 RESET 5V IR INT IR BUSY STB RXD STB TXD IR INT IR BUSY STB RXD STB TXD RESET 5V SIRCSIN FLD DATA 2 4 92 S2SW FLD CLK 6 74 IR INT DIMMER 21 73 IR BUSY FLD STB 95 KEY0 96 43 RXD 42 TXD 77 IR RESET 3-4 1 VOUT VDD 2 KEY1 97 KEY2 98 11 SIRCS 9 DATA 6 DIM CLK DIM 4 CLK 10 DATA 8 12 13 14 15 CN602 LED STB LED RST SIRCS LED DIM LED CK FLD STB TO/FROM FR-257 BOARD (CN3003) KEY0 (SEE PAGE 3-6) LED DT KEY1 KEY2 RDR-HX820/HX825 3-3. RD-064 (1/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/8) (1/8) RD-064 BOARD IC102 XWP 7 IC103 EEPROM SCL 6 RISM3 SDA 5 CN603 Q607 23 27 AT1DATA0 RECVY AE3 RECCR Q606 AE5 CB/B Y/G CR/R 30 26 42 Q602 YOUT Q604 BOUT CIN 34 Y2 52-50 Y9 VI 2A HS 72 VS 73 DATACLK 40 23 (SEE PAGE 3-4) RECB RECG RECR FSW 31 1 VI 1B SCL 28 35 8 VI 2B SDA 29 39 17 VI 3B 22 35 FSS RESETB 74 GOUT AD6 ROUT K23 WP AE14,AC14 AD15,AE16 AD16,AE17 AE18,AC17 REC656I[0-7] 47-43 7 XLMUTE XRMUTE B6 34 REC656H REC656V R656CLKI SDCL[0] SDA[0] AINR+ AINR- AOUTRAOUTR+ AOUTL+ AOUTL- REC656H AB13 REC656V AE15 R656CLKI L21 CDCL0 K25 SDA0 XEYSRST 75 SPDIFO AT2DATA[15] H1,J3,J1,K3 K1,L3,L1,M3, M4,L2,L4,K2 K4,J2,J4,H2 AT2RESET AT2CS 1 M1 E1 AT2CS 0 F4 AT2ADR 2 F3 AT2ADR 1 F1 AT2ADR 0 F2 AT2TNTRQ G4 AT2DMACK G3 AT2IORDY G2 AT2DIOR G1 AT2DIOW H4 AT2DMARQ H3 25 AINL- 8 IDE DACK UNIT LED CK TO/FROM AV-106 BOARD (CN602) 27 29 IDE INT H DD0 1-3 5-7 10-15 61-64 AT2DATA[0-15] 6 24 AINL+ 14 26 AINR+ ADCBC 6 27 AINR- 16 ALCLR 5 DACD 12 9 16 AOUTR- 7 15 AOUTR+ DACLR 9 15 17 AOUTL+ ZFLANL 4 18 AOUTL- CL 2 17 AODATAI P3 AODATAI AOBCKI P4 AOBCKI AOLRCKI T1 AOLRCKI ADATAO N4 ADATAO ALRCKO RTS[1] SCLK[1] DI 1 TX[1] 11 DACMC CE 28 RX[1] 7 ADCMC DACBCK 10 1 LED STB LED RST (SEE PAGE 3-4) PHYDIO 7 V3,U4,W1,V2 U3,V1,U2,T4 PHYSCLK PHYCTL 0 PHYCTL 1 V4 PHYLPS W2 RTS1 PHYLREQ U1 C19 ACLKI B21 TX1 C24 RX1 DDATAO H DD15 16 AT2CS[1] AT2CS[0] AT2ADR[2] AT2ADR[1] AT2ADR[0] AT2TNTRQ AT2DMACK AT2IORDY AT2DIOR AT2DIOW AT2DMARQ H RESET N 47 H CS N1 48 H CS N0 49 H DA 2 50 H DA 1 51 H DA 0 53 H INTRQ 54 H DMACK 55 H IORDY 58 H DIOR N 59 H DIOW N 60 H DMARQ LED DIM HRHR+ RX P 27 DADRS0 DADRS12 AE20,AD19 AE19,AA18 AC18,AB18 AC19,AB20 AC21,AB21 AA19,AC22 B22 DBA0,DBA1 AE21,AD20 R3 BCKO 6 1Y 1A 1 DDQS0 LOGIC SG1 14 8 4 5 7 DIN SG16 29 2 7 8 CLK 6 8 DATA P3 1 9 CLK P4 2 5 10 XSTB P1 12 7 11 XCLR P2 13 D3004 D3005 D3003 Q3002 HDD 8 RISM STATUS1 3 IT-REQ5 4 RISM RTS0 5 IT-XRST5 7 IT-SIN5 6 IT-SCLK5 2 RISM STATUS2 1 11 4Y 4A 12 D19 TXO 8 3Y 3A 9 DDM0 DVD TIMER REC 1A 1 KEY 0 3 HDD KEY 1 4 UNIT KEY 2 12 3 1 CN3001 2 PHYDIO[0-7] S3012-S3014 DVD, HDD, INPUT SELECT S3006-S3009 PHYSCLK PHYCTL 0 OPEN/CLOSE, CH+ CH-, REC MODE 3 TPB- 4 2 TPB+ 5 1 LF701 TPA1P 46 2 3 D7 TPB1P 44 4 2 SCLK TPB1N 43 6 CTL1 59 LPS 63 LREQ 5 C20 2A 4 A24 DDATA[0-31] DADRS[0-12] DBA[0,1] IC105,IC106 DDM[0-3] 256Mbit DDR DQ0 8,10,11,13 8,10,11,13 54,56,57,59 60,62,63,65 DQ15 CTSO 28-32 35-42 RTSO DQ0 2,4,5,7 54,56,57,59 A0 A12 60,62,63,65 XWE 21 28-32 35-42 XCAS 22 DQ15 A0 A12 XRAS 23 2B 5 26,27 BA0.1 (5/8) 16,51 LDQS,UDQS IC604 20,47 LDM,UDM RX2 AND GATE CTS2 (5/8) IC605 R2 VCLKI AND GATE 1Y 3 (1/8) DDQS[0-3] TX2 CN606 TPB- X701 27,576MHz XI 23 1B 2 6 2Y TPATPB+ RESET B 55 2,4,5,7 RTS[0] TPA+ CN701 XO 22 5 CTL0 PHYLPS PHYLREQ XSYSRST AE13 RESET D23 RXO B20 SCLKO C10 HCS5 H25 FSEL DCLKNO AE24 DCLKO AD24 DCS AD22 DRAS AE23 DCAS AD23 DWE AC23 XWE 21 XCAS 22 XRAS 23 26,27 BA0,1 CK 45 16,51 LDSS,UDQ3 CK 45 XCK 46 20,47 LDM,UDM XCK 46 CS 24 CS 24 2 1B 4 2A 2Y 6 RX[0] HDATA0 H22-H24 C25 5 2B 9 3A 3Y 8 E22-E25 SCLK[0] F22,24,25 10 3B G23-G25 4Y 11 12 4A RISMSTATUS2 HDATA15 D24,25 HDATA[0-15] 13 4B (7/8) IC802 PLL FSEL 6 35-42 3 X1 IN X801 27MHz 768FS48K 7 768FS441K 11 REF27M3 16 2 RD-064 BOARD(2/2) (SEE PAGE 3-8) HADRS6 A10-A17 A768FS48K N2 AMCLK1 A768FS441K R4 AMCLK2 HADRS30 D11-D15 VMCLK D22 VMCLK A22 TX2 C22 RX2 D18 CTS2 C11-C16 HOE B8 HWSO A7 HCSO C9 DQ0-DQ15 54,56,31 B10-B16 4 X2 OUT 1 44-51 384FS48K 9 768FSCHG 13 1-12,15 HADRS[6-30] A0-A24 18-26 HOE 34 XOE HWS[0] (4/8) IC502 SUPER AND MEMORY (128Mbit) 13 XWE 14 XRESET HCS[0] 32 XCE 768FSOH XSYSRST 3-5 PLAY, REC STOP, REC, STOP, DUB 4 TPA- 3 RSTN 17 D0 PHYCTL 1 CN3102 S3001-S3005 TPA+ 2 TPA1N 45 8,9 11,12 14,15 17,18 1 1 5 X201 25MHz XI 23 C8 HDACKO ITREQ Q3001 D3002 HDD DRIVE 3B 10 3 1Y GR1 31 GR12 42 IC201 XO 22 U24,U21 T21,U23 DDM3 4B 13 RISMSTATUS1 5V (2/8) V25,U22 U25,T22 DDQS3 11 STB CN203 M22,23 N21-N25 P21-P25 R21,24,25 T23,V23,24 W21,22,25 AA22-AA25 AB24,25 AC25 4 2Y 2A 3 TX[0] Y1 P2 LRCKO (1/8) IT-SOUT5 W3 A23 IC112 13 9 SYNCHRD REC 2 HT- RX M 28 AT2RESET PHY PHYDIO 0 ABCKO SPDIFOH ADATAOH ALRCKOH ABCKOH (SEE PAGE 3-8) 12 6 31 HT+ TX P 32 TX M 31 IC701 CDCD 8 RD-064 BOARD (2/2) DIAG DVD 1 3 (6/8) DDATA31 RX[2] 38 FLD DRIVE 4 CN3005 (7/8) ZFLANR 3 TX[2] LED DAT 25 IDE IORDY IC3101 REMOTE COMMANDER RECIEVER LED DRIVE AT2DATA[0] 2 384FS48K TO/FROM AV-106 BOARD CN501 FLD STB 19 768FSCHG (SEE PAGE 3-4) 35 CN3003 10 IC3001 AC13 R1 SIRCS 23 IDE R AT1DMACK B5 33 21 IDE W AT1DIOR D5 AUDIO ADC/DAC AINL- IDE DREQ AT1DMARQ B4 REC656I7 1 IC803 AINL+ IDE RST VCC 1 IC3002 REC656I0 X301 14.31818MHz SPDIFO ADE A0-A4 D6,D7 AT1INTRQ A5 16 VI 3A RECVY V BOUT C6,C7 AT1 ADRO,ADR1 ADR2,CSO,CS1 2 VOUT 3 18 AT1DIOW A4 VDEC TO/FROM AV-106 BOARD CN502 YOUT A2,C3,A3,C4 AT1IORDY C5 IC301 RECCR V AE9 AD8 AE7 ROUT (3/8) Q605 COUT IDE D0-D15 AT1RESET E2 GOUT Q603 38 AD10 CN201 E4,D2,C2,A1 DDAT[0-15] Y COUT Q601 D4,B3,D3,B2 B1,C1,D1,E3 YIN AT1DATA15 C FL-166 BOARD(2/2) 5V DDAT[16-31] RECVY RECCCR FR-257 BOARD 3-6 CN3004 DV IN S3101 POWER ND3101 FLD RDR-HX820/HX825 3-4. RD-064 (2/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM RD-064 BOARD(2/2) PXCLK IC904 (8/8) 79 D0 REC656O 1 AD14,AB14 AC15,AB15 AC16,AD17 REC656O 7 AD18,AB17 23 DY2 SCALB[0-7] HDMI TH 30 DY9 QB9 69 75 70 34 DI2 QG2 74 68 D7 67 65 39 75 42 77 43 DI9 80 61 82 QG9 83 58 117 DCLK AB16 QB2 62 49 SDA QR2 86 50 SCL 90 93 52 NRST SCALY[0-7] TX2+ 36 TX2- 35 D8 TX1+ 33 TX1- 32 TX0+ 30 TX0- 29 57 D15 TXC+ 27 TXC- 26 56 D16 SCALC[0-7] 49 D23 TMDS DATA 2+ TMDS DATA 2- 1 TMDA DATA 1+ TMDS DATA 1- 4 TMDS DATA 0+ TMDS DATA 0- 7 TMDS CLOCK+ TMDS CLOCK- 10 3 6 9 12 HDMI CONNECTOR QR9 95 QV QH QDE QCLK (1/8) IC103(2/2) 96 97 98 99 2 1 80 66 RISM3 VSYNC HSYNC DE IDCK 5 SPDIF ALRCKOH 11 WS ABCKOH 12 SCK ADATAOH 7 SD3 IC902 (8/8) SCALER HPD 18 4 Y A 1 19 IC906 (8/8) CSCL 43 CSDA 44 RESET# 42 INT 17 AND GATE SDA SCL 16 15 CN902 MCLK 6 10 SD0 SPDIFOH 1 RD-064 BOARD (1/2) (SEE PAGE 3-5) 2 RD-064 BOARD (1/2) ADATAOH ALRCKOH ABCKOH 768FSOH (SEE PAGE 3-5) SCLK3 RTS2 RTS3 HCS2 RX3 A20 B22 C21 B9 D21 22 32 5 23 6 13 31 50 VSYNC UCKO INT11 PO1 INT10 MOD UOO SOT 51 30 34 37 25 21 SIN UIO PPG 0 TOO 0 INT 03 XRST AN10 AN09 AN08 TXRST SDA SCK TXINT SDA0 SCL0 53 54 55 59 62 63 24 41 40 SCL SDA NRST S901 NOM-DL TX3 CST3 INT2 HDREQ1 SCLK2 D20 C18 L23 D8 D17 X0 14 X901 10MHz X1 15 IC903 (8/8) SUB CPU XEXRST TXD RXD DLON TO IC910 3-7 1 PIN(Power Block) 3-8 CN901 3 6 7 4 Not Use RDR-HX820/HX825 3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2001EK) RD-064 BOARD IC601 1V REG CN101 L AC IN F101 T3.15/250V T101 SWITCHING TRANSFORMER D101 MAIN RECT D301 Q301 12V REG L301 D304 CN1 IC101 1 OSC Q302 12V REG D303 2 4 Q303 SW PROTECT CN2 1 L103 2 DVD UNIT GND 1 IN D107 2 OUT 4 IC502 4 VR501 CN3 P502 3.15A 5 L502 IC501 SW1V SW 3 EN 1 IC502 SW12V HDD UNIT GND SW5V IC602 26 VDEC 3.3V 31 3.4V REG 34 PCONT FLASH MEMORY (128Mbit) 9 UNSW 6V 15 SW3.4VC 18 27 FL501 4 VIN VOUT 5 SW3.4V CONT 3 30 10 IC201 1.8V REG DV PHY HDD DRIVE SW5V 5 VIN VOUT 4 UNSW6V FL702 9 P201 3.15A L601 P602 5A IC202 IC701 UNSW12V 7 SHUNT REGULATOR L201 D201 2 8 5V REG 6V ADJ PC101 PHOTO COUPLER SW5V 3 L501 D501 L601 4 VIN 38 UNSW 3V 23 SW12V 3 IC301 D106 L104 L602 19 22 UNSW 4V 35 P301 2A N LPF CN606 SW 5V L202 L201 UNSW4V 12 P601 2A 14 UNSW-8V PCONT 15 D601 IC604 D502 IC802 IC803 PLL AUDIO ADC/DAC BUFFER TU401 5V 5V 30V IC605 AV-106 BOARD SW/BUFFER L405 L406 SW5V D1401 2 IC302 L401 4 VIN 7 2 OSC 3 1 VIN L403 TU PCONT IC1401 IC302 IC202,203 EURO MSP LINE OUT AUDIO AMP 19 L1401 SW5V-S SW3.4VC 18 27 IC105 IC106 3 VO VCC 2 IC1102 IC1103 IR CONTROL COMPARATOR IC108 8 VIN VA PCONT 1 VOUT 1 EEPROM SW3.4V SW3.3V 2.5V REG SWA-8V IC102 512Mbit x2 DDR SDRAM SW1V Q301 CLT 30 CN501 UNSW-8V-A RISM3 1 Q302 PS103 IC103 VOUT 4 CONT SWA12V IC102 VDEC3.3V REG 5 VIN HX825 Q303 38 UNSW6V L303 3.3V REG Q304 UNSW12V-A 35 34 15 3 D101 23 31 2 IC101 9 UDEC3.3V VOUT L301 22 UNSW4V LOGIC PCONT 26 SW5V IC112 V DEC VOUT 4 CONT 9 IC301 1.8V REG 1 VIN VOUT 5 UNSW4V 10 UNSW3V TU30V REG F101 0.63A 12 UNSW-8V 14 PCONT 15 PCONT IC401 TU5V REG 8 5 UNSW6V L404 IC402 CN101 UNSW12V VDD25 CONT IC109 VA PCONT 5 L101 L102 SW3.4V REG L103 IC109 IC303 3.3V REG TU5V REG 5 VIN FAN REG IC603 VOUT 4 SWA5V IT CONTROL ADJ CTL 1 2 4 3 FAN CONT VI 2 GND VA PCONT 1 VO 3 FAN DET 83 47 86 49 50 48 55 IC104 5V REG CN103 IC605 IC604 CLOCK GEN EEPROM 96 90 1 5 3.3V REG 2 VCC 5 7 UNSW5V-I VO 4 Q101 3 IC601 FAN DET P FAIL DETECT IC301 DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL IC908 FOR CHECK CN601 FAN CONT FAN HI Q616 PS602 0.63A VOUT 4 CONT UN5V FAN HI FAN OUT PCONT TU PCONT CONT 1 FAN 5 VIN FL PCONT IC107 UNSW6V A KEY0 1 INSEL PCONT VIN 4 EN FAN SPEED 3 SW FAN DET L101,102 6 VIN FR/SIRCS 5V VOUT 4 CONT 1 FL POW IC907 1.8V REG 6 VIN VOUT 4 1 CONT IC904 IC906 IC903 HDMI TX AND GATE SUB CPU IC902 SCALER IC901 13 CN602 2.5V REG IC909 Q601 7 VIN VO 1 3.3V REG VCC 5 VIN UNSW6V-I IC802 IC803 AUDIO SELECTOR VIDEO SELECTOR VOUT 4 CONT 1 PS102 0.63A IC910 CN902 5V REG IC801 SWA5V Q715 UNSW5V-V 5V REG L803 VIDEO 5V VIDEO5V VIN 6 5 VIN 25 Q601-Q605 Q606,607 BUFFER BUFFER CN502 Q716 4 VOUT 21 VOUT 4 CONT +5V POWER 1 INSEL PCONT L604 25 Q707-711 21 IC702 BUFFER IC701 VIDE0 AMP SELECTOR L603 VIDEO5V SWA5V CN603 FR-257 BOARD FL-166 BOARD -3.3V REG Q801 -50 REG UNSW-8V-V D703 D704 L702-L704 2 L701 D801 5 VEE VOUT 6 CONT 1 IC3002 IC3001 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER LED DRIVE IC3101 FLD DRIVER CN3102 FR 5V 11 9 FL POW 6V 13 KEY 0 3 CN3003 6 3 8 1 1 8 CN3001 2 10 3 Q3101,3102 OSC 1 4 D3108-D3111 6 7 8 5 9 S3101 POWER 3-9 3-10 T3101 DC/DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMER ND3101 52 F2 1 F1 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE HDMI CONNECTOR RDR-HX820/HX825 MEMO 3-11 3-12E LED_DT LED_RST LED_CK LED_STB FLD_STB KEY0 KEY1 KEY2 FR-257 BOARD CN3005 6P DGND 6 TPB5 TPB+ 4 TPA3 TPA+ 2 DGND 1 4-2 GND TPA+ TPA- DVD UNIT FRD-011 FFC 4P CN603 UNSW6V UNSW6V UNSW6V SW5V SW5V SW5V SW5V UNSW3V UNSW3V UNSW3V UNSW3V SW3.4VC SW3.4VC SW3.4VC SW3.4VC VDEC3.3V VDEC3.3V VDEC3.3V VDEC3.3V GND GND GND AINL+ AINR+ AOUTL+ SWA5V FSW RECVY GND_V VIDEO5V GND_V GND_V CR/R CB/B GND_V GND_V RECR Y/G GND_V GND_V RECG GND_V GND_V RECB/CSYNC C RECCCR Y GND_V XRMUTE AUGND AUGND AINR- AUGND AOUTL- AUGND AUGND AUGND AOUTR- AUGND AINL- SPD_GND AOUTR+ XLMUTE SPDIFO 42P GND UNSW4V UNSW6V UNSW4V N.C. UNSW4V RX[2] UNSW4V TX[2] P-CONT DIAG IT-SOUT5 DGND IT-XRST5 IT-REQ5 RISM-RTS[0] IT-SIN5 RISM_STATUS1 IT-SCLK5 RISM_STATUS2 CN606 42P 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 CN501 42P CN502 CB/B GND_V GND_V RECR Y/G GND_V GND_V RECG CR/R GND_V GND_V RECB C GND_V GND_V RECCCR Y VIDEO5V GND_V RECVY FSW SWA5V GND_V XRMUTE AUGND AOUTL- AINR- AOUTL+ AINR+ AUGND AUGND AUGND AUGND AOUTR- AINL- AOUTR+ AINL+ AUGND AUGND SPD_GND XLMUTE SPDIFO GND GND GND GND UNSW4V UNSW4V UNSW4V UNSW4V VDEC3.3V VDEC3.3V VDEC3.3V VDEC3.3V SW3.4VC SW3.4VC SW3.4VC SW3.4VC UNSW3V UNSW3V UNSW3V UNSW3V SW5V SW5V SW5V SW5V UNSW6V UNSW6V UNSW6V UNSW6V NC RX TX DIAG DGND PCONT ITSDO5 ITRST5 ITSDI5 RISM_RTS_0 ITREQ5 42P RISM STATUS 5_1 ITSCK5 RISM STATUS 5_2 KEY2 KEY1 KEY0 FLD_STB LED_STB LED_CK LED_RST LED_DT SIRCS_5V SIRCS FR_5V LED_DIM FL_POW 15 1 2 TPB+ TPB- GND 7P 3 GND CN203 4 HR+ 7 5 6 HR- 6 CN701 6P GND 5 42 HT- 4 41 HT+ 3 40 2 39 GND 38 1 37 GND 36 DASP 40 14 35 39 40 34 38 39 GND 33 37 38 DASP 32 37 IDE_A3(CS1) 31 IDE_A4(CS0) 30 IDE_A2 29 IDE_A0 36 28 35 36 27 34 35 26 34 IDE_A2 25 N.C IDE_A0 24 IDE_HD16 33 23 32 33 22 32 IDE_A1 21 IDE_INT IDE_HD16 13 20 GND 31 19 IDE_DACK 30 31 18 CSEL 29 30 17 SIRCS_5V BOARD TO BOARD 16 28 29 GND IDE_INT 15 IDE_IORDY 14 27 13 27 12 IDE_IORDY IDE_W GND 9 GND 24 12 11 IDE_R 26 23 8 25 26 7 25 10 24 GND 6 GND IDE_R 5 GND 4 28 IDE_DREQ 22 3 CSEL IDE_DACK 21 2 23 GND 11 1 IDE_W IDE_D15 19 42 22 18 41 21 GND IDE_D13 40 IDE_DREQ IDE_D13 39 20 IDE_D2 38 SIRCS PD-138 HARNESS 37 19 N.C 13 10 36 18 GND 20 9 35 IDE_D15 13 34 IDE_D14 IDE_D0 17 IDE_D2 33 IDE_D1 16 17 IDE_D12 32 15 16 IDE_D3 12 31 14 15 11 12 30 14 IDE_D1 IDE_D14 10 11 29 IDE_D11 10 IDE_D3 IDE_D12 28 IDE_D4 IDE_D11 27 9 26 9 25 IDE_D4 24 IDE_D10 23 8 22 8 21 4-1 IDE_D5 IDE_D10 20 M 7 19 FL_POW_6V 7 18 IT_GND 8 IDE_D5 17 FR_5V 7 1 IDE_D6 6 16 6 2 1 3 2 IT_GND 3 LED_DT 5 4 FLD_STB 4 5 3 6 FR_5V IT_GND FL_POW_6V FLR-008 FFC 7 4 8 CN3001 9 5 IT_GND LED_CK 10 6 LED_DT KEY0 2 11 FLD_STB 1 12 7 13 8 14 KEY0 LED_CK 15 CN3102 8P IDE_D8 5 6 15 7 IDE_D7 4 5 IDE_D9 14 GND 3 4 IDE_D6 13 HR+ 6 RH-056 HARNESS 3 IDE_D8 12 5 IDE_D7 9 4 HRGND 11 3 GND IDE_RST 2 8 2 HT1 2 7 HT+ 8 10 FAR-005 FFC 1 GND 6 HDD UNIT IDE_RST 5 F 40P 4 H 6 15 5 15 4 PCONT UNSW4V 3 14 13 FR_5V 14 UNSW4V 12 LED_DIM UNSW-8V UNSW4V 11 FL_POW_6V 13 15P GND UNSW6V 10 CN602 12 IT_GND 11 UNSW4V IT_GND 10 UNSW4V 9 2 UNSW4V 8 S2 SW 1 UNSW6V 9 UNSW6V 10 8 UNSW6V 7 C2 IN SW5V 6 Y2 IN 7 UNSW6V AN GND 6 UNSW6V 5 9 UNSW6V 4 8 3 7 5 L2 IN 4 V2 IN AN GND 3 AN GND GND 6 GND UNSW6V 5 2 4 2 R2 IN CN701 10P UNSW12V AU GND GND 3 1 2 1 GND 1 BOARD TO BOARD 1 GND IT_GND CN1 4P CN3 15P IT_GND 5V GND GND 12V CN103 7 3 1 FAN_DET 6 2 GND FAN_OUT 2 12V S2 SW Y2 IN AN GND C2 IN AN GND V2 IN AU GND L2 IN AU GND CN3003 15P 4 3 5V GND C 3 5 GND I 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 R2 IN FL-166 BOARD 2 1 4 3 FAN 4 GND 5V CN2 4P POWER 3 1 5V GND GND 12V 2 2 4P 2 1 1 3 4 4 G 3 2 1 L PH-077 HARNESS D 1 E GND A 3 12V B 2 1 CN3101 10P SECTION 4 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND PRINTED WIRING BOARDS RDR-HX820/HX825 4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 16 3P UNSW12V CN101 15P GND GND SW5V AV-106 BOARD UNSW-8V PCONT GND BOARD TO BOARD CN201 40P IDE_D9 IDE_D0 N.C RD-064 BOARD IDE_A1 N.C IDE_A4(CS0) IDE_A3(CS1) 7P SATA J FA-118 HARNESS K 8P RF-119 HARNESS FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM RDR-HX820/HX825 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS WAVEFORMS THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block) AV-106 BOARD (For schematic diagrams) • All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF. 50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums. • All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1 /10 W) un-less otherwise specified. kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ. • Caution when replacing chip parts. New parts must be attached after removal of chip. Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, because it is damaged by the heat. • All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted. • 2 : non flammable resistor • 5 : fusible resistor • C : panel designation • f : internal component • C : adjustment for repair • G : IN/OUT direction of (+/–) B line • U : B+ Line • V : B– Line • Circled numbers refer to waveforms. • Voltages are dc between measurement point and ground. • Readings are taken with a color-bar signals on DVD reference disc. • Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MW). • Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances. 1 X602 Note : RD-064 BOARD 7 J703 4.2 Vp-p 8 J703 30.5 µs 3 J702 1.2 Vp-p The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 1.7 Vp-p 40 ns 2 X301 COMPONENT Y 1.7 Vp-p H 69.8 ns 2.1 Vp-p 3 X701 9 CN805 r; S-VIDEO C 1 X201 1.1 Vp-p H 100 ns 2 X603 COMPONENT PR 1.2 Vp-p H 2.0 Vp-p H 40.7 ns When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name. 4 J702 0 X1401 (RDR-HX820) S-VIDEO Y 3.8 Vp-p 4 X801 1.6 Vp-p H 4.5Vp-p 54.3ns 5 J702 37 ns 1.5Vp-p 100 ns 4.0Vp-p 5 X901 VIDEO 1.2 Vp-p H 6 J703 COMPONENT PB 1.1 Vp-p H WAVEFORMS AV-106/RD-064 4-3 4-4 RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board. 3 2 1 4 5 7 6 8 10 9 11 AV-106 BOARD(1/8) POWER A 0 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE -REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES- PS102 0.63A CN101 15P UNSW5V-V JL101 GND JL102 UNSW12V 2 B TO SWITCHING REGULATOR CN3 (SEE PAGE 4-42) C 3 GND 4 UNSW6V 5 UNSW6V 6 UNSW6V 7 SW5V 8 UNSW6V 9 UNSW4V 10 UNSW4V 11 UNSW4V 12 GND 13 UNSW-8V 14 PCONT 15 GND-V R135 0 B+ JL103 GND B+ R160 0 1 R137 0 B+ JL104 GND-V 2 TO(7/8) 3 TO(3/8) 4 TO(3/8,5/8) 5 TO(5/8) 6 TO(4/8) 7 TO(8/8) 8 TO(2/8) UNSW6V-A R140 0 JL106 JL108 TO(6/8) UNSW-8V-V B+ JL105 JL107 1 UNSW-8V-V UNSW12V-A B+ R154 0 0 R111 10k B- JL109 UNSW12V-A PS103 0.63A UNSW6V-A UNSW-8V-A GND-A R142 0 JL110 JL112 JL111 VA_PCONT JL113 PCONT FAN_DET FAN_HI FAN_CONT IC102 R173 0 UNSW5V REG 7.8 2 1 JL114 UNSW6V-R SW3.4VC B+ R162 0 B+ R176 0 B+ C120 1u B 25V C118 0.01u B C119 1u B 25V L103 4.7uH Q101 MUN2213T1 SWITCH SW 2 3 H 4-5 C107 C108 C125 10 10 10 C C C 10V 10V 10V The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. ADJ VO FB1608 0uH L101 4.7uH R118 10 C128 470p B 50V C155 47u 16V C130 C131 C135 0.1 0.1 10 B B C 16V 16V 10V GND Note : VIN GND 1 R108 4.7k 1/10W R122 12k ± 0.5% 4 FB IC109 MP2105DJ-LF-Z 5 GND-V C114 1u B 10V 3.4V REG EN FB1609 0uH SW5V-S R121 39k ± 0.5% IC109 G R170 0 R120 0 0.5 R115 8200 ± 0.5% GND-T 5 JL120 C123 47u 25V C106 10u 6.3V 4 B+ C124 470u 10V C105 1u 10V 3 B+ R114 15k ± 0.5% R113 120k ± 0.5% C151 0.01u 16V 2 GND-I R169 0 1.2 1 5.2 6 0.1 R174 0 UNSW5V-I 0 GND-T 11 VREC3.3V F101 0.63A R148 0 VCC 5 5.1 4 B+ GND-R GND R168 0 TO(5/8) F GND-V UNSW6V-T 3 CTL GND 4 IC104 TK73400AU3G0L-C 5.8 GND VO 3 3.3 2 IC107 TK11100CSCB-G GND 1 SENSE GND CTL VCC 5 B+ D101 EC21QS03L-TE12L UNSW3V 6 3.3 R175 0 7 4.3 SW5V-R UNSW4V B+ 8 5.0 E IC102 SI-3033KS-TL VDEC 3.3V REG R102 0 FAN DRIVE UNSW6V-I R144 0 R146 0 B+ 1.3 3 IC104 C117 100p VO GND JL121 NP 2 IC107 1.3 FAN_DET 11.9 1 VI FAN_OUT ADJ D JL116 5.8 3P GND CN103 CTL DC FAN R104 470k 0.5% L102 4.7uH R107 100k 0.5% C159 C160 10 10 B B 6.3V 6.3V C129 10 B 6.3V C127 0.1 B 16V 4-6 POWER AV-106 (1/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board. 2 1 6 R218 22k ± 0.5% JL540 JL538 C213 10u C 10V R223 10k ± 0.5% JL548 EU-AU-OUT- R R226 4700 ± 0.5% 9 TO(7/8) EU-AU-OUT- L IC202 IC203 EQ AMP B- B- JL543 AOUTR+ JL547 JL544 AOUTR- C214 10u C 10V AOUTR+ AOUTL+ AOUTL+ AOUTL- 4 3 2 C209 0.1u B 0 -7.3 1 4 3 2 JL545 1 JL546 JL541 AOUTL- C211 0.1u B JL549 XRMUTE AOUTL- C JL542 AOUTL+ VEE AOUTR+ VEE IC202 NJM4558M-TE2 AOUTR- IC203 NJM4558M-TE2 0 AOUTR- 0 -7.3 C217 47p 50V 0 SWA-8V B SPDIFO C210 0.1u B JL550 JL551 VCC JL560 RECVY B+ 8 C218 47p 50V 5 6 7 JL553 VIDEO5V R224 4700 ± 0.5% SWA5V R219 22k ± 0.5% JL559 Y B+ SWA12V B+ JL562 RECCCR C215 10u C 10V JL561 C R225 4700 ± 0.5% JL558 L3B 17 TO(6/8) R222 10k ± 0.5% C216 10u C 10V E CN502 1 42P SPDIFO 2 XLMUTE 3 SPD_GND 4 AUGND 5 AUGND 6 AINL+ 7 AOUTR+ 8 AINL- 9 AOUTR- 10 AUGND 11 AUGND 12 AUGND 13 AUGND 14 AINR- 15 AOUTL+ 16 AINR- 17 AOUTL- 18 AUGND 19 XRMUTE 20 GND_V 21 SWA5V 22 FSW 23 RECVY 24 GND_V 25 VIDEO5V 26 Y 27 RECCCR 28 GND_V 29 GND_V 30 C 31 RECB 32 GND_V 33 GND_V 34 CR/R 35 RECG 36 GND_V 37 GND_V 38 Y/G 39 RECR 40 GND_V 41 GND_V 42 CB/B TO RD-064 BOARD (5/8) CN603 (SEE PAGE 4-XX) 8 11.9 7 0 6 0 5 11.9 XRMUTE 0 XRMUTE XLMUTE 0 10 TO(3/8) XLMUTE C212 0.1u B VCC SPDIFO D R227 4700 ± 0.5% 10 9 JL539 XLMUTE AUDIO IN -REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES- 8 7 SPDIFO NO MARK:REC/PB MODE AV-106 BOARD(2/8) A 5 4 3 JL552 CR/R B+ JL556 L3G SPD_GND JL555 Y/G JL554 L3RC SIGNAL PATH JL557 CB/B VIDEO SIGNAL F CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL 20 REC GND_V FSW TO(5/8,7/8) AUGND PB AUDIO IN AV-106 (2/8) 8 TO(1/8) 12 TO(3/8, 6/8, 7/8) 4-7 4-8 RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board. 2 1 3 4 AV-106 BOARD(3/8) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE SIGNAL PATH AUDIO OUT A 14 -REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES- VIDEO SIGNAL R310 5100 ± 0.5% R320 2200 CHROMA AOUTRR311 5100 ± 0.5% R323 5600 ± 0.5% C313 560p Y/CHROMA Y AUDIO SIGNAL REC AOUTR+ R317 C310 2200 150p IC302 LINE OUT XLMUTE XLMUTE C NJM4558M-TE2 -7.3 PB B- B- 4 3 2 Q310 2SD2704K-T146 MUTE 1 C319 0.1u B 0 R330 47k R355 470 -7.2 R342 4700 R344 100k AUOUTR C327 220p XRMUTE 13 TO(6/8) IC302 XRMUTE SWA12V B- SWA-8V R331 47k C320 0.1u B B+ 10 TO(2/8) R326 470 0 1.3 B C316 47u 25V C314 180p 1.3 R314 5600 ± 0.5% 5 1.3 6 1.3 7 0 -7.2 8 0 B+ 12.0 R340 4700 Q309 2SD2704K-T146 MUTE C326 220p R353 470 AUOUTL R343 100k DA-L 14 TO(7/8) SPD_GND DA-R D SPDIFO C315 180p C311 150p R315 5600 ± 0.5% R312 5100 ± 0.5% R327 470 C317 47u 25V R316 2200 AOUTL+ R313 5100 ± 0.5% C312 560p AOUTL- 12 TO(2/8,6/8,7/8) AUGND R318 R321 2200 ±5600 0.5% E B+ SWA5V B+ B+ B- UNSW6V-A IC303 R366 1k 5V REG B+ F B+ B+ B+ 11.9 11.9 R346 1k UNSW12V-A 11.3 Q304 2SB1561T100Q 12V SWITCH R309 5600 3 TO(1/8) D301 BAS16-03W Q305,Q307,Q311 MUTE CONTROL 9.5 Q303 MSD601-RST1 SWITCH R304 220k -6.6 B- G -7.3 C301 47u 25V 5.0 4 TO(1/8,5/8) R305 10k Q301 MUN2111T1 SWITCH VA_PCONT 5.0 -7.3 C304 100u 16V -7.2 5.0 B- 2.8 Q302 2SD1781K-T146-QR -8V SWITCH R335 47k D303 BAS16-03W Q305 MUN2213T1 C337 0.1u B DIGITAL OUT J301 R350 68 1.8 R347 1k 4 Q313 MSD601-RST1 DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL R348 220 C324 1u B 10V C325 100p R365 100k 9.4 0.1 -6.6 5 9.5 R338 10k R332 10k -7.3 1 2 3 1.7 IC304 JS32-TB 3.0 VIN C307 0.22u B R364 33k OPTICAL GND C308 C309 0.1u 47u B 25V C336 1u 10V R306 10k VCC 5 Q305,Q307,Q311 MUTE CONTROL H XLMUTE 18 TO(5/8) R334 10k R345 1k 5.0 C322 1u B XP_AMUTE Q312 BC857CE6327 -7.2 9.5 R336 10k 0.1 Q306 BCR148-E3627 XRMUTE 2.8 D303 BAS16-03W 4-9 C318 220u 16V OPTICAL OUT 9.5 R339 10k 9.4 R333 10k I IC304 R337 47k Q308 DTC124TKA-T146 UNSW-8V-A R308 47k IC303 S-T111B50MC-OHJTFG 5.8 C321 1u B GND-A -7.1 Q311 MSB709-RT1 Q307 DTC124TKA-T146 R307 10k C306 22u 25V 2.5 B+ 4-10 AUDIO OUT AV-106 (3/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. • Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 C401 47u 25V C R409 1k C407 10u 50V R418 100k 4.6 1.5 TU_AUTOP TU_G_MAX TU_AUTOP L405 10uH D1401 BAS16-03W 15 TO(5/8, B+ SONY(EURO) L406 10uH B+ R422 100 R423 R1406 0 100 JL406 VIDEO C456 0.001u AUTO PRESET TU_G_MAX TU_AUTOP AFT C416 0.1u B C414 47u 25V C408 0.1u B 16V 0.1 R414 100k TU_PCONT E 1.9 TU_AFT TU_AFT 24 TO(5/8) R415 27k GND C415 100u 16V C1408 1u B 10V Q407 MUN2213T1 TU_AFT TU_G_MAX Q405 BC847CE6327 AGC R410 100 JL419 R1418 0 C449 10p 50V 1.9 JL404 AUDIO SIGNAL C411 0.1u B C453 0.001u B+ R428 470 JL414 R429 470 JL415 C410 10u 50V Y/CHROMA PB JL418 JL413 C409 0.1u B 50V Y REC 14 15 16 17 C454 0.001u C455 22p C405 0.1u B 50V R1417 0 B+ L404 10uH JL408 L402 10uH R420 100 32.3 30V 10 11 12 JL412 V-OUT R1416 2200 33.6 DK V-IN 4 R475 0 2W JL411 6 GND 1 T1 4.2 OSC 5 4.6 2 B IC401 TK11819MTL L403 1mH JL401 3 L401 10uH NC 9 5V 8 AGC 7 30V REG B+ 16 VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA R1419 0 JL417 6 SDA SCL NC 1 GND IC401 AS 5V -REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES- NC OUT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 15 SIGNAL PATH AERIAL TUNER D 14 IN NC A 13 (TUNER) TU401 0 AV-106 BOARD(4/8) 12 SIF 3 AUDIO OUT 2 1 TU_SCL 6/8,7/8) TU_SDA 16 TO(7/8) TU_R TU_L Q1402 MSD601-RST1 SIF AMP R1402 1500 2.0 C1409 C1410 0.1u 10u B 50V 1.4 C1412 R1410 0.1u 2200 B C1411 3.3u 50V 4.0 -we3.7 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 SC1_IN_R SC1_IN_L NC NC NC AGNDC AHVSS CAPL_M 2.3 44 VREFTOP 2.6 B+ C1414 10u 50V MONO_IN Q1401 MSB709-RT1 2.3 R1407 680 R1401 1k JL1404 F R1411 2200 2.1 4.6 JL1402 B+ AVSS TUDV 2 1 10 ADR_SEL 11 STANDBYQ Q403 MSD601-RT1 BUFFER J TP_CO DVSUP DVSS TP RESETQ 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 R411 100 0.6 TU_VIDEO B+ R405 1k L1401 10uH R1408 100 R1409 100 4-11 NC NC D1400 BAS16-03W B+ R1412 120k C1413 0.1u B C1402 0.1u B Note : TUNER C1418 1u B JL1405 R407 1k C1401 47u 25V AV-106 (4/8) 3.9 4.6 R412 100 1.2 JL1403 17 TO(6/8) 2.3 JL1407 0.6 4.6 Q401 BC847CE6327 JL403 BUFFER TP 1.2 TP 4.6 JL402 DACM_R C1419 1u B R1403 1k TP C1453 1u B 4.6 TP R1452 100k ± 0.5% R1454 39k ± 0.5% SDA 4.6 VOUT R1453 270k ± 0.5% DACM_L VREF2 4.6 C452 0.1u C1452 0.1u B 16V 1.2 VREF1 NC 4.6 I 5.1 IC1401 MSP3417G-QG-B8V3 SCL R1451 1k 1 33 9 3 5 32 ADJ D_CTR_I/O_00 4 B+ SC1_OUT_R 31 8 D_CTR_I/O_1 5.7 IC402 PQ1MX55M2SPQ GND-T VIN H UNSW6V-T EURO MSP 30 7 TP GND 06 TO(1/8) C1404 2p 50V C1405 2p 50V IC1401 29 6 2.1 XTAL_OUT B+ B+ X1401 18.432MHz 2.3 JL1406 28 5 2.2 XTAL_IN 5V REG SC1_OUT_L C1417 0.1u B 27 4 TESTN IC402 C1407 56p 50V NC 26 3 1.5 ANA_IN- C1403 56p 50V AHVSUP 4.6 25 2 1.5 ANA_IN+ 24 1 AVSUP CONT G C1416 47u 25V 4.6 23 C1406 0.1u B JL1401 SIF AMP 4-12 C1415 0.22u B The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. • Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board. 2 3 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 12 13 4 15 16 17 18 19 TU_AFT TU_AFT TU_G_MAX B+ R1625 10k R638 0 DIMMER R1610 100 5.1 R630 100 RISM_STATUS5_2 R610 100 1.2 JL613 JL614 JL615 JL616 C652 0.1u B JL657 R615 4700 R616 4700 TU_SCL TU_SDA R635 100 R636 100 STB_TXD R637 510 POWER FAIL DET IC601 S-80952CNMC-G9NT2G S2SW LED_RST KEY0 LED_STB FLD_STB KEY2 FSW R681 10k JL630 R651 100 0.1u B 16V C633 0.1u B 16V C634 0.1u B 16V C635 0.1u B 16V R665 100 R667 100 R670 10k P05(FL_PCONTt) 5.1 P06(AREA6T) 5.1 P07(AREA5T) 5.1 AN1(TU_G_MAX_2T) 0 AN2(TU_AFT_2T) 0 AN3(BS_C/N_DETT) 0 AN4(KEY3T) 5.1 AN5(KEY2T) 5.1 AN6(KEY1T) 5.1 AN7(KEY0T) 5.1 P00(FLD_STBt) 4.9 P01(LED_STBt) 5.1 P02(LED_XRESETt) 5.1 P03(S2SWT) 5.1 P04(FR_PCONTt) CVIN1 1.7 VDD3 5.1 TEST2 C627 0.1u B 16V R642 2200 IC601 R639 2200 R623 0 C619 0.01u B 25V RESET5V C620 47p 50V C621 0.1u B 16V C622 47p 50V C623 0.1u B 16V ITSCK5 LED_DT 9 LED_RST 10 LED_CK 11 LED_STB 12 FLD_STB 13 KEY0 14 KEY1 15 KEY2 TO FR-257 BOARD CN3003 THROUGH THE FAR-005 FFC (SEE PAGE 4-24) JL631 C624 47p 50V K Q611 MUN2211T1 The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. ITSCK5 C639 0.1u B 16V JL661 R692 2200 R693 2200 R685 100 R686 100 R501 0 JL502 JL503 ITREQ5 JL504 RISM_RTS_0 JL505 JL663 ITSDI5 JL506 JL664 XITRST5 JL507 JL665 ITSDO5 JL508 JL509 JL633 JL634 JL635 XP_VMUTE DIAG JL510 NISE_TX JL511 NISE_RX JL512 R1624 10k JL513 IC604 S-24CS04AFJ-TB-G R608 10k C641 0.1u 16V B 4 VCC NC WP NC SCL NC SDA VSS JL514 JL515 5.1 JL516 JL654 5.1 JL517 UNSW6V-R JL518 5.1 JL519 JL520 5.1 JL521 UNSW5V-R JL522 C642 47u 16V JL523 IC604 JL524 JL525 EEPROM UNSW3V JL526 JL527 11 JL528 TO(1/8) JL530 JL531 JL533 JL534 JL535 JL536 R1621 33k 5.1 B+ 5.1 R1613 22k Q614 MSD601-RST1 1 21 TO(7/8) 42P RISM STATUS 5_2 2 ITSCK5 3 RISM STATUS 5_1 4 ITREQ5 5 RISM_RTS_0 6 ITSDI5 7 ITRST5 8 ITSD05 9 PCONT 10 DGND 11 DIAG 12 TX 13 RX 14 NC 15 UNSW6V 16 UNSW6V 17 UNSW6V 18 UNSW6V 19 SW5V 20 SW5V 21 SW5V 22 SW5V 23 UNSW3V 24 UNSW3V 25 UNSW3V 26 UNSW3V 27 SW3.4VC 28 SW3.4VC 29 SW3.4VC 30 SW3.4VC 31 VDEC3.3V 32 VDEC3.3V 33 VDEC3.3V 34 VDEC3.3V 35 UNSW4V 36 UNSW4V 37 UNSW4V UNSW4V 38 UNSW4V GND-R 39 GND 40 GND 41 GND 42 GND JL537 R1609 150k 4.6 20 TO(3/8,7/8) CN501 JL501 RISM_STATUS5_1 JL632 SYNCRO_DET XP_AMUTE RISM_STATUS5_2 IR_BUSY JL660 VDEC3.3V 2.6 18 TO(3/8) FSW EURO_INT IR_INT JL659 P43 (SYNCHRO_DETT) Q612 MSB709-RT1 4.6 XP_AMUTE AVLINK R648 0 JL658 JL666 HDET R668 0 R661 100 R1630 470 INSEL_PCONT R666 0 JL629 JL628 JL627 JL662 JL626 JL625 JL624 EURO_INT RESET5V JL532 4.5 Q613 MSD601-RST1 5.1 XP_VMUTE (HX825) R671 100K 0 VSYNC SW3.4VC 4.6 ITSDI5 HDET JL653 R664 100 5.1 SYNCIN FSW JL644 19 TO(6/8) SVREF JL642 R659 10K R699 10k R1603 10k INSEL_PCONT CVIN1 XP_AMUTE JL643 3/8) S2SW XP_VMUTE VSYNC 4 TO(1/8 VA_PCONT SYNCRO_DET VSYNC EURO_INT R1628 100k R646 10k JL636 ITSDO5 Note : JL681 SIRCS_5V 8 SVREF TU_PCONT JL639 JL667 D608 BAS16-03W RESET5V STB_RXD KEY2 JL529 STB_TXD STB_TXD IR_BUSY JL680 STB_RXD STB_RXD IR_INT C607 47u 16V JL679 KEY1 SIRCS 7 HDET R654 100 FAN_HI 22 TO(8/8) JL617 C604 0.1u B 16V KEY0 FR_5V 6 SYNCIN (HX825) TH601 C656 0.1u B 16V FLD_STB R696 0 JL678 LED_DIM 5 TU_AUTOP R652 100 R643 10k FAN_CONT B+ PCONT IR_INT IR_BUSY P34(INSEL6t) 0 P35(INSEL2t) 0 P36(INSEL1t) 0 P37(INSEL_3t) 5.1 P40(XP_VMUTEt) 5.1 P41(AREA1T) 0 P42 (AREA0T) C626 0.1u 16V B R1623 0 GND-V JL641 JL619 B+ R611 10k JL609 R644 100 R647 470 R649 100 R1629 470 N.C. 5 1 GND UNSW5V-I GND VSS P30(INSEL4t) 5.1 VCC2 5.1 P31(XEEP_WP) 5.1 P32(EEP_SCL) 5.1 P33(EEP_SDA) RISM_STATUS5_1 B+ 2 R1622 0 PCONT VDD N.C. JL610 I J 5.7 C601 0.01u B 3 B+ UNSW6V-I PCONT P27(INSEL5t) M306H5MC-C36FP P73() 0 TA1OUT(AVLINK_OUTt) 4.5 SCL2(TU_SCL_1) 4.6 SDA2(TU_SDA_1) FAN_HI VOUT R965 0 JL677 FL_POW 6V 4 CVIN1 JL652 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 5.0 05 TO(1/8) IC603 P74(V-SYNC_OUTt) FAN_CONT 4 FAN_HI IT CONTROLLER P75() C618 47u 16V C602 0.0047u 50V FAN_CONT P24(BS_COR_DETT) 0 P25(BS_BST_CONTt) 3 P26(BS_BIT_SWT) TA3IN(JUST_CLK_2T) 0.1 P76(RISM_STATUS2t) R620 10k FAN_DET IC603 VSS * XIN 5.1 VCC1 5.1 _NMI 5.1 _INT2(INT_RTCT) 0 _INT1(IT_REQT) 0.3 _INT0(SLICET) 5.1 P81(IT_XRSTt) 5.1 TA4OUT(DIMMERt) TO(4/8,6/8,7/8) H R694 0 JL676 LED_STB 8 X603 32.76kHz C654 4p CLOCK GEN FAN_DET FLD_CLK 3 INSEL_PCONT VA_PCONT 7 R614 10k XITRST5 0.5 IC605 15 R688 0 JL675 6 13 R628 470 R629 0 ITREQ5 C653 3p R627 10k AVCC 5.1 VREF 5.1 AN0(TU_G_MAX_1T) 1.5 AVSS 2 C617 0.1u 16V B 14 15 C614 3p CH 50V 0.2 G LED_RST 5 VSS 2 P23(BS_CONV_CONTt) R683 10k JL637 1 CIN C657 0.1u B 16V P10 5.1 (AREA4T) 5.0 P11(VA_PCONTt) 2 XINTR XVDCC R687 0 JL674 IT_GND S2SW 3 8 7 5.1 FLD_DATA 15P IT_GND 2 SYNCRO_DET 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 NC NC R679 10k P47(HDET_2T) 5.1 P46 (INSEL_PCONTt) 5.1 P45(XP_AMUTE) P44 (SLICE_V_SWt) 0.3 5 6 OSCOUT SDA 12 SCL 4.6 C651 R1626 C655 1k 0.1u B 1000u 10V 11 OSCIN 10 4 F NC CLKOUT 4.5 5.1 R626 0 X602 10MHz 9 2 3 JL656 VDD VSB R2.6/P1.8 5.1 C613 5p CH 50V P57/CLKOUT(CLKOUTt) 5.0 P56(PCONTt) 0 P55(FAN_DETT) 5.1 P54(FAN_ONOFFt) 0 P53(FAN_SPEEDt) * P52(P_FAILT) 5.0 P51(HDET_1T) 0 _CE VCC NC JL655 R609 100k P61(RISM_STATUS3T) 0 P60(RISM_STATUS1T) R2051S03-E2-F IC605 JL640 ITSCK5 (HX825) P21(BS_PCONTt) 5.1 P22(BS_DEC_SWt) R669 10k ITSDO5 JL608 VSS3 ANEX1 (TU_AFT1T) 1.8 TEST3 1 JL607 B+ P20(BS_VOL_DETT) XCOUT 5.1 _RESET 1.8 XOUT R619 10k 11 JL684 R633 100 RISM_RTS_0 10 C616 0.1u B 16V ITSDI5 JL623 SH_RXD2 CEVISCK5 JL606 ITSCK5 9 JL605 ITSDO5 8 R624 100 10k JL604 ITSDI5 M2 SH_TXD2 JL673 JL672 P12(TU_PCONT_2t) 0.1 P13(AUTO_PRESET_1t) 5.1 P14(TU_PCONTt) 1.9 _INT3(NC) 0.1 _INT4(SYNC_V_2T) 5.0 _INT5(SYNC_V_1T) JL621 7 R632 100 R621 4.2 ANEX0(ONDOT) 5.1 RMTIN(SIRCSINT) 5.1 JSTIN(JUST_CLK/AVLINK_INT) 0 SOUT3(FLD_DATAt) 0 SIN3(FLD_INt) 5.1 CLK3(FLD_CLKt) 0 BYTE 0 CNVSS 2.6 XCIN VSS2 0.9 LP2 1.7 LP3 1.2 LP4 5.1 VDD2 2.6 TEST1 0 M1 0.3 SLICEON R4.7/P0.1 TXD1(IT_SOUT) R0/P4.4 RXD1(IT_SIN) 4.9 CLK1(IT_SCLK) 4.4 P64(MONITORt) 5.1 SDA0(TU_SDA_2/TXDt) 4.9 SCL0(TU_SCL_2/RXDT) CNVSS R617 10k R613 10k FLD_CLK B+ 1 E 6 R604 47k JL603 CN602 1 VA_PCONT JL620 XIT_RST 1 JL602 3 5 R631 100 4 4 UN5V R622 10k FLD_DATA R1638 100 5 IT_GND JL601 6 3 JL612 7 2 JL682 R1637 100 NISE_TX JL683 NISE_RX 8 TX RX SIRCS 9 1 R618 15k ± 0.5% 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 (FOR CHECK) DIAG C615 0.1u B 16V DIAG 16 D R1636 100 SIRCS R684 0 24 TO(8/4) TU_PCONT 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 Q601 MUN2213T1 SWITCH 11P JL670 JL671 (HX820) R672 10k C631 0.001u B 50V C632 JL622 5.1 CN601 TU_G_MAX SVREF JL611 R1633 1k 0.1 C JL669 DIMMER B+ Q616 2SB1197K-T-146-R FR6V SWITCH R655 100 R606 10k 5.0 JL638 C650 0.1u B PS602 0.63A 5.7 SVREF 1.2 SYNCIN 1.7 START 5.1 P97(TEST3_CONTt) B+ C646 680p C625 B 0.1u B 16V R1632 10k 5.7 C629 0.1u B 16V C628 C630 0.47u 0.47u B B 10V 10V R645 10k B R1627 0 TU_AUTOP TU_PCONT JL668 R674 10k R675 10k R676 10k R677 10k R678 100k R697 10k R698 10k R656 1k R658 100 R659 100 R660 100 R662 100 R663 100 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE SYNCIN -REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES- CVIN1 TU_AFT IT CONTROLLER KEY1 B+ FAN_DET A TU_G_MAX TU_AUTOP AV-106 BOARD(5/8) 20 TO RD-064 BOARD (5/8) CN606 (SEE PAGE 4-XX) 4.8 0 Q611-615 AV LINK R1602 10k R1604 10k R1601 10k R1614 10k 0 C649 0.1u B 16V Q615 MSD601-RST1 L 4-13 4-14 IT CONTROLLER AV-106 (5/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. • Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board. 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 AV-106 BOARD(6/8) A VIDEO IN/OUT C C Y/G Y/G Y Y/CHROMA AUDI O SIGNAL REC CB/B CB/B PB CR/R CR/R B VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA Y Y 23 TO(7/8) SIGNAL PATH NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE -REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES- L3B L3B L3G L3G L3RC L3RC TV_VIDE 17 TO(4/8) VY_AD C706 0.1u B AU2INL C707 0.1u B AU2INR JL702 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Y/G L3RC L3RC R740 22 C728 1u B 1.3 IC701 B+ -3.3V REG CB/B Q710 MSD601-RST1 D704 1SR154-400TE-25 UNSW5V-V B+ JL750 R1736 10k 5V SWITCH 1 R1735 470 0.1 JL751 3 R716 100k B- -5.8 VEE GND VEE -1.2 C701 47u 25V -3.3 CONT -5.8 5.1 K VOUT 2 1 TO(1/8) CR/R 2.9 3.2 1.5 5.0 1.8 2.5 1.5 5.0 VCC(C) C748 0.1u B JL715 R779 75 C762 0.1u B 0.4 1 C749 0.1u B 1.3 0.4 C750 0.1u B 5.0 0 -3.3 0 C751 0.1u B JL731 2 C714 47u 25V R780 75 VIDEO IN/OUT AV-106 (6/8) C774 1u B 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 C730 22u 25V C733 C772 C734 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u B B B C735 0.1u B C738 0.1u B C740 0.1u B C744 47u 25V R799 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 C745 47u 25V R785 0uH RECCCR R791 0uH R1722 0 R1721 0 R1718 0 8 6 B+ JL714 JL749 0.7 B- 7 C717 47u 25V 4-16 J703 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT P R/ CR JL748 C775 47u 25V 4-15 4 1 JL733 0.7 R753 2200 C715 0.1u B JL732 2 JL734 GND-V Q716 MUN2213T1 SWITCH 3 1 B+ 1.3 Q711 MSD601-RST1 C718 0.1u B 2 S VIDEO D728 STZ6.8N-T146 R744 22 C716 47u 25V R798 0 D721 STZ6.8N-T146 -0.1 VIDEO R776 75 NP C703 0.01u B D724 STZ6.8N-T146 D714 STZ6.8N-T146 Cb VCC(CVBS) CVBS1 2.5VREGFIL C5 5.0 R772 10k L JL728 JL747 R715 47k 4.3 Q715 2SB1197K-T-146-R C747 0.1u B 0.4 L704 10uH 5.0 6 5.1 -3.3 R795 0 R752 2200 BIC701 TK72233CMCL-G 22uH 5 L701 5.0 4 D703 1SR154-400TE-25 UNSW-8V-V RECVY 5.0 R742 1.3 22 J C746 0.1u B 0.7 R751 2200 VIDEO5V 3.2 D715 STZ6.8N-T146 2 5 JL754 D731 STZ6.8N-T146 1 Cr OUT AUDI O R1709 0 C720 47u 25V C721 47u 25V 5.0 Q709 MSD601-RST1 1.2 VCC- SLICE OUT R1710 0 B+ CVBS2 AGC CTL 3.2 D732 STZ6.8N-T146 0.7 R750 2200 L3G L3G I R738 1.3 22 L3B L3B L702 10uH 1.5 Cb OUT 1.3 RECVY VCC+ AGC IN B+ L703 10uH 5.0 Q708 MSD601-RST1 4VREGFIL Y/CVBS/Cy/Cb OUT2 Y RECVY 5.0 C-Y OUT R JL726 0 D702 STZ6.8N-T146 RECCCR RECCCR CVBS3 OFFSET CTL2 VDET2FIL 5.0 17 TO(2/8) 1.5 S-Y OUT VDET2 OUT 0.7 H ADR GND VDET2 IN R749 2200 B- CVBS4 C_SYNC2 OUT 1.3 C C 1.5 C OUT LINE 2 OUT J702 JL724 3.2 R1717 75 R1716 75 R747 75 1.6 VCC+ GND(I2C) 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 5.0 2.8 R736 22 C Y Y C722 10u 50V 2.0 IC702 LA73036M-TBA- E SDATA 1 G CB/B 0.8 VCCCVBS OUT 1 R1707 0 Y CB/B C726 1u B VIDEO IN/OUT SCLOCK (HXD760:Australian) 2 C G 0.3 Q707 MSD601-RST1 Y/G 0 VCC(I2C) GND(C) C752 0.1u B 2 G Y/G 0 R761 4700 IC702 JL753 Cr IN Q707-711 BUFFER CR/R CR/R R1720 10k VDET1 OUT Cr MUTE 4.6 TU_SDA D SEL VDET1 IN 3.2 0.7 15 TO(4/8,5/8,7/8) 4.5 TU_SCL C_SYNC OUT 5.1 5.0 C725 0.1u B F C2 Cb IN HDET V_SYNC OUT VCC- 5.0 WIDE SEL1 0.7 4.4 GND(SYNC-SEP) C-Y IN 4.5 R755 1k R1719 10k C3 0.5 JL752 XP_VMUTE 13 TO(3/8) AUOUTR WIDE SEL2 Y5 -3.3 5.0 VSYNC VDET1FIL VCC+ 1.5 S-Y IN SYNCRO_DET 3.1 C724 0.1u B 5.0 C723 0.1u B R760 10k GND Q705 BC857CE6327 0.5 D701 BAS16-03W OFFSET CTL1 R714 680k C743 0.1u B C4 C IN R713 10k ± 0.5% 12 TO(2/8, 3/8, 7/8) R1738 0 Y4 VCC+ JL701 1.5 0.7 INSEL_PCONT C704 0.1u B R729 22k 0.7 C709 0.1u B C702 0.1u B AUGND C742 0.1u B 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 R733 0 5.0 1.9 GND(CVBS) C713 47u 16V R728 39k 2.6 5.0 R702 0 CVBS IN C705 1u B JL712 R726 470 CVBS5 R1714 470 SVREF 1.7 R712 33k ± 0.5% C739 0.1u B AUOUTL VCC- R1715 0 C737 0.1u B B+ 1.5 R705 0 R719 1600 ± 0.5% C736 0.1u B C741 0.1u B B+ -2.6 S2SW CVIN1 19 TO(5/8) R718 6800 ± 0.5% 5.0 SYNCIN E JL711 Cy JL710 1 VCC(Y) Q702,705 SLICE GND R2 IN D C727 0.1u B Q702 MSD601-RST1 JL709 C729 0.1u B C/Cr OUT 2 -3.3 3 C731 C732 C719 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u B B B 1.5 L2 IN AU GND (SEE PAGE 4-21) C708 0.1u B C712 0.1u B JL708 Y2 4 GND(Y) AU GND AGCFIL2 THROUGH THE FA-118 HARNESS C711 0.1u B JL707 CVBS/Cb OUT 5 2.7 V2 IN JL705 JL706 1.4 6 1.5 7 S1/S2 DET C2 IN AN GND GND TO FL-166 BOARD CN3101 C753 0.1u B JL755 8 JL704 5.0 AN GND C710 0.1u B JL703 Y3 9 VCC(SYNC-SEP) 10 Y2 IN Y/CVBS/Cy/Cb OUT S2 SW AGCFIL1 C 10P 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 CN701 P B/ CB Y RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board. 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 JL801 A TU_SDA JL803 AV-106 BOARD(7/8) B+ IC801 TK11250CMCL-G H B+ 12 R1801 0 FB810 0uH FB811 0uH AUGND B- TO(2/8, 6/8) R802 100k B+ C805 1u B R819 100 DA-R R825 100 AU2INR C807 1u B J R809 R805 100k R807 100k R810 C809 1u B C817 0.1u B 1 5.0 0 0 C818 0.1u B R827 100 2 0 ASW4 100 3 0 0.2 ASW3 R808 100k R806 100k AU2INL 100 0 7 TO(3/8) R822 100 R823 100 DA-L 5 ASW2 14 4 0 R4.9 P0.2 R0 P4.6 6 ASW1 8 TU_R 9 TO(4/8) 0 R835 100k R836 100k 4.9 0 0 ASW5 0 ASW6 0 AUX_L_OUT TU_L_IN AUX_R_OUT TU_R_IN FS_AUX_IN ASW1 AUX_L_IN ASW2 AUX_R_IN DA_L_IN FS_L1_IN DA_R_IN L1_L_IN ASW3 L1_R_IN ASW4 GND -5V L1_L_OUT L4_L_IN L1_R_OUT L4_R_IN +12V +5V FS_AUX_OUT L2_L_IN FS_L1_OUT L2_R_IN AD_L_OUT ASW5 AD_R_OUT ASW6 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 R820 100 R821 100 TU_L 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 TUDV 0 C843 1u B 0 0.3 0 R860 100 R889 100k 1 2 3 D809 STZ6.8N-T146 2 1 3 FB814 0uH 2 1 D811 STZ6.8N-T146 2 1 FB819 0 IC802 0 C863 1u B 10V JL811 JL810 42 JL813 JL814 JL815 JL812 40 V/Y_OUT 41 39 GND(E) 38 GND(E) 17 JL816 37 BLANKING_IN BLANKING_OUT 16 JL817 36 R/C_OUT 15 35 R_IN GND(E) 14 34 GND(E) 13 JL818 33 N.C. JL819 12 32 G_OUT 31 AVLINK 11 JL820 10 30 GND(E) 9 JL821 29 FUNCTION_SW_IN FUNCTION_SW_OUT 8 JL822 28 27 BI/CO BO/CI GND(E) V_IN GND(E) V_IN GND(E) 20 21 JL827 V/Y_OUT 19 JL828 GND(E) 18 JL829 JL832 GND(E) GND(E) JL833 JL834 N.C. G_IN AVLINK JL835 A(L)IN GND(E) JL836 D825 UDZSTE-176.2B 3 3 0uH D812 STZ6.8N-T146 R898 470 R0.3 P4.5 JL837 C854 100p 50V D810 STZ6.8N-T146 R863 100 0 LINE1-TV C853 100p 50V C844 1u B R888 100k D808 STZ6.8N-T146 LINE3/ DECODER D816 UDZSTE-176.2B D817 UDZSTE-1713B FB812 0uH FB813 0uH IC802 BD3826FS 16 D821 NNCD3.9F-T1 FB808 0uH FB809 0uH L3B JL838 R873 0 L3G JL839 L3RC JL842 VY_AD JL840 FB824 0uH C839 100p CN805 R852 75 ASW1 ASW2 ASW3 ASW4 ASW5 ASW6 C866 C865 47u 0.1u B 25V 16V 42P C838 0.1u B JL841 R887 0 R886 0 C836 0.1u B GND-V C813 100u 10V A(L)IN 1.3 B+ R843 0 B+ C816 0.1u B G 7 D828 UDZSTE-176.2B D824 STZ6.8N-T146 2.8 24 R4.9 P0.2 0.6 0.6 R0 P4.7 4.9 0.6 0 0.6 14 JL823 R897 470 UNSW12V-A L803 47uH JL824 0uH FB818 C862 1u B 10V Q807 RJK005N03-T146 SWITCH 6 JL809 D820 STZ6.8N-T146 26 JL806 D807 STZ6.8N-T146 FB817 0uH GND(E) R870 75 C850 220p GND(E) JL808 C846 220p 3 5 JL805 R878 0 R842 1M 0.1 2 1 GND(A) R869 75 0.5 FB816 0uH C849 220p 25 R875 100k JL807 C845 220p JL825 R874 100k 24 C861 1u B 10V 0.1 D819 STZ6.8N-T146 JL826 JL804 D806 STZ6.8N-T146 23 R866 75 R867 100k 2 FB815 0uH R896 470 Q808 DTA114TKA-T146 SWITCH 0.6 GND(A) 0.6 R868 75 3 22 0.6 2 1 0.5 C841 * 47u 25V R859 100k 0.6 3 D805 NNCD3.9F-T1 4 26 R862 100k 2 1 A(L)OUT 25 0 D804 NNCD3.9F-T1 A(L)OUT 23 1.5 FB807 0uH C856 100p 50V 3 22 C840 0.1u B C855 100p 50V A(R)IN 21 4.9 3 A(R)OUT 20 0.6 R865 75 2 1 A(R)IN 19 L1_C 18 ADR 17 L1_CVBS/Y 16 ASW1 15 B UNSW6V-A G C804 1u B 10V FS1 ASW2 ASW5 AVCC1 TU_CVBS R/C_OUT_to_L1 R/C ASW6 G_OUT_to_L1 C867 0.1u B 16V 3 D803 STZ6.8N-T146 A(R)OUT 39 38 B_OUT_to_L1 ENC_B AGND1 9 10 VREF ASW3 0 FS2 CVBS/Y_OUT_to_INPUT_AD C824 0.1u B R804 2200 36 37 CVBS/Y_OUT_to_L1 R864 68 1 2 2 IC803 BH7626KS2 ENC_G 33 PARALLEL1 32 AVCC2 31 C_OUT_to_AUX 34 EURO VIDEO IN/OUT ENC_R 1.5 D802 STZ6.8N-T146 D814 UDZSTE-176.2B D815 UDZSTE-1713B FB805 0uH FB806 0uH R861 75 D818 NNCD3.9F-T1 FB801 0uH FB802 0uH 1 FSL1 AGND2 1.3 35 IC803 FB803 0uH FB804 0uH C842 0.1u B C830 100p JL830 1.3 AUX_R/C TEST1 CVBS/Y_OUT_to_AUX ENC_C 21 TO(5/8) JL831 R854 75 1.9 1.4 4.9 AUX_G INT SCL DVCC1 1.9 4.6 4.6 SDA 1.3 DVCC2 ENC_CVBS FB ALL_MUTE C828 0.1u B C829 0.1u B C834 0.1u B AUX_CVBS/Y FS_AUX 0.2 TO(1/8) R872 0 ENC_Y ASW4 1.8 11 0 12 C825 100u 10V 1.6 13 C823 0.1u B -4.9 D801 UDZSTE-175.6B 40 DGND1 1.8 -5.6 02 41 2.0 CB/B F 42 30 Y/G Q801 MSB709-RT1 SWITCH UNSW-8V-V 43 29 2 3 7 C822 0.1u B AU2INL -7.3 44 0.1 8 VY_AD AU2INL 45 DGND2 1.6 AU2INR AU2INR 46 28 CR/R L3RC VY_AD 5 C821 0.1u B R839 10k L3G L3RC 47 2.8 6 L3B L3B L3G 48 R871 0 27 C Y/G CB/B TO(6/8) E C819 0.1u B 4 CR/R CB/B 49 EURO_INT AVLINK 0.3 C Y/G 50 R858 75 1.8 Y CR/R 51 4.9 C833 47u 25V C820 0.1u B Y 23 1 FSW 52 L1_FB_OUT C 0 C826 47u 25V 0 B+ B+ C C835 0.1u B C803 10u 50V 0 B+ R841 100 R844 75 VOUT R840 220 4 3 NP C801 0.01u B Y C832 0.1u B R845 75 5V REG B 5.0 1.4 6 GND 5 1 GND VIN C837 0.1u B IC801 5.8 VCONT 2 5.8 AUX_B C802 10u 50V 1.3 D 20 TO(2/8,5/8) FSW NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE K 5/8,6/8) EURO IN/OUT -REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES- I 15 TO(4/8, TU_SCL JL802 R876 100k C847 220p FB820 0uH C851 220p C848 220p C852 220p D822 STZ6.8N-T146 2 1 3 EURO AUDIO IN/OUT R877 100k 0 0 11.9 JL843 C827 0.1u B C864 1u B 10V B+ FB821 0uH R899 470 R0.5 P11.3 R879 0 D813 STZ6.8N-T146 D823 STZ6.8N-T146 D827 STZ6.8N-T146 FB822 0uH 0 EU-AU-OUT-L 0 R803 100k R828 100 EU-AU-OUT-R C810 1u B 09 TO(2/8) SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL REC PB 4-17 4-18 EURO IN/OUT AV-106 (7/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. • Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board. 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 AV-106 BOARD(8/8) (RDR-HX825) RESET5V M30263M6A-1547U5 3 VREF 4 AVcc D 0 0 0 0 0 0 E P8.5/ NMI/SD P8.4INT2/ ZP P8.3/INT1 P8.2/INT0 P8.1TA4IN /U P8.0/TA4IN /U P7.7/TA3IN 42 41 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 P7.0/TxD1/SDA2/ TA0OUT/CTS1/ RTS1/CLKS1 P7.1/RxD2/SCL2 /TA0IN/CLK1 P7.2/CLK2/ TA1OUT/V/RxD1 P7.3/CTS2/RTS2 /TA1IN/V/TxD1 P7.4/TA2OUT /W P7.5TA2IN/W P7.6/TA3OUT 0 0 0 0 22 TO(5/8) 0 0 0 IR_INT 0 4.9 R1139 10k 4.9 R1140 10k 4.9 R1141 10k 30 P6.5/CLK1 P6.7/TxD1 IR_BUSY 0 JL912 P6.4/CTS1/RTS1/ CTS0/CLKS1 P6.6/RxD1 0 29 11 12 13 VCC P1.7/INT5/ IDU R1144 1k JL902 STB_RXD JL901 5.1 STB_TXD 0 IC1103 0 0 0 R1105 1k R1142 0 JL903 0 0 JL904 Vcc B 4.9 3 R1148 150 4.9 R1106 2200 0 A V GND 0 R1110 4.9 1k IC1103 SN74AHC1G00DCKR R1143 0 B+ Q1104 2SB1561T100Q SWITCH B+ COMPARATOR 2 0 14 4.9 XIN 15 C1111 0.1u B 2.3 16 X1101 16MHz RESET VSS 17 C1110 15p P8.6/XCOUT XOUT 18 C1109 15p 2.4 19 5.1 R1108 680 20 11 21 C 10 9 0 P1.6/INT4/ IDW 0 28 JL911 P8.7/XCIN P1.5/INT3/ ADTRG/IDV 27 0 R1103 1k P10.7/AN7/ KI3 26 6 7 CNVss P10.6/AN6/ KI2 25 JL910 0 P9.0/TB0IN/ AN30/CLKOUT P10.5/AN5/ KI1 24 JL909 0 8 JL908 R1116 100k P9.1/TB1/ AN31 P10.4/AN4/KI0 23 5 0 JL906 R1133 4700 R1134 4700 P10.3/AN3 22 B+ JL905 JL907 P10.2/AN2 40 1 2 P10.0/AN0 4.9 R1147 4700 B AVss 0 R1101 1k P10.1/AN1 5 IC1102 IR CONT C1104 470p B R1132 150 4.9 4 IC1102 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 1 A IR-CONT -REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES- R1107 150 B+ SW5V-S F C1103 1u B R1111 1k AV-106 (8/8) R1115 0 R1120 1k JL913 JL914 JL915 J1101 GND R1146 0 7 TO(1/8) G-LINK GND-T IR-CONT D1103 STZ6.8N-T146 4-19 4-20 RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board. 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 9 8 10 13 14 15 16 G D3104 STZ6.8N-T146 R3104 0 2W LINE IN 2 JL3106 2 1 3 JL3107 JL3108 2 JL3109 R3105 0 2W F2 IC P1 P2 IC P3 P4 IC P5 IC P6 P7 IC P8 IC IC P9 P11 P10 IC P12 IC P14 P15 IC P16 P13 JL3168 JL3167 SEG1 JL3157 JL3156 SEG2 JL3155 JL3154 SEG3 SEG5 SEG4 JL3153 JL3152 JL3151 JL3150 JL3149 SEG6 JL3148 SEG7 JL3147 JL3146 SEG8 JL3145 JL3144 SEG9 GRD9 GRD8 GRD7 SEG10 JL3142 JL3143 GRD6 SEG11 JL3141 GRD5 JL3140 GRD4 JL3139 SEG12 GRD3 JL3138 SEG13 GRD2 JL3137 JL3136 SEG14 JL3135 SEG15 JL3133 JL3134 SG10 GRD11 GRD12 C3121 150p CH SEG16 SEG15 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10 SG9 SG8 SG7 SG6 K2 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 SG11 K1 Y2 IN 8 AN GND 7 C2 IN 6 AN GND 5 V2 IN 4 AU GND 3 L2 IN 2 AU GND 1 R2 IN TO AV-106 BOARD (6/8) CN701 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B+ SEG9 9 SEG8 C3117 0.01u B 16V S2 SW SEG7 JL3105 Y R3102 75 SG12 STB SEG6 C F SG13 CLK SEG5 G JL3104 1 3 SG14 SEG4 JL3103 SG15 DIN SEG3 10 SG16 CSP(CHIP SIZE PACKAGE) IC DOUT GRD10 10P JL3101 JL3102 R3101 75 OSC SEG2 CN3101 2 VEE PT6315 IC3101 SG5 1 D3102 STZ6.8N-T146 3 GR12 LED4 VSS 11 10 SDL301 FL DRIVER GR11 LED3 SG4 9 FLSTB SDL302 IC3101 LED2 SG3 8 LECK LED1 GR10 SG2 6 7 LEDT S VIDEO IN SEG16 GRD1 3 5 R3116 100k JL3129 4 B+ D D3103 STZ6.8N-T146 IC IC GRD12 1 JL3127 2 R3115 27k B+ R3103 0 2W JL3132 JL3131 JL3130 JL3125 JL3124 GRD10 JL3123 GRD9 JL3122 JL3121 GRD8 GRD11 C3120 150p CH JL3126 JL3128 J3101 GR9 9 GR8 5 GR7 8 JL3111 GR6 6 D3109 1SS355TE-17 GR5 7 Q3102 2SC2411K-T-146-CR GR4 4 5.6 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 GR3 1 C3114 22u 50V GR2 3 D3108 1SS355TE-17 52 C3116 0.01u B 16V C3115 0.1u B 50V 2012 GR1 10 C3113 0.1u B 50V 2012 SG1 0 2 B+ SEG1 C3106 100u 16V B- JL3110 D3111 1SS355TE-17 VDD 5.6 VDD D3110 1SS355TE-17 T3101 DC/DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMER VSS 0 C3110 0.0068u 200V E 12G 11G 10G IC 9G 8G IC 7G IC 5G 4G IC 3G 2G 6G JL3120 JL3119 GRD7 JL3118 GRD6 JL3117 JL3116 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 GRD5 GRD4 JL3115 9 B+ Q3101 2SC2411K-T-146-CR R3111 3300 C 8 JL3114 JL3112 GRD1 Q3101,Q3102 OSC L3101 100uH D3112 UDZS-TE17-6.2B : Voltage measurement of the CSP IC and the Transistors with mark,is not possible. 7 GRD2 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE B 6 5 JL3113 1 GRD3 F1 FL DRIVER,LINE2 IN,POWER SW 1G FL-166 BOARD -REF.NO.: 30,000 SERIES- C3118 0.1u B THROUGH THE FA-118 HARNESS B- (SEE PAGE 4-15) B+ VIDEO G 12 (FLUORESCENT INDICATION TUBE) ND3101 A 11 R3108 75 1 R3109 0 2W AUDIO L (MONO) 3 D3105 STZ6.8N-T146 2 CN3102 8P JL3158 AUDIO R FB3101 0uH FB3102 0uH LECK D3106 3 STZ6.8N-T146 2 1 D3107 STZ6.8N-T146 B+ 1 3 FLSTB JL3160 LEDT JL3161 JL3162 JL3163 2 SIGNAL PATH H POWER VIDEO SIGNAL C3103 220p 50V B+ JL3159 R3114 220k C3104 220p 50V R3113 220k CHROMA C3124 0 Y Y/CHROMA S3101 JL3164 JL3165 8 KEY0 7 LED_CK 6 FLD_STB 5 LED_DT 4 IT_GND 3 FR_5V 2 IT_GND 1 FL_POW_6V TO FR-257 BOARD CN3001 THROUGH THE FLR-008 FFC (SEE PAGE 4-23) AUDI O SIGNAL REC PB I 4-21 4-22 FL DRIVER,LINE2 IN,POWER SW FL-166 RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-49 for printed wiring board. 2 1 4 3 6 5 7 9 8 10 11 12 13 15 14 FR-257 BOARD DV,REMOCON RECEIVER,FUNCTION SW,LED A -REF.NO.: 30,000 SERIESB+ NO MARK:REC/PB MODE B+ R3005 2200 R3003 0 IC3001 B LEDIM 5 FR_5V 6 IT_GND 7 FL_POW_6V JL3004 1 DVD JL3011 2 FLSTB JL3012 LEDT JL3013 JL3005 B+ JL3006 JL3014 JL3007 JL3015 JL3008 P2 P1 P5 XCLR VSS XSTB P6 CLK P7 DATA P8 10 11 12 13 14 4 IT_GND LECK JL3003 5.1 JL3016 5.1 B+ R3008 0 D3002 SLR-332VRT32 HDD D3004 EB3804X-TP-J555K R3006 220 R3009 56 HDD 5.1 5.1 LERST 5.1 LESTB 5.1 LECK 0 LEDT C3002 0.1u B 16V 8 5.0 SYNCHRO REC VDD 9 LED_DT JL3002 3 3 4 2 0.4 P3 5.1 P4 8 (SEE PAGE 4-22) LED_CK FLD_STB 5 THROUGH THE FLR-008 FFC 1 JL3010 6 TO FL-166 BOARD CN3102 KEY0 HDD 7 C IC3001 BU2050F-E2 JL3001 Q3002 MSB709-RT1 SWITCH 4.4 Q3001 MUN2211T1 SWITCH C3001 0.01u B 16V 8P R3004 4700 5.1 LED DRIVER CN3001 5.1 0 R3007 220 D3005 SLI-343YCT32WST R3010 150 DVD D3003 SLR-332VRT32 DVD TIMER REC D CN3003 JL3030 B+ B+ LEDIM B+ B+ JL3031 JL3032 JL3033 JL3034 JL3035 E LEDT JL3036 LERST JL3037 LECK JL3038 LESTB JL3039 FLSTB JL3040 JL3041 JL3042 CN3004 4P F R3001 0 2W D3001 STZ6.8N-T146 JL3043 CN3005 DV IN 6P JL3022 JL3023 TPB- 1 TPB+ 2 TPA- 3 TPA+ 4 JL3024 JL3025 JL3026 JL3027 6 DGND 5 TPB- 4 TPB+ 3 TPA- 2 TPA+ 1 DGND TO RD-064 BOARD(6/8) CN701 S3006 THROUGH THE RF-119 HARNESS OPEN/CLOSE (SEE PAGE 4-36) S3007 S3001 G PLAY IC3002 S3002 S3003 IC3002 GP1UM28XK0SF 5.1 VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA VCC VOUT GND SIGNAL PATH R3014 2200 R3018 2200 CH+ S3012 DVD S3008 R3019 2200 CH- R3023 2200 S3013 HDD 1 2 3 R3015 3300 S3009 REC_MODE REC S3004 H R3013 2200 ± 0.5% REC_STOP REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER R3020 3300 R3024 2200 S3014 INPUT_SELECT R3016 5600 STOP S3005 R3017 8200 DUB 5.1 B+ AUDI O SIGNAL R3012 0 REC I 15P JL3029 C3004 0.01u B 16V PB DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED FR-257 4-23 4-24 15 IT_GND 14 IT_GND 13 FL_POW_6V 12 LED_DIM 11 FR_5V 10 SIRCS 9 8 SIRCS_5V LED_DT 7 LED_RST 6 LED_CK 5 LED_STB 4 FLD_STB 3 KEY0 2 KEY1 1 KEY2 TO AV-106 BOARD(5/8) CN602 THROUGH THE FAR-005 FFC (SEE PAGE 4-14) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board. C101 0.22u B R113 1k C1036 1u B C1032 0.1u B REC656CLKO DDQS[0] AA14 AD12 JL178 JL118 R1039 10k DDQS[2] AE12 B+ AC12 AB12 AE11 DDQS[1] DDQS[3] AD11 C153 0.1u B AC11 AE10 AB11 AE8 C155 FB106 0.1u 0uH B AC9 AC10 AD9 DDM[0] DDM[1] DDM[2] DDM[3] C154 0.1u B AA12 AA11 AA10 R162 1500 AC8 AD7 AB9 R166 150 ± 0.5% R164 22 ± 0.5% C157 0.1u B R168 150 ± 0.5% AD10 AA9 R163 1500 AE6 AA8 R167 150 ± 0.5% AC6 AE5 AB7 AD5 AE4 AC7 AD4 AD3 AA6 AC4 AE3 AD2 AB4 AA5 Y5 W5 C172 0.1u C173 0.1u V5 U5 DDATA[31] DDATA[30] DDATA[29] DDATA[28] RECCR AA4 AB2 Y4 AC1 AB1 B B TRST TCK AA2 W4 AA1 Y2 AA3 Y3 W3 U1 Y1 V4 W2 V3 U4 W1 V2 U3 V1 U2 T4 R2 R1028 R1098 R1099 R174 R184 R185 R186 R187 R189 R194 R195 22 RB120 0 C1029 10u B 6.3V PHYSCLK PHYLREQ PHYCTL[0] PHYCTL[1] PHYLPS PHYDIO[0] PHYDIO[1] PHYDIO[2] PHYDIO[3] PHYDIO[4] PHYDIO[5] PHYDIO[6] PHYDIO[7] N2 DDATA[3] DDATA[2] DDATA[1] DDATA[0] 6 7 RB106 100 RB202 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RY208 9 10 IDE_D3 11 RY209 IC109 TK11133CSCL-G CONT GND NOISE 3.3V REG 5 4.2 RY210 RY211 IDE_D12 12 IDE_D2 13 IDE_D13 14 RY212 8 6 4 2 7 5 3 1 RB203 100 C1034 0.22u B RY213 RY214 IDE_D1 15 IDE_D14 16 RY215 RY216 IDE_D0 17 IDE_D15 18 GND 19 RY217 N.C 20 IDE_DREQ 21 8 6 4 2 RY218 GND 22 IDE_W 23 GND 24 IDE_R 25 GND 26 IDE_IORDY 27 RB109 100 R130 0 R204 100 RY219 R205 0 R131 22 R206 0 R132 22 R207 100 R133 0 SCLK[1] IDE_DACK 29 GND 30 R1001 0 AT2ADR[1] R1004 0 R1005 0 R1006 0 R1007 0 AT2INTRQ 31 IDE_HD16 32 IDE_A1 33 N.C 34 IDE_A0 35 RY224 RY225 RY226 RY227 IDE_A2 36 IDE_A4(CS0) 37 R209 100 R135 0 2 4 6 8 1 3 5 7 RB205 0 1 3 5 7 IDE_A3(CS1) 38 DASP 39 GND 40 R214 56 R210 56 R136 0 R1036 0 GND 2V 2A ABCKOH 3.4 C1041 0.1 10V 1.7 REC656V SDA[0] BOUT DBA1[0] 1.1 DBA1[1] 1.1 DADR[10] 1.7 DADR[0] 0 DADR[1] 0 DADR[2] 1.1 DADR[3] 1.1 RB146 68 AT2DATA[1] AT2DATA[14] AT2DATA[0] AT2DATA[15] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 VDDQ DQ1 DQ2 VSSQ DQ3 DQ4 DQ11 VDDQ VSSQ DQ5 DQ10 VDDQ DQ7 DQ8 NC NC VDDQ VSSQ LDQS UDQS NC NC VDD VREF NC VSS LDM UDM WE CK CAS CK RAS CKE CS NC NC A12 BA0 A11 BA1 A9 A10/AP A8 A0 A7 A1 A6 A2 A5 A3 A4 VDD VSS B+ 0.6 DDT2[28] 0.1 DDT2[27] C1008 0.1u B 0.1 0.2 C195 0.1u B DDT2[25] 0.1 DDT2[24] R191 4700 ± 0.5% C1012 0.1u B DDQS1[3] C1009 0.1u 0.8 R175 22 R190 4700 ± 0.5% 1.2 C1013 0.1u B 2.3 DDM1[3] 1.2 R182 220 1.2 2.5 R180 10k 0 DADR[12] 0 DADR[11] 1.6 DADR[9] 1.0 DADR[8] 1.0 DADR[7] 1.2 DADR[6] 1.2 DADR[5] 1.2 DADR[4] 512Mbit DDR SDRAM VSS DQ15 VSSQ DQ14 0.4 0.4 RB193 22 DQ13 VDDQ DQ12 0.4 0.8 DDT2[4] C196 0.1u B 2.5 0.1 DDT2[5] DDT2[7] IC106 IC106 K4H511638C-UCB3T 2.5 DDT2[2] 0.1 RB194 22 0.5 C197 0.1u B 2.5 0.8 DDQS1[0] R172 22 C198 0.1u B 2.5 DDM1[0] 2.3 DWE1 2.4 DCAS1 2.1 DRAS1 2.5 0 DBA1[0] 1.1 DBA1[1] 1.1 DADR[10] 1.7 DADR[0] 0 DADR[1] 0 DADR[2] 1.1 DADR[3] 1.1 DQ6 DQ9 VSSQ VDDQ DQ7 DQ8 NC NC VDDQ VSSQ LDQS UDQS NC NC VDD VREF NC VSS LDM UDM WE CK CAS CK RAS CKE CS NC NC A12 BA0 A11 BA1 A9 A10/AP A8 A0 A7 A1 A6 A2 A5 A3 A4 VDD DDT2[26] 2.5 VSS 1.0 DDT2[15] RB195 22 0.7 DDT2[14] 0.3 DDT2[13] 2.5 0.6 DDT2[12] C1010 0.1u B 0.1 DDT2[11] 0.1 RB196 22 DDT2[10] 0.2 DDT2[9] 2.5 0.1 DDT2[8] R193 4700 ± 0.5% C1014 0.1u B 0.8 DDQS1[1] R173 22 1.2 C1011 0.1u B R192 4700 ± 0.5% C1015 0.1u B 2.3 DDM1[1] 1.2 R183 220 1.2 2.5 0 B+ R181 10k DADR[12] 0 DADR[11] 1.6 DADR[9] 1.0 DADR[8] 1.0 DADR[7] 1.2 DADR[6] 1.2 DADR[5] 1.2 DADR[4] INT[2] REC6560[7] REC6560[6] REC656I[0] REC656I[1] REC6560[5] REC6560[4] REC656I[2] REC656I[3] REC656I[4] 7 TO(3/8) REC656I[5] REC656I[6] REC656I[7] REC6560[3] REC6560[2] REC6560[1] REC6560[0] REC656CLKO ABCKOH ADATAOH ALRCKOH SPDIFOH RTS[2] RTS[3] SCLK[2] TX[3] RX[3] CTS[3] SCLK[3] HCS[2] HDREQ[1] REC656CLKI REC656H REC656V SDCL[0] 8 TO(5/8) 9 TO(6/8) INT[2] REC6560[7] REC6560[6] REC6560[5] REC6560[4] REC6560[3] REC6560[2] REC6560[1] REC6560[0] REC656CLKO ABCKOH ADATAOH ALRCKOH SPDIFOH RTS[2] RTS[3] SCLK[2] TX[3] 16 TO(8/8) RX[3] CTS[3] SCLK[3] HCS[2] HDREQ[1] RECCR RECVY SPDIFO PHYDIO[0] PHYDIO[1] ADATAO PHYDIO[2] R154 22 AT2DATA[3] AT2DATA[12] AT2DATA[2] AT2DATA[13] DQ0 DQ9 VSSQ DDT2[29] 2.5 COUT RECVY R158 22 RB145 68 VDD DQ6 0.4 DDT2[0] YOUT RECCR AT2DMARQ RB144 68 DQ10 DQ5 2.5 ROUT COUT AT2DMACK AT2DATA[5] AT2DATA[10] AT2DATA[4] AT2DATA[11] VSSQ VDDQ B+ GOUT AT2DIOW RB143 68 DQ11 DDT2[30] 0.3 C193 0.1u B BOUT YOUT AT2DIOR R1011 5600 0 SDA[0] SDCL[0] ROUT AT2RESET AT2DATA[7] AT2DATA[8] AT2DATA[6] AT2DATA[9] RB110 0 RY228 RY229 2 4 6 8 VCC REC656H GOUT 5 RY223 IDE_INT IV IA 1.1 REC656CLKI 1.7 AT2IORDY R1010 10k R134 22 R208 0 REC656I[7] IC112 SN74LVC2G340CKR 1.7 VMCLK R1008 0 RY222 REC656I[6] LOGIC TO (7/8) SCLK[1] RY221 28 REC656I[5] AT2CS[1] AT2CS[0] AT2ADR[2] AT2ADR[0] RY220 CSEL 4 RTS[1] VMCLK RB204 100 REC656I[4] IC112 RX[1] RB142 0 R1002 0 R1003 0 REC656I[3] TX[1] RB108 100 7 5 3 1 REC656I[2] ADATAO A0LRCKI A0DATAI ABCKO DQ4 DDT2[31] RB191 22 0.7 C1033 0.22u B REC656I[1] A0BCKI DQ12 1.0 C199 0.1u B FSEL A768FS48K A768FS441K ALRCKO RTS[1] 2.5 2.5 R1032 33 R1009 1k DRAS1 B+ R1051 1k RX[1] 2.1 B+ C147 0.1u B R1031 33 R1030 33 2.4 DCAS1 DCS1 IC109 5.0 VOUT JL158 B+ TX[1] RB107 100 R211 10k 8 IDE_D4 IDE_D11 R212 5.6k RY207 IDE_D10 DDT2[3] DDT2[2] DDT2[1] DDT2[0] RB124 0 R156 47 RB201 100 RY206 IDE_D5 DDT2[7] DDT2[6] DDT2[5] DDT2[4] R14 C1035 0.01u B 2.3 DWE1 RB123 0 R15 R104 68 DDM1[2] RB122 0 A768FS441K A768FS48K R4 1 C192 0.1u B DDT2[6] DDT2[11] DDT2[10] DDT2[9] DDT2[8] DDATA[7] DDATA[6] DDATA[5] DDATA[4] R188 47 5 DDT2[15] DDT2[14] DDT2[13] DDT2[12] DDATA[11] DDATA[10] DDATA[9] DDATA[8] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 2 2.5 DDT2[3] RB121 0 33 22 22 1.3 R174 22 DDT2[1] DDT2[19] DDT2[18] DDT2[17] DDT2[16] DDATA[15] DDATA[14] DDATA[13] DDATA[12] C177 10u B 6.3V 2.5 0.8 DDQS1[2] C194 0.1u B RB119 0 B+ L102 10uH C191 0.1u B 2.5 DDT2[23] DDT2[22] DDT2[21] DDT2[20] DDATA[19] DDATA[18] DDATA[17] DDATA[16] TDI JL131 JL121 JL179 JL180 JL181 JL182 JL183 JL184 JL185 JL186 JL187 JL188 JL1002 JL1003 JL1004 JL1005 JL1006 JL1007 JL1008 JL1009 JL1010 JL1011 JL1012 JL1013 JL1014 0.5 RB118 0 AC3 AD1 DDT2[20] DDT2[27] DDT2[26] DDT2[25] DDT2[24] DDATA[23] DDATA[22] DDATA[21] DDATA[20] RECVY AC2 L101 10uH DDT2[31] DDT2[30] DDT2[29] DDT2[28] DDATA[27] DDATA[26] DDATA[25] DDATA[24] AB3 AE1 0.1 RB117 0 FB107 0uH C166 0.1u B C167 0.1u B C168 0.1u B C175 0.1u B C176 0.1u B C169 0.1u B C170 0.1u B C171 0.1u B AE2 AB5 DRAS1 DCS1 DBA1[0] DBA1[1] RB116 22 C174 0.1u B B+ AB6 AC5 R169 150 ± 0.5% FB110 0uH C159 0.1u B C160 0.1u B C161 0.1u B C162 0.1u B C163 0.1u B C164 0.1u B C165 0.1u B AA7 DDT2[20] RB190 22 DWE1 DCAS1 DRAS DCS DBA[0] DBA[1] YOUT COUT R165 22 ±0.5% 0.1 DDQS1[3] RB115 22 VDDQ DQ3 2.5 DDT2[20] DDQS1[2] DDM1[0] DDM1[1] DDM1[2] DDM1[3] DWE DCAS R170 150 ± 0.5% C158 0.1u B AB8 AE9 C190 0.1u B DCS1 BOUT GOUT ROUT AE7 AD6 DDQS1[1] VSSQ 0.4 0.8 DDT2[20] DDQS1[0] RB114 22 C156 0.1u B AB10 AD8 RB189 22 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 TMS C152 0.1u B DQ13 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 AD13 DADR[0] DADR[1] DADR[2] DADR[3] DQ2 9 AE15 AE13 AA13 RB113 22 R161 0 R1012 0 R128 0 R160 0 0.4 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 AC14 AE14 DADRS[0] DADRS[1] DADRS[2] DADRS[3] DQ14 1 AE16 AD15 DQ1 VSS 2 AE17 AD16 RB112 22 1 2 4 3 6 5 7 8 DDT2[16] DDT2[16] VSSQ 3 AC17 AE18 REC656V REC656H REC656I[7] REC656I[6] REC656I[5] REC656I[4] REC656I[3] REC656I[2] REC656I[1] REC656I[0] REC656CLKI 0.4 4 AC13 C151 0.1u B JL120 JL167 JL168 JL169 JL170 JL171 JL172 JL173 JL174 JL175 JL176 JL177 JL130 DADR[6] DADR[5] DADR[4] DADR[10] DQ15 VDDQ 2.5 5 AB13 RB111 22 1 3 5 7 DADRS[6] 2 DADRS[5] 4 DADRS[4] 6 DADRS[10] 8 VDD DQ0 0.4 C189 0.1u B DDT2[16] 6 AA16 AB16 DADR[11] DADR[9] DADR[8] DADR[7] 7 C150 0.1u B DADR[12] R171 DADRS[11] 2 22 1 3 DADRS[9] 4 5 DADRS[8] 6 7 8 DADRS[7] 8 AA15 R1033 22 P15 P13 DDT2[16] DADRS[12] 512Mbit DDR SDRAM 9 AB19 AA17 R12 P11 N14 C1028 1u B IC105 K4H511638C-UCB3T 2.5 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 C1038 68u 16V 3 N12 C188 0.1u B 6 4 IDE_D6 TO(2/8,3/8,4/8,5/8,6/8) IC105 5.0 C149 0.1u B R145 47k C141 0.1u B C138 0.1u B C133 0.1u B 8 7 6 CONT 0.6 3.3 FSEL A768FS48K A768FS441K 6 B+ 3.9 5 1 2 CN VIN VIN P14 R11 NC R13 P12 N15 N13 N11 L15 M12 M14 M15 M13 M11 L13 L14 L12 L11 T5 T3 R5 N5 R1 P5 P2 T2 P1 M2 N4 R3 N3 N1 JL195 JL196 JL197 JL154 JL155 JL156 JL157 P4 M5 L5 T1 JL192 JL193 JL194 P3 F4 K5 H5 J5 G5 E1 F2 G4 F3 F1 G2 JL149 JL150 JL151 JL152 JL153 JL127 M1 G1 H4 JL147 JL148 H3 G3 H1 J3 J1 L1 K1 L3 M3 K3 M4 J4 L4 K4 J2 L2 E6 3 R196 1k AA20 AC15 AD14 AC20 AB14 AE20 AC16 AB15 AD17 AE19 AD18 AB17 AC19 AC18 AA18 AB18 AD19 AB20 AC21 AA19 AB21 AE24 AE22 AE23 AB22 AC22 AE25 AD24 AE21 AD21 AD22 AD20 T21 AC24 AA22 AC23 AD23 AB23 U24 U21 AD25 V25 V21 U25 T22 U23 U22 Y25 M22 W24 V22 M23 W23 T23 P22 N22 P23 N23 R21 P25 N24 P21 P24 N25 N21 Y23 R24 W21 V23 R25 Y22 W22 W25 AA23 AA21 V24 Y24 Y21 AA25 R22 AB25 AA24 AB24 M24 T24 T25 M21 NC GND 4 R148 22 C146 0.1u B C143 0.1u B R147 22 C137 0.1u B REC656O[7] REC656O[6] REC656O[5] REC656O[4] REC656O[3] REC656O[2] REC656O[1] REC656O[0] DADRS[12] DADRS[11] DADRS[10] DADRS[9] DADRS[8] DADRS[7] DADRS[6] DADRS[5] DADRS[4] DADRS[3] DADRS[2] DADRS[1] DADRS[0] DWE DRAS DCAS DBA[1] DBA[0] DCS DDQS[3] DDQS[2] DDQS[1] DDQS[0] DDM[3] DDM[2] DDM[1] DDM[0] DDATA[0] DDATA[1] DDATA[2] DDATA[3] DDATA[4] DDATA[5] DDATA[6] DDATA[7] DDATA[8] DDATA[9] DDATA[10] DDATA[11] DDATA[12] DDATA[13] DDATA[14] DDATA[15] DDATA[16] DDATA[17] DDATA[18] DDATA[19] DDATA[20] DDATA[21] DDATA[22] DDATA[23] DDATA[24] DDATA[25] DDATA[26] DDATA[27] DDATA[28] DDATA[29] DDATA[30] DDATA[31] C132 0.1u B RB148 22 INT[2] C129 0.1u B R117 0 JL146 JL110 L23 R23 L25 L24 K23 M25 JL109 K22 J25 H25 J24 J22 L22 L21 K21 NC 5 IDE_D8 IDE_D9 P C1037 0.01u B C1006 0.01u B 16V R1035 0 C139 C140 0.1u 0.1u B B R137 47k R138 47k R139 47k R140 47k R141 47k R142 47k 1 3 5 7 23 IC108 MM1762FHBE VOUT REC656I[0] R129 33 R203 0 2 4 6 8 RY205 O R197 0 B+ 4 3 22 2.5V REG C109 220u C124 1u 4V 6.6X5.5 2.5 1 2 21 IC108 C148 0.1u B 2 1 GND IDE_D7 RY204 DVD UNIT K25 C134 0.1u B 20 XSYSRST 3 IDE_RST RY203 N K24 JL143 JL144 JL129 JL145 JL119 JL1015 R213 47K C110 C127 C125 C126 0.1u 47u 47u 100u 4V 10V 10V B 19 R1068 100 B+ C145 0.1u B 18 RY201 RY202 M K2 R1055 10k C107 0.1u B C144 0.1u B 17 R149 68 L C103 0.22u B 16 4 FB112 0uH GND 15 RB147 22 VDD25 VSS VDD VDD33 PXCLK REC656V REC656H REC656I7 REC656I6 REC656I5 REC656I4 REC656I3 REC656I2 REC656I1 REC656I0 R656CLKI RESET TMS VSS VDD TESTMOD7 TESTMOD6 TESTMOD5 TESTMOD4 TESTMOD3 TESTMOD2 TESTMOD1 TESTMOD0 VSS VDD VDD33 VSSADA10 VDDDDA10 VSSDDA10B VSSADA10 VCCADA10 BOUT(PD2) GOUT(PD1) ROUT(PD0) REXT2 VSSDDA10A VSSADA10 VCCADA10 VCCADA10 YOUT(PD4) COUT(PD3) REXT1 VSSAAD10B VSSDAD10 VSSAAD10B VRMB VR0B VRPB CIN(VINB1) VCCAAD10B VCCAAD10B VCCAAD10A VCCDAD10 NC VSSAAD10A VSSAAD10A VRMA VR0A VRPA YIN(VINA2) CVBSIN(VINA1) VCCAAD10A VDD33 VDD VSS VDD33 VDD TRST TCK TDO TDI EVENT1 EVENT0 TRDATA7 TRDATA6 TRDATA5 TRDATA4 TRDATA3 TRDATA2 TRDATA1 TRDATA0 TRSYNC TRCLK PHYSCLK PHYLREQ PHYCTL0 PHYCTL1 PHYLPS PHYDIO0 PHYDIO1 PHYDIO2 PHYDIO3 PHYDIO4 PHYDIO5 PHYDIO6 PHYDIO7 VCLKI AMCLK2 AMCLK1 VSS VSS FB103 0uH B+ 40P F5 R111 10K R155 10k FB111 0uH UNSW3V CN201 B+ 3.3 FB101 0uH B+ SW3.4V C7 NOISE CONT VOUT B+ B+ SW1V K 3.3V REG B+ UNSW4V IC101 4 4.2 B+ JL106 3 5 C122 0.1u B C123 0.1u B JL108 R1049 0 C121 0.1u B R1057 10k 2 GND 1 VIN IC101 TK11133CSCL-G 1.3 5.0 P-CONT R153 10K R112 10K C102 0.01u B RB185 10K 2 4 6 8 R1094 0 RISMSTATUS1 J R1044 22 R1045 22 R1046 22 R1047 22 HCS[0] R1090 0 TO(5/8) 1 3 5 7 3 E5 HCS[2] I E7 RISMSTATUS2 H2 RB159 0 R1043 0 D7 RB158 0 B6 NORHWS[0] C6 NORHOE RB157 0 D6 H RB156 0 B5 TX[0] TX[0] RB155 0 A5 SCLK[0] D5 ITREQ ITREQ SCLK[0] RB154 0 E2 RX[0] RTS[0] R1026 10K C5 HADRS[6] HADRS[7] HADRS[8] HADRS[9] HADRS[10] HADRS[11] HADRS[12] HADRS[13] HADRS[14] HADRS[15] HADRS[16] HADRS[17] HADRS[18] HADRS[19] HADRS[20] HADRS[21] HADRS[22] HADRS[23] HADRS[24] HADRS[25] HADRS[26] HADRS[27] HADRS[28] HADRS[29] HADRS[30] R1042 0 C142 0.1u B CSP(CHIP SIZE PACKAGE)IC A4 R1025 10K SCLK[3] R146 4700 ± 0.5% IC103 R8A34012BG D4 INT[5] C4 CTS[1] INT[5] G HDREQ[1] CTS[1] R1024 47 C136 0.1u B C135 0.1u B 14 C1031 0.1u B B+ NOT USE C119 0.1u B C120 0.1u B 13 RISM3 B1 RB175 10k CTS[3] C118 0.1u B RB184 10k RX[3] SDCL[1] RTS[0] 0 TX[3] SDCL[1] RX[0] C117 0.1u B D3 0 R1021 12 IC103 B2 R1019 R127 0 R121 0 R1020 0 B4 SCLK[0] SCLK[1] SCLK[2] B3 CTS[2] C1 0 22 22 0 22 D1 R1017 R1022 R1023 R1018 R120 E3 RTS[0] RTS[1] RTS[2] RTS[3] ITREQ CTS[1] E4 R198 22 0 A3 R1016 A2 R119 47 RX[0] C2 C114 0.1u B R123 10k C3 R110 10K 1 3 5 7 R105 10K 1 3 5 7 VDD E20 VDD J21 VDD33 E21 VDD33 E19 VSS J23 DBI G22 CSYNC F23 TEST 1 2 HDATA15 4RB149 C25 3 E22 HDATA14 6 0 5 D24 HDATA13 7 8 E23 HDATA12 1 2 HDATA11 4 RB150 F22 3 D25 HDATA10 6 0 5 E24 HDATA9 7 8 E25 HDATA8 1 2 HDATA7 4 RB151 F24 3 G23 HDATA6 6 0 5 F25 HDATA5 7 8 H22 HDATA4 1 2 HDATA3 4 RB152 G24 3 G25 HDATA2 6 0 5 H23 HDATA1 7 8 H24 HDATA0 A25 DVDD B23 DVSS B25 AHVDD C23 AHVSS R103 0 B24 PCO JL125 D22 VMCLK D19 TX0 B21 TX1 A22 TX2 D20 TX3 D23 RX0 JL123 C24 RX1 C22 RX2 JL107 D21 RX3 JL117 A24 RTS0 A23 RTS1 JL199 B22 RTS2 C21 RTS3 C20 CTS0 A21 CTS1 D18 CTS2 JL114 C18 CTS3 B20 SCLK0 C19 SCLK1 D17 SCLK2 A20 SCLK3 E17 VDD33 E18 VDD E15 VDD E13 VDD E16 VSS E14 VSS R109 10K A18 MSDATA0 JL133 C17 MSDATA1 JL134 B18 MSDATA2 JL135 A19 MSDATA3 JL136 B19 MSCLK JL137 B17 MSBS JL132 D16 MSINS JL138 C16 HADRS6 A17 HADRS7 B16 HADRS8 D15 HADRS9 A16 HADRS10 C15 HADRS11 B15 HADRS12 A15 HADRS13 D14 HADRS14 C14 HADRS15 B14 HADRS16 A14 HADRS17 D13 HADRS18 C13 HADRS19 B13 HADRS20 A13 HADRS21 A12 HADRS22 B12 HADRS23 C12 HADRS24 D12 HADRS25 A11 HADRS26 B11 HADRS27 C11 HADRS28 D11 HADRS29 A10 HADRS30 JL139 B10 HADRS31 R199 22 C10 HCS5 A9 HCS4 R178 0 D10 HCS3 R177 22 B9 HCS2 JL103 A8 HCS1 R176 22 C9 HCS0 R157 22 D9 HWS1 A7 HWS0 B8 HOE E10 VDD E12 VDD33 E8 VDD33 E11 VSS R1048 0 E9 VSS B7 HDACK1 JL198 HDACK0 C8 D8 HDREQ1 HDREQ0 R1050 0 A6 C115 0.1u B C116 0.1u B R1014 0 R1015 0 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 RB183 10k F21 D2 C112 0.1u B C113 0.1u B H21 G21 C111 0.1u B AC25 B+ B+ A1 RB174 47k TX[2] SDA[1] R118 0 R1083 10K RB173 47k RX[2] SDA[1] C131 0.1u B JL108 11 C1030 0.1u B C130 0.1u B R1084 10K VMCLK TX[0] TX[1] F 10K C128 0.1u B R1085 10K R1037 4700 B+ RB172 47k RB182 10k TO(4/8, 5/8) 10K R1088 EEPROM RB171 47k R108 10K 2 R1082 10K R1086 IC102 HDATA[15] HDATA[14] HDATA[13] HDATA[12] HDATA[11] HDATA[10] HDATA[9] HDATA[8] HDATA[7] HDATA[6] HDATA[5] HDATA[4] HDATA[3] HDATA[2] HDATA[1] HDATA[0] E R1041 47 10 R143 4700 ± 0.5% JL111 CL115 JL146 3.4 DBI D R125 2200 8 7 SDA 10K R1052 9 VDD VSS VSS SDCL1 SDCL0 SDA1 SDA0 INT8 FSEL(INT7) INT6 INT5 INT4 WP(INT3) INT2 INT1 INT0 HWAIT VSS VSS VDD25 VDD25 VDD25 VDD DDATA0 DDATA1 DDATA2 DDATA3 DDATA4 DDATA5 DDATA6 DDATA7 DDATA8 DDATA9 DDATA10 DDATA11 DDATA12 DDATA13 DDATA14 DDATA15 DDATA16 DDATA17 DDATA18 DDATA19 DDATA20 DDATA21 DDATA22 DDATA23 DDATA24 DDATA25 DDATA26 DDATA27 DDATA28 DDATA29 DDATA30 DDATA31 VSS VSS VDD25 VDD25 VDD DDQS3 DDQS2 DDQS1 DDQS0 DDM3 DDM2 DDM1 DDM0 VSS VSS VDD25 VDD25 DWE DRAS DCAS DBA1 DBA0 DCS DVREF DCLKNO DCLKO VSS VDD25 DADRS12 DADRS11 DADRS10 DADRS9 DADRS8 DADRS7 DADRS6 DADRS5 DADRS4 DADRS3 DADRS2 DADRS1 DADRS0 REC656O7 REC656O6 REC656O5 REC656O4 REC656O3 REC656O2 REC656O1 REC656O0 VSS VDD C SCL VSS 8 AT1DATA15 AT1DATA14 AT1DATA13 AT1DATA12 AT1DATA11 AT1DATA10 AT1DATA9 AT1DATA8 AT1DATA7 AT1DATA6 AT1DATA5 AT1DATA4 AT1DATA3 AT1DATA2 AT1DATA1 AT1DATA0 AT1DMARQ AT1DMACK AT1DIOW AT1DIOR AT1RESET AT1INTRQ AT1IORDY AT1ADR2 AT1ADR1 AT1ADR0 AT1CS1 AT1CS0 VDD VSS VDD VSS AT2DATA15 AT2DATA14 AT2DATA13 AT2DATA12 AT2DATA11 AT2DATA10 AT2DATA9 AT2DATA8 AT2DATA7 AT2DATA6 AT2DATA5 AT2DATA4 AT2DATA3 AT2DATA2 AT2DATA1 AT2DATA0 AT2DMARQ AT2DMACK AT2DIOW AT2DIOR AT2RESET AT2INTRQ AT2IORDY AT2ADR2 AT2ADR1 AT2ADR0 AT2CS1 AT2CS0 VDD33 VDD VSS VDD VDD33 VSS A0DATAI A0BCKI A0LRCKI ADCCLKO A1DATAI A1BCKI A1LRCKI ADATAO BCKO LRCKO DACCLKO SPDIFI SPDIFO VDD VDD33 VDD VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS TO(4/8) R1040 47 SDA[1] 1 R122 0 3.4 R127 2200 INT[5] :Voltage measurement of the CSP IC and the Transistors with mark,is not possible. 3.4 C104 0.01u B HADRS[6] HADRS[7] HADRS[8] HADRS[9] HADRS[10] HADRS[11] HADRS[12] HADRS[13] HADRS[14] HADRS[15] HADRS[16] HADRS[17] HADRS[18] HADRS[19] HADRS[20] HADRS[21] HADRS[22] HADRS[23] HADRS[24] HADRS[25] HADRS[26] HADRS[27] HADRS[28] HADRS[29] HADRS[30] NAND_CS HCS[0] NORHWS[0] NORHOE HADRS[6] HADRS[7] HADRS[8] HADRS[9] HADRS[10] HADRS[11] HADRS[12] HADRS[13] HADRS[14] HADRS[15] HADRS[16] HADRS[17] HADRS[18] HADRS[19] HADRS[20] HADRS[21] HADRS[22] HADRS[23] HADRS[24] HADRS[25] HADRS[26] HADRS[27] HADRS[28] HADRS[29] HADRS[30] NAND_CS HCS[0] NORHWS[0] NORHOE NC 6 TCK 1 TRST TCK WP 5 TRST NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE NC 3 TMS TDI VCC 4 -REF.NO.: 20000SERIES- NC 2 3.4 TDI 7 R126 2200 R124 2200 IC102 M24C32-WMN6T(B) RISM3 TMS B 6 FSEL RD-064 BOARD(1/8) A 5 SDA[0] 4 SDCL[0] 3 SDCL[1] 2 1 ALRCKOH PHYDIO[3] TO (2/8) PHYDIO[4] R150 22 SPDIFOH PHYDIO[5] PHYDIO[6] PHYDIO[7] SIGNAL PATH PHYLPS PHYSCLK VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA REC Y Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL PHYLREQ PHYCTL[0] PHYCTL[1] PHYDIO[0] PHYDIO[1] PHYDIO[2] PHYDIO[3] PHYDIO[4] PHYDIO[5] PHYDIO[6] PHYDIO[7] PHYLPS PHYSCLK PHYLREQ PHYCTL[0] PHYCTL[1] PB RY230 4-25 4-26 RISM3 RD-064 (1/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. • Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board. 2 1 4 3 6 5 7 9 8 10 11 12 13 15 14 16 RD-064 BOARD(2/8) HDD DRIVE F AT2ADR[1] AT2ADR[0] AT2ADR[2] AT2CS[0] AT2CS[1] 2 4 6 8 SA_A2 SA_A0 SA_A1 SA_INT SA_DACK SA_IORDY SA_A2 C234 0.01u B 16V SA_CS0 C235 0.01u B 16V R270 1k R272 1k R274 10k H_DA0 H_DA1 H_IOCS16_N 3.3V JL202 0 JL203 0 3.4 C219 0.01u B JL204 C218 0.01u B 3.4 3.4 C220 0.01u B 0 TX_P VSS2 TX_M CN203 C217 0.01u B C230 0.01u B C203 0.01u B C205 12p GND 2 HT+ 3 HT- 4 GND 5 HR- 6 HR+ 7 GND 7P C232 0.01u B C231 0.01u B R245 470 R248 12k ± 0.5% R249 100 ±0.5% C206 0.01u B R252 0 C207 0.1u B C208 0.1u B 1 C237 0.1u B 10V C209 1u B R282 0 H XSYSRST B+ 1 R276 1k R269 1k H_INTRQ H_DMACK_N VDD H_IORDY GND UAI 0 R265 10k R267 1k 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 C215 0.1u B B+ C236 0.01u B 16V C204 12p G CL203 CL201 UAO 0 0 0 0 3.4 3.4 1.8 3.4 H_DIOR_N H_DMARQ H_DIOW_N H_DD0 H_DD15 H_DA2 1.8 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 B+ CL202 SA_IOR SA_IOW SA_D0 SA_DREQ 3.4 0 0 0 0 T0 C214 0.1u B 3.4 R261 10k C224 0.01u B 16V SA_A0 SA_CS1 H_RESET_N 3.4 3.4 0.3 SA_A1 T1 0.3 SA_INT R231 82 T2 H_DD7 VAA2 SA_DACK R229 22 H_DD8 3.4 SA_IORDY R228 82 T3 RX_M R227 22 RB223 82 3.4 SA_XRST SA_IOR 1 3 5 7 0 SA_D7 H_DD6 RX_P SA_IOW R226 82 T4 0.3 AT2INTRQ 0 H_DD9 0.3 AT2DMACK SA_D8 T5 SA_CS1 0 R250 0 AT2IORDY 0 T6 H_DD5 ISET AT2DIOR SA_D6 SA_DREQ H_DD10 VSS1 AT2DIOW 0 T7 1.3 R225 82 0 SA_D9 VDD VDD VAA1 AT2DMARQ SA_D5 GND IC201 88SA8040-TBC1C000 3.4 R224 22 UAI HDD DRIVE GND 1.8 0 VDDIO H_DD4 XTLOUT SA_D10 C202 0.1u B H_DD11 1.1 SA_D15 TO(1/8) E 0 SA_D0 R243 1k 5 SA_D4 SA_D14 IC201 H_DD3 SA_CS0 3.4 R246 1M AT2DATA[15] 0 UAO XTLIN/OSC RB222 68 SA_D11 SA_D1 H_PDIAG_N VDDIO 0 ATAIOSEL AT2DATA[0] D 8 6 4 2 H_CS_N1 H_DD12 3.4 AUDI O SIGNAL PB B+ H_DD2 1.3 AT2DATA[1] C201 0.1u B Y/CHROMA 3.4 H_CS_N0 3.4 SA_D3 SA_D13 AT2DATA[13] AT2DATA[14] 0 SA_D2 RB221 68 7 5 3 1 SA_D12 SA_D12 Y REC R258 1k H_DD13 R247 1K AT2DATA[2] 0 X201 25MHz AT2DATA[12] SA_D2 SA_D3 CNFG2 AT2DATA[3] 0 SA_D11 8 6 4 2 7 5 3 1 SA_D13 CNFG1 AT2DATA[11] 0 SA_D4 RB220 68 RST_N AT2DATA[4] SA_D5 SA_D10 1 AT2DATA[10] 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 SA_D9 3.3 8 6 4 2 7 5 3 1 AT2DATA[5] SA_D6 3.4 AT2DATA[9] SA_D8 H_DD1 RB219 68 2 AT2DATA[6] SA_D7 3 AT2DATA[8] 3.4 8 6 4 2 7 5 3 1 AT2DATA[7] C VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA R237 0 B+ H_DD14 AT2RESET B SA_XRST CNFG0 R223 82 4 1 35 7 5 1 35 7 6 1 35 7 7 1 35 7 SIGNAL PATH C210 0.1u B 8 246 8 9 246 8 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 246 8 R240 1k 246 8 SA_D15 SA_D1 RB213 47K R238 1k RB212 47K R233 1k RB211 47K JL201 RB210 47K SA_D14 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE -REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES- 0 A FB201 0uH 6 TO(1/8,3/8,4/8, 5/8,6/8) B+ SW3.4V L201 10uH B+ B+ 2 1 R279 0 3 VIN 3 IC202 C222 10u B 6.3V 2012 10 1.8V REG 3.4 CONT 5 GND 4 VOUT C233 0.22u B 6.3V N.C C223 10u B 6.3V I IC202 S-T111B18MC-OGDTFG 1.8 .4 L202 10uH J HDD DRIVE RD-064 (2/8) GND 4-27 4-28 TO(4/8,5/8,6/8,7/8) HDD UNIT RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. • Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board. 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 9 8 10 11 RD-064 BOARD(3/8) 14 R315 22 R317 22 REC656V V DEC REC656H -REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES- C330 C331 9p 9p C333 0.1u B R323 2200 C328 0.1u B * R322 2200 2 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R:REC MODE P:PB MODE REC656I[0] C335 0.1u B X301 14.31818MHz * B+ REC656I[2] REC656I[3] JL306 JL305 REC656I[4] REC656I[5] REC656I[6] CH3_A33GND VOUT 5 VOUT 2 VIN 1 6 3.2 STBY 1.8 3.2 C302 10u B 6.3V R338 0 REC656I[5] REC656I[6] 7 TO(1/8) REC656I[7] REC656CLKI REC656H REC656V SDA[0] SDCL[0] C336 0.1u B 1.8 JL307 JL308 REC656I[0] 0 REC656I[1] REC656I[2] RB301 22 C337 0.1u B 3.3 0 REC656I[3] REC656I[4] REC656I[5] REC656I[6] RB302 22 1.6 REC656I[7] C338 0.1u B 1.8 DATACLK IOGND REC656I[4] 1.7 3.3 3.0 REC656CLKI R316 100 R318 100 R329 0 C332 0.1u B SDA[0] C329 0.1u B R328 10k C334 0.1u B XSYSRST C340 0.01u B R325 100 6 TO(1/8,2/8, 4/8,5/8,6/8) SIGNAL PATH B+ C304 10u B 6.3V REC656I[3] B+ B+ L302 10uH REC656I[2] B+ 3 4 NOISE 3.4 JL304 0.4 C305 10u B 6.3V 1.8 REC656I[1] 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 IC302 BH18MA3WHFV-TR GND DVDD IOVDD CH3_A33VDD 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 DGND C327 0.1u B 1.2 IOGND 3.3 IOVDD VI_3C GND C302 0.01 16V C5/GPIO Y9 B+ C303 10u B 6.3V C301 10u B 6.3V C4/GPIO/TDO VI_3B L303 10uH 1.8V REG C3/GPIO/TDI VI_3A VDEC3.3V L301 10uH C2/GPIO/TCK CH3_A18GND 3.3 IC302 DGND 1.8 DVDD Y6 R0/P1.4 Y7 R0/P1.4 Y8 B+ G C1/GPIO/TRST R1.6/P0.3 C322 0.1u B F 0 CH3_A18VDD GLCO/I2CA 3.3 B+ Y5 AVID/GPIO/FC C321 0.1u B C326 0.1u B IOVDD A18GND_REF SDCL[0] REC656I[0] 0 R308 0 C315 0.1u B A18VDD_REF 1.8 C312 100p IOGND FSS/GPIO 0 R307 22 CH2_A18VDD RESETB 0 Y3 R0/P1.4 Y4 IC301 TVP5146M2PFP CH2_A18GND DGND E V DEC Y1 R0/P1.4 Y2 PWDN 0 VI_2C INTREQ 1.8 IC301 DVDD 9 C325 0.1u B 1.8 VI_2B 3.4 C320 0.1u B R306 22 1.8 Y0 SDCL[0] 11 TO(5/8) C324 0.1u B DVDD CH2_A33GND R0.1/P0.3 VI_2A 3.4 C311 220p C319 0.1u B DGND 1.8 C314 0.1u B C9/GPIO/FSO CH2_A33VDD CH4_A33VDD C310 100p 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 D 0 C6/GPIO/RED CH1_A33VDD SCL 8 0 R305 22 REC656V SDA[0] C8/GPIO/BLUE SDA 7 R304 22 REC656H CH1_A33GND TMS 3.3 C318 0.1u B REC656CLKI C7/GPIO/GREEN NSUB 3 4 3.3 REC656I[7] VI_1C CH4_A18VDD 2 C309 220p C323 0.1u B 5 FSW C313 0.1u B 6 C308 100p RECR CH4_A18GND 1 0 RECG VI_1B C0/GPIO/JTMS 0 RECB CH4_A33GND R303 22 VI_4A C317 0.1u B PLL_A18GND 1.8 PLL_A18VDD 0.7 XTAL2 0.9 XTAL1 0 VS/VBLK/GPIO 0 HS/CS/GPIO R1.8/P1.3 FID/GPI O 0 VI_1A CH1_A18GND 1.8 CH1_A18VDD 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 RECCR_V C JL303 R312 0 RECVY_V REC656I[1] B+ JL302 R314 100k C316 0.1u B JL301 B R313 0 B+ H 13 R337 10k R336 10k A 12 VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA REC PB 4-29 4-30 V DEC RD-064 (3/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board. 2 1 A 3 5 4 6 8 7 9 RD-064 BOARD(4/8) TMS FLASH ROM TDI 10 TMS TDI DBI -REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES- DBI NO MARK:REC/PB MODE NORHOE NORHOE HCS[0] : Voltage measurement of the CSP IC and the Transistors with mark, is not possible. HCS[0] HDATA[0] HDATA[0] HDATA[1] TMS TDI DBI B HDATA[1] HDATA[2] HDATA[2] HDATA[3] HDATA[3] HDATA[4] HDATA[4] HDATA[5] HDATA[5] HDATA[6] HDATA[6] HDATA[7] HDATA[7] 8 6 4 2 RB501 22k 7 5 3 1 HDATA[8] C HDATA[8] HDATA[9] HDATA[9] HDATA[10] HDATA[10] HDATA[11] HDATA[11] HDATA[12] B+ 11 IC502 HDATA[13] 128Mbit FLASH MEMORY HDATA[15] HDATA[12] HDATA[13] HDATA[14] HDATA[14] HDATA[15] TCK R535 D 5600 TRST R532 1 HDATA[13] 8 7 HDATA[5] 6 5 HDATA[12] 4 3 HDATA[4] HDATA[11] G HDATA[3] 6 5 HDATA[10] 4 3 HDATA[2] 2 1 1 C505 0.1u B RB505 0 HDATA[9] 8 7 HDATA[1] 6 5 HDATA[8] 4 3 HDATA[0] 2 1 RB503 0 R522 0 B+ H 2 RB502 0 8 7 VSS 3.4 BYTE 2.0 A16 NC 0 A24 RY/BY 3.4 WP/ACC 0.6 A21 3.4 RESET 3.4 WE 1.6 A20 0.4 A19 1.4 A8 2.1 A9 0.6 A10 2.8 A11 2.5 A12 1.4 A13 2.1 A14 0.5 A15 0.1 A22 0 A23 FL501 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 2 HADRS[24] HADRS[23] HADRS[13] HADRS[12] R549 0 HADRS[9] R560 0 JL532 NORHWS[0] HADRS[10] HADRS[11] HADRS[22] 9 HDATA[6] TO(1/8) HADRS[25] HADRS[21] 8 3 HADRS[20] 7 4 HADRS[19] 6 5 HDATA[14] 1 HADRS[26] HADRS[18] 5 6 HADRS[27] HADRS[17] 4 8 HDATA[7] HADRS[28] HADRS[16] 3 HDATA[15] RB504 0 7 VSS 3.0 OE 1.0 DQ0 0.5 DQ8 1.6 DQ1 1.4 DQ9 1.8 DQ2 0.6 DQ10 1.2 DQ3 0.3 DQ11 3.4 VCC 0.2 DQ4 1.2 DQ12 1.6 DQ5 1.6 DQ13 1.4 DQ6 0.7 DQ14 0.4 DQ7 0.4 DQ15/A- 1 HADRS[29] HADRS[15] 2 F R547 0 JL531 HOE NC NC 3.1 A1 3.1 A2 1.2 A3 1.9 A4 0.9 A5 1.4 A6 1.6 A7 0.2 A17 0.2 A18 NC 3.2 A0 3.0 CE HADRS[8] 1 E 3.4 VIO HADRS[7] R533 0 JL530 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 R524 0 R525 0 HADRS[30] IC502 S29GL128N90TFIR20 C506 0.1u B HCS[0] 5600 B+ SW3.4V 10 HADRS[6] TO(2/8,5/8, 6/8,7/8) HADRS[14] GND C501 10u B 6.3V C502 0.1u B B+ XSYSRST 6 TO(1/8,2/8,3/8,5/8,6/8) 2 TO(1/8,5/8) CTS[2] I RX[2] TX[2] R513 R519 10k 10k B+ R518 10k FLASH ROM RD-064 (4/8) 4-31 4-32 RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board. 2 1 3 4 6 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 AGND RD-064 BOARD(5/8) AV-CN/POWER A XLMUTE NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE -REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES- JL617 FB606 0uH L604 10uH JL629 AINL+ JL626 TX[2] TX[2] JL604 RX[2] JL605 RX[2] B JL606 IC604 6 TO(1/8,2/8, 3/8,4/8,6/8) XSYSRST JL608 SN74HCT08APWR IC604 4Y 2A 0 JL649 CTS[2] 0 2B 5 3B JL647 TX[2] 5 0 9 3A 2Y 6 8 3Y GND 7 ITREQ JL612 R643 0 0 4 10 RTS[0] 0 1Y JL611 3 R644 0 4A JL610 0 2 4 R655 0 1B 1 RISMSTATUS1 1A 4B 11 3 TX[0] VCC 12 3 JL609 0 13 5 14 B+ C JL607 BUFFER JL648 RX[2] R645 0 0 R646 0 JL613 B+ R665 0 1608 C614 0.1 10V B R662 10k R663 R664 10k 10k 1 RISM_STATUS2 2 IT-SCLK5 3 RISM_STATUS1 4 RISM-RTS[0] 6 IT-SIN5 7 IT-XRST5 8 IT-SOUT5 10 B+ D JL623 B+ 12 TX[2] 13 RX[2] 14 N.C. 15 UNSW6V 16 UNSW6V 17 UNSW6V 18 UNSW6V 19 SW5V C616 1000p 50V B R666 0 1608 IC605 B+ SW/BUFFER E IC605 SN74LV08APWR 1B 4A 1Y 3 11 4Y 2A 4 10 3B 2B 2Y GND 25 UNSW3V 27 SW3.4VC 28 SW3.4VC 29 SW3.4VC 30 SW3.4VC VDEC3.3V 3.4 35 UNSW4V 36 UNSW4V 37 UNSW4V 38 UNSW4V 39 GND 40 GND 41 GND 42 GND 4.6 R638 0 4.6 B+ JL625 3.1 R639 22 R631 10k RB602 10k JL614 F JL615 AUGND AUGND 14 AINR+ 15 AOUTL+ 16 AINR- JL627 AINR+ JL619 JL628 AINR- 1.3 JL620 17 JL631 XRMUTE JL632 SWA5V 1.3 B+ Q603 MSB709-RT1 (SEE PAGE 4-12) C626 10 6.3V B R618 680 ) R619 0 R609 120 BOUT 0.6 1.3 Q604 MSB709-RT1 BUFFER R621 680 R620 0 R611 120 ROUT 0.6 AOUTR- AUGND BUFFER TO AV-106 BOARD(5/8 CN501 AINL- 9 13 AOUTL+ TO(1/8) VDEC3.3V 34 JL622 0.6 VDEC3.3V 5 B+ R607 120 AOUTR+ 8 AUGND R617 680 GOUT AINL+ 7 12 B+ 8 AUGND 6 11 BUFFER R616 0 AUGND 5 TO(7/9) Q602 MSB709-RT1 0.6 SPD_GND 4 10 AOUTL- YOUT UNSW3V VDEC3.3V 7 8 3Y UNSW3V 6 3A FB602 5 9 R641 22 4B 12 3.4 R0 P4.9 R0 P4.9 R1.2 P3.2 3 TO(1/8) 1A 24 2 13 5.1 VCC UNSW3V 33 1 14 5.1 23 32 3.4 3.4 R640 0 R661 0 SW5V SW5V 31 R642 10k SW5V 22 26 B+ R605 120 R615 0 XLMUTE 3 12 R614 680 R604 XX DGND DIAG 21 JL624 BUFFER P-CONT 11 20 Q601 MSB709-RT1 0.6 JL621 AOUTR- IT-REQ5 5 9 COUT 1.3 1.3 Q605 MSB709-RT1 18 AOUTLAUGND 19 XRMUTE 20 GND_V 21 SWA5V 22 FSW 23 RECVY 24 GND_V 25 VIDEO5V 26 Y 27 RECCCR 28 GND_V 29 GND_V 30 C 31 RECB/CSYNC 32 GND_V 33 GND_V 34 CR/R 35 RECG 36 GND_V 37 GND_V 38 Y/G 39 RECR 40 GND_V 41 GND_V 42 CB/B TO AV-106 BOARD(2/8) CN502 (SEE PAGE 4-8) BUFFER RECCR_V RECVY_V SPDIFO RECR L603 10uH R647 470 RECCR RECB R649 100 Q606 MSB709-RT1 C615 0.1 10V B 11 TO(3/8) RECG 3.2 FSW C625 10 6.3V B 2 TO(1/8,4/8) CN606 42P JL630 AINL- C623 10 6.3V B JL601 CTS[2] R613 0 R603 120 C604 10 6.3V B AOUTR+ 42P SPDIFO 1 2 JL618 R612 680 CTS[2] 15 C620 220p 50V CN603 B JL616 GND B+ VDEC3.3V 2.5 BUFFER RISMSTATUS2 RX[0] R650 470 SCLK[0] RECVY 1.5 R652 100 Q607 MSB709-RT1 G 0.5 BUFFER GND GND P-CONT B+ SW1V B+ R628 0 B+ B+ UNSW4V UNSW3V H UNSW6V SW3.4VC SW3.4V FB604 B+ B+ B+ 17 TO(8/8) UNSW4V FB605 B+ FB603 B+ IC601 IC601 MP2105DJ-LF-Z 1V REG 3.9 R629 0 I R630 10 TO(2/8,4/8, 6/8,7/8) GND 5 C608 C601 C602 C603 10 10 0.1 0.01 16V 16V 6.3V 6.3V B B B B C605 10 6.3V B C606 10 6.3V B C607 10 6.3V B C611 1 10V B 1608 VOUT SIGNAL PATH C618 C622 C610 C619 0.1 0.1 47 0.1 10V 10V 10V 10V B B B VIDEO SIGNAL Y Y/CHROMA AUDI O SIGNAL REC PB 3 2 1 R626 18k 1.2 R627 10k R624 680k 0.5% C617 0.1 10V B CHROMA C612 470p 50V B SW3.4V 10 R623 510k 0.5% 5 ADJ L601 4.7uH R635 4.7k 4 VIN JL602 EN 1 5 5 0.6 FB B+ 3.4 GND GND JL603 B+ B+ CONT SW 2 VIN 3 1 4 5 IC602 PQ1MX55M2SPQ L602 4.7uH C609 47 10V R658 1k IC602 3.4V REG J 4-33 4-34 AV-CN/POWER RD-064 (5/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. • Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board. 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 9 8 10 11 RD-064 BOARD(6/8) A DV-PHY NO MARK:REC/PB MODE -REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESTO 6 (1/8,2/8,3/8 XSYSRST 4/8,5/8) 3.4 PHYLPS R713 10k B+ 3.4 3.4 3.4 CL701 0 1.1 B R709 100 R705 10k B+ C710 0.01u B 3.4 C705 0.01u B R733 33 3.4 PHYLREQ DVDD CTL0 6 CTL1 7 0 DGND D0 8 6 4 2 D1 7 5 3 1 C703 0.01u B 3.4 0 0 RB702 47 0 PHYDIO[4] PHYDIO[5] PHYDIO[6] PHYDIO[7] 8 6 4 2 AGND IC(AL) DIRECT AGND AGND AVDD DVDD RESETB DGND IC701 DV-PHY AGND 0 7 5 3 1 0 TpBIAS0 3.4 AVDD IC701 UPD72852AGB-8EU- A 0 PHYDIO[0] PHYDIO[1] PHYDIO[2] PHYDIO[3] LKON 0 RB703 47 D LPS SPD DVDD TEST LREQ 3.4 DVDD TpA0p D2 TpA0n D3 TpB0p DGND TpBOn D4 D5 AGND 1.2 RI1 DGND AGND C712 0.01u B JL706 JL707 JL708 LF701 0uH 8 1 7 2 6 3 5 4 5 TPB- 4 TPB+ 3 TPA- 2 TPA+ 1 GND 6P TO FR-257 BOARD CN3005 THROUGH THE RF-119 HAENESS (SEE PAGE 4-23) C713 0.01u B C714 0.01u B 16V C715 1u B 10V C716 270p CH R723 5100 ±0.5% R717 9100 ±0.5% IC(AL) 0 CMC 3.4 AVDD 0 CPS AGND 3.4 AVDD 0 PC0 0 PC1 0 PC2 DGND 1.7 XO 1.6 XI 0 D6 0 D7 0 SUS/RES 3.4 DVDD 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 R701 0 2W R714 10k R710 10k R711 10k R712 10k B+ B+ SIGNAL PATH R706 1k F VIDEO SIGNAL C704 0.01u B FL702 10 TO(2/8,4/8, 5/8,7/8) GND C706 9p C701 10u B 6.3V C708 0.01u B X701 24.576MHz B+ SW3.4V C711 0.01u B R715 10k CHROMA REC PB C707 9p 3 G DV-PHY GND RB701 47 E RD-064 (6/8) 6 R718 56 ± 0.5% R719 56 ± 0.5% * R721 56 ± 0.5% * R722 56 ± 0.5% 4 C702 0.01u B 7 5 3 1 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 IC(DL) 8 PHYCTL[0] PHYCTL[1] 8 6 4 2 SCLK CN701 1.9 TpBIAS1 3.4 AVDD 1.9 TpA1p 1.9 TpA1n 0 TpB1p 0 TpB1n 1.6 PHYSCLK 9 9 TO(1/8) DGND 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 C R703 100 5 DGND 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 4-35 4-36 Y Y/CHROMA AUDI O SIGNAL RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. • Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board. 2 6 3 GND GND 1.7 768FS441K 3.4 VDD 1.7 384FS48K R817 33 9 8 R823 33 PLL 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A768FS48K B REF27M1 3.4 FSEL 1.6 768FS48K 7 IC802 R830 22 C810 0.01u B 18 TO(8/8) R826 33 R827 33 FL801 B+ 768FSOH R825 68 C811 0.01u B 9 2 X801 27MHz FSEL 1.8 REF27M3 REF27M2 3.4 VDD 1.7 768FSCHG 4 R821 2.2K 3.4 VDD GND 1.5 X1_IN 1.5 X2_OUT 5 4 R816 47 REF27M1 C807 12p CH C808 12p 6 -REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES- 1 C806 0.01u B PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA (NOT USE) 5 IC802 ICS650G-42LFT RD-064 BOARD(7/8) NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 4 7 A 3 8 1 B+ SIGNAL PATH C803 10u AUDI O SIGNAL A768FS441K REC PB C VMCLK R812 10k XLMUTE RTS[1] XRMUTE RX[1] ALRCKO R847 22 ABCKO ADATAO C804 10u B 6.3V 10 TO(1/8,4/8, 5/8,6/8) 13 SW3.4V B+ C805 0.1u B 14 F 12 R810 22 10 R846 22 11 A0DATAI 9 8 7 28 27 26 25 E ADCBC 1.7 24 R808 33 AVDD 5.0 REFP 5.0 ADCMC 1.3 VMID 2.5 REFN AGND AOUTL2.5 AOUTL+ 2.5 DVDD AOUTR2.5 DGND AOUTR+ 2.5 ADCD 1.7 DACLR 1.7 DACBCK 1.7 DACMC 1.3 DACD 3.4 AINL+ B+ SWA5V 12 TO(5/8) 22 A0BCKI ADCLR 1.7 AINL- AINL+ 2.5 21 6 R845 0 AINR+ AINL2.5 20 A0LRCKI ZFLANL 1.7 AINR+ 2.5 19 R844 0 AINR- 18 3 A768FS441K ZFLANR 2.8 AINR2.5 AUDIO ADC/DAC 17 A768FS441K A768FS48K 4 A768FS48K 5 FSEL 4 TO(1/8) FSEL CL 0 IC803 CE 3.4 16 2 SCLK[1] DI 3.4 15 1 3.4 TX[1] D 23 IC803 WM8590GEDS/RV C816 0.22u B C817 47u 10V AOUTLR839 0 AOUTL+ R840 0 AOUTRR841 0 AOUTR+ R842 0 GND AGND C809 0.01u B 4-37 C812 0.22u B C813 10u 16V 4-38 PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA RD-064 (7/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board. 9 10 11 12 13 15 14 16 30 72 IOGND TX0- 29 73 CGND AVCC 28 74 CVCC18 TXC+ 27 75 D4 TXC- 26 76 D3 AGND 25 77 D2 EXT_SWING 24 78 D1 PVCC1 23 79 D0 PGND1 22 80 DE RSVDL 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 0 3.3 0 3.3 GND CONT TMDS DATA1 - 7 TMDS DATA0 + 8 TMDS DATA0 SHIELD 9 TMDS DATA0 - 10 TMDS CLOCK + 11 TMDS CLOCK SHIELD 12 TMDS CLOCK - 13 CEC 14 RESERVED 15 SCL 16 SDA 17 DDC/CEC GND 18 +5V POWER 19 HPD C936 0.01 16V R1946 10 0 3.3 R995 510 3.3 RN-CP R1947 10 C938 0.01 16V B C942 10 16V FL907 0uH R1914 0 R1915 0 EMI 0 G 3.3 C945 0.01 16V B R1921 0 R1922 0 R1916 1.8k R1917 1.8k 3 2 0 3.3 VDR909 R1909 47k C933 0.01 16V B 4 5 1 R1907 4.7k R991 1k R993 1k R988 47 R989 47 VIN 6 3.3 0 0 1.8 3.3 3.3 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.4 R1.2 P0 R1.3 P0 R1.3 P0 1.7 C931 0.01 16V B VIN NOISE VOUT TMDS DATA1 SHIELD R1944 10 R1945 10 B+ B+ GND VOUT NOISE IC909 TK11133CSCL-G TMDS DATA1 + 5 VDR910 IC906 C956 0.01 16V B 1.3 R924 22 R925 22 ABCKOH NOISE VOUT JL924 JL923 JL922 3.4 3.4 HDCP-SCL /P65/SCK HDCP-WP/P67/SIN HDCP-SDA/P66/SOT P43/AN11 JL932 JL934 JL933 3.4 3.4 3.4 P42/AN10 P40/AN08 P37/AN07 P36/AN06 P35/AN05 P41/AN09 R932 0 P33/AN03/XPWDN 3.4 3.4 P30/AN00/SCK P31/AN01/SDA 3.3 JL920 SDO/UO0/P11 SCK/ UCK0/P12 JL927 JL928 JL929 R953 10k R954 10k R955 10k R956 10k R957 10k R978 0 R977 0 R974 0 4.9 4.9 JL905 R1960 0 JL906 3.3 768FSOH INT[2] R973 0 JL907 CTS[3] 0 R968 4.7k 3.4 SDI/UI0/P10 0 3.4 R940 10k R938 4.7k JL926 B+ R948 4.7k P04/INT04 P07/INT07 P03/INT03 P06/INT06 TXINT/P02/INT02 P05/INT05 XSMCS/P01/INT01 SIGNAL PATH JL902 R939 0 R937 0 R935 100 0 3.4 VSYNC/P00/INT00 3.4 XRST R931 4.7k 3.3 PG1/X0A 32 PG2/X1A 34 PG0/(Cin) 35 3.3 36 R930 100 37 VDD 38 3.4 39 R926 100k 40 R923 1k 41 C914 0.01 16V B PPG0/P14 31 26 C912 22 10V TO01/P23 ADTG /TRG0/P13 30 25 SCLK[2] C903 0.01 16V B EC0/P24 PPG00/P20 29 24 JL930 JL921 P50/SCL0 TO00/P22 28 23 C918 0.01 16V B G P51/SDA0 PPG01/P21 27 20 22 19 21 18 B+ EMI TRG1/P53 PPG1/P52 42 SUB-CPU IC903 MB95F108ASPFV-GE1-5G00 43 IC903 17 FL902 0uH 3.4 3.4 B+ K P32/AN02/TRAP2 AVSS 16 VSS 3.4 33 X1 PPG10/P60 44 15 1.2 PPG11/P61 45 X0 TO10/P62 46 MOD 14 X901 10MHz 1.2 JL925 TO11/P63 47 P70/TO0 13 0 R918 0 3.4 EC1/P64 48 12 HCS[2] 49 11 P71TI0 50 P80 51 P81 10 R914 0 52 9 2 R985 4.7k R1964 0 53 8 P82 54 P83 55 PE0/INT10 7 3.4 JL936 56 6 R913 0 JL937 JL911 R1955 47 JL912 JL913 JL914 R983 0 JL915 HDREQ[1] JL916 JL917 JL931 JL918 VIDEO SIGNAL CN901 8P 1 GND 2 +3.3V 3 XEXRST 4 DLON 5 NC 6 TXD 7 RXD 8 NC CHROMA NOT USE Y Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL REC PB S901 RX[3] NOM-DL R919 0 TX[3] HDMI R1931 0 R1958 10k 3.4 JL919 RTS[3] 57 5 PE1/INT11 58 4 PE2/INT12 CL904 59 3 PE3/INT13 CL903 3.4 R1959 10k 60 2 AVR 61 1 AVCC 62 3.4 3.4 CL902 R1932 10k R1962 0 63 C910 0.01 16V B I RD-064 (8/8) R1930 100k R1954 47 R929 10k 64 ) M C957 0.22 16V B 1608 B+ R1950 0 R1951 0 R921 1k R922 1k P34/AN04/XTXRST CTS[3] R933 0 INT[2] RTS[2] 5.8 INT[2] CTS[3] L 0 ABCKOH ABCKOH J ALRCKOH SPDIFOH ALRCKOH 5 C955 0.22 16V B 1608 R950 1k R951 1k ADATAOH ALRCKOH 16 TO(1/8 B+ B+ SPDIFOH SPDIFOH H 4 G ADATAOH 5V REG IC910 TK70550SCL-G 3 IC910 CONT R907 0 R906 0 R901 0 AND GATE VIN C924 C925 0.1 0.1 10V 10V B B 2.5V REG ADATAOH HDMI OUT UDZSTE-176.2B D915 TX0+ TMDS DATA2 - 4 VDR908 IOVCC 0 TMDS DATA2 SHIELD 3 V 71 IC904 SII9030CTU-1.1 2 Y D5 0 R1940 10 R1941 C935 10 0.01 16V R1942 B 10 R1943 10 G 31 70 0 B AGND D6 3.3 TMDS DATA2 + A TX1- 32 69 3.3 1 VDR906 33 CN902 19P FL906 0uH VDR907 34 G VDR904 VDR905 35 TX1+ UNSW6V EMI 0 VDR901 TX2AVCC GND C954 0.22 16V B+ VDR903 HDMI TX GND IC908 TK11233CMCL-G GND CONT VIN NOISE VOUT R1906 0 R992 R994 XX 10k CGND 1.8 CVCC18 3.3 CSDA 3.3 CSCL 3.3 RESET# R3.3/P0.5 CI2CA IC904 R1936 C949 1k 0.22 16V C941 10 16V VDR902 D8 D7 3.3 C937 0.01 16V B FL905 0uH IC906 SN74LVC1G08DCKR 1.1 IOGND CGND IDCK DSCL SCALB0 CVCC18 66 R987 0 R946 100 R941 0 JL909 JL908 0 0 D14 R0/P0.6 D15 R0/P2.5 D16 R2.1/P0.6 D17 R0/P0.7 D18 R0/P0.7 D19 R0/P0.7 D20 R0/P0.7 D21 R0/P0.7 D22 R3.3/P3 D23 R3.3 IOVCC 36 DSDA SCALB0 37 TX2+ HPD 0 38 AGND CVCC18 SCALB1 39 PVCC2 CGND 0 PGND2 INT SCALB2 SCALB1 VDDI OVDDE1 SCALB3 0 0 SCALB2 40 B+ 2.5 3.4 R3.3 P0 QB1 TEST3 TEST2 QB0 TEST1 TEST0 NRST SCL VSS SDA ALSB 0 JL903 0 0 SCALB3 NC D9 68 3.8 3.3 G D10 67 17 TO(5/8) EMI D11 B+ C922 1000p 50V B IC909 C940 22 10V 41 D12 3.4 R1956 10k R1957 10k SCALB4 B+ 3.4 R943 XX JL904 F1 VDDE DV 3.4 3.4 R0 P0.8 1.4 3.4 DI9 DH DI8 VDDI VSS DI7 DI6 DI4 DI5 DI3 0 0 R0 P1.1 R0 P1.1 R0 P1.3 2.5 DI2 DI1 DI0 VSS SCALB5 42 61 0 SCALB6 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 C920 0.1 10V B C916 0.1 10V B 52 C908 47 6.3V 51 C905 2.2 6.3V B 2012 50 C904 0.01 16V B 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 34 36 33 32 35 31 1.2 0 0 0 62 30 B+ 63 29 VSS 64 28 QB2 DY9 SCALB7 0 43 65 IOGND 65 27 DY8 0 SCALB4 44 64 IOVCC 66 26 QB5 2.5 1.8 45 SCK QB6 DY5 C929 0.01 16V B 46 WS 67 25 DY4 QB3 C927 0.1 10V B 3.3 47 63 0 C928 0.01 16V B 48 SD0 68 24 QB7 DY7 SCALY0 49 62 0 SCALB5 50 SD1 69 23 QB8 DY3 QB4 0 SCALB6 SCALY1 51 SD2 QB9 DY2 DY6 2.5 R986 0 SCALY0 SCALB7 52 SD3 DY1 SCALY1 53 MCLK 22 IC901 70 VDDI 71 21 VSS SCALY2 SCALY2 C926 0.1 10V B 72 VSS SCALY3 SCALY3 3.3 73 DY0 0 3.4 74 QG0 75 QG1 DC0 76 DC1 20 C902 1 10V B 1608 77 QG2 19 C901 47 6.3V 78 DC2 18 3 5 CN 79 QG3 17 GND CONT VDDE VDDE B+ R1933 1k QG4 16 2 6 SUB 4 1 7 NC QG5 SCALY4 D13 54 SPDIF 80 DC3 QG6 SCALY5 3.4 61 55 CVCC18 81 SCALER IC902 CXD9836R SCALY6 0.9 SCALY4 56 CGND 82 IC902 SCALY5 SCALY7 0 57 VSYNC 83 DC4 0 R0 P0.6 R3.4 P2.6 R0 P0.7 R0 P0.7 R0 P0.7 R0 P0.7 R3.3 P0.7 0 58 HSYNC 84 DC5 15 2.5 VO VIN 3.4 B+ DC6 14 IC901 MM1562FFBE R905 0 QG7 13 REC656O[7] F VSS VSS 12 0 R0 P1.1 1.4 3.4 QG8 VDDI 11 0 REC656O[6] DC7 10 REC656O[3] REC656O[5] QG9 9 REC656O[2] REC656O[4] 8 E 3.4 0 R0 P0.8 R0 P0.8 0 REC656O[1] 7 R902 68 REC656O[0] QR0 DC8 2.5 C907 0.1 10V B REC656CLKO DC9 FL904 0uH 3.3V REG 59 3.3 VSS QR1 3.2 OVDDE2 6 SMCK 60 85 QR2 86 MST R990 100 3.4 0 QR7 0 0.8 0.9 3.2 QV QH QR8 QDE QR9 R945 47 QCLK 1.3 VSS VDDI 2.5 0.6 CL901 3.4 EXCLK N.C. OVDDE3 AVS1 3.3 CPO AVD1 PH1 1.6 1.6 VCI 3.3 AVS2 N.C. 3.4 PH2 AVD2 PLLEN N.C. 3.4 OVDDE4 87 5 C906 0.1 10V B GND IC907 TK11218CMCL-G SCALC7 SCALC6 SCALC5 SCALC4 SCALC3 SCALC2 SCALY7 SCALY6 SCALC1 SCALC0 SCALC6 SCALC5 SCALC7 R915 0 JL901 1.6 DCLK 0 2.5 VDDI OVSS1 DCLKP 88 QR3 G B+ 4 89 4 XTST 0 SCALC2 0 SCALC1 0 SCALC0 EMI 5 90 3 QR4 UNSW4V 3.4 1.2 C939 22 10V B+ B+ R1961 0 1608 3.8 3 91 QR5 XSM R0 P3.4 SCALC4 0 SCALC3 C934 0.01 16V B SW3.4VC R1935 C948 C953 1k 0.22 16V C952 0.22 B 0.1 16V B 1608 10V 1608 B C947 0.22 16V B 1608 2 92 XTCK1 3.4 4 93 QR6 2 C 5 94 1 VSS 3.4 3.4 C932 0.01 16V B 6 95 97 96 98 105 99 106 100 107 101 108 102 109 103 110 104 111 114 112 115 113 117 116 118 119 120 C930 0.01 16V B 4 B+ R1927 0 1608 3.3 R1923 0 3.3 B+ R1929 0 5 B 1.8 C944 0.22 16V B 1608 B+ 3.4 6 R1934 1k 3 R1910 0 2 B+ C923 0.1 10V B C921 0.1 10V B 1 R927 3.3k C919 0.1 10V B C913 0.1 10V B C911 0.1 10V B C909 0.1 10V B R928 820 3.3 R1913 0 1.2 3 C915 0.33 10V B C917 0.033 10V B C950 0.01 16V B 1.2 2 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE D 3.3V REG C946 0.01 16V B 1 HDMI -REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES- 19 IC908 1.8V REG RD-064 BOARD(8/8) A 18 17 IC907 CONT 8 GND 7 R942 0 B+ 5 6 2 5 4 1 3 1 2 1 SCLK[3] 4-39 4-40 18 TO(7/8) RDR-HX820/HX825 SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2001EK) C112 680p 250V L106 T101 SWITCHING TRANSFORMER D101 S1WBA60B R104 100k 2W C106 1000p/1kV C105 120u 400V D301 SF5LC20U L301 3.7uH C301 1000p 1kV D302 MTZJT-22B R113 22 1/2W C107 22p 2kV C302 470u 35V C113 100p 1kV D105 SARS01 0 2 IC101 MIP-2E7 S IC101 C Z102 DSP-501N R102 220 1/2W C110 0.1u PC101(1/2) PS2561AL PHOTO COUPLER 1.2 IC301 M5237ML R307 10k R105 10 D107 MTZJ7.5B 0 Q303 DTC114EKA SWITCH 4.9 2 R305 12k L104 C501 3900u 10V C108 10u 50V 6V ADJ C503 150u 25V R504 22k IC502 P602 5A Z101 S10K300 C114 680p 250V L P502 3.15A D502 ISS355 R201 3.3k R601 3.3k L601 10uH C602 150u 25V C603 2.2u 25V C508 10u 10V B+ C510 2.2u 25V P201 3.15A SW 12V 2 GND 3 GND 4 SW 5V 1 SW 12V 2 GND 3 GND 4 SW 5V 1 GND DVD UNIT HDD UNIT CN3 15P B+ L502 C505 10u 50V C202 100u 16V C504 150u 25V R508 2,2k R506 4.7k L201 10uH C201 3900u 10V C601 100u 25V R507 0 5V REG R505 18k C101 0.1u 250V 2 4 3 IC501 TL431CLP D601 PR1003 OUT 3 VR501 4.7k C502 R503 0.1u 25V 1k B+ 5 5.8 IN CN1 4P 1 CN2 4P IC502 PQ05RD21 R502 100 PC101(2/2) PS2561AL C306 150u R308 25V 2.2k C307 10u 50V 3 D201 FCQ06A06 F101 T3.15A/250V 8.4 R306 22k C304 150u 25V L501 3.7uH R501 1k R101 2.2M 1/2W N R304 82k D303 ISS355 B+ 12 PROTECT D106 D1NL20U R112 47 C104 100p 250V R302 270 1W10.7 Q302 2SJ599 12V SW 12.1 1 C109 47u 35V L101 L.P.F R303 22k 11.5 P301 2A D304 11EQS06 6 L103 C103 100p 250V L302 10uH 1 D501 FCQ10A06 OSC 1 L102 L.P.F C303 47u 35V IC301 3 D Q301 2SJ438 12V REG 12.5 R301 680 R309 10k 29.4 C102 0.1u 250V 13.6 B+ L105 P601 2A 2 UNSW 12V 3 GND 4 GND 5 UNSW 6V 6 UNSW 6V TO AV-106 BOARD (1/8) CN101 7 UNSW 6V (SEE PAGE 4-5) 8 SW 5V 9 UNSW 6V 10 UNSW 4V 11 UNSW 4V 12 UNSW 4V 13 GND 14 UNSW -8V 15 PCONT B- IC501 SHUNT REGULATOR CN101 AC-INLET Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 4-41 4-42 SWITCHING REGULATOR SRV-2001EK RDR-HX820/HX825 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS LINE 2 OUT • : Uses unleaded solder. COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y-PB/CB-PR/CR LINE3/DECODER LINE1-TV AV-106 BOARD (SIDE A) DIGITAL OUT VIDEO S VIDEO L-AUDIO-R AERIAL IN-OUT COAXIAL OPTICAL G-LINK HX825 only AV-106 BOARD (SIDE A) A J702 L405 R1410 C414 C410 L1401 L406 C415 C1414 C1401 C1416 R1806 R1814 C745 C869 R821 R1807 L401 R106 L403 Q106 Q107 CN1102 R1144 R1114 R1147 R1134 R1133 C630 C1112 X602 C617 C658 IC605 R638 CN601 C651 R615 R635 R965 R688 R119 R696 R694 R687 R684 C115 A106 C858 R891 IC105 PS104 1 5 C857 R890 R130 R131 R132 C131 C135 C130 IC106 C158 C111 D155 C116 IC102 C110 C112 L602 C106 L601 C155 R651 C625 R616 R636 Q601 Q616 C605 R1633 C618 C607 C133 C134 L101 C126 2 C128 1 C125 C108 C107 X603 14 L102 R617 CN602 11 A105 1 C160 C159 E-10 E-10 C-8 B-8 B-8 H-8 H-8 H-8 E-8 E-8 D-4 D-4 D-4 D-4 D-4 E-3 1 15 12 1 1 7 3 6 Q104 Q105 Q304 Q305 Q306 Q601 Q612 Q616 Q702 Q705 Q707 Q708 Q709 Q710 Q711 Q801 4 4-43 5 I-8 E-2 I-8 I-9 C-1 I-8 I-7 C-7 G-8 F-8 G-10 D-2 D-3 8 CN108 IC108 5 4 9 16 C657 R609 5 3 8 2 C151 4 5 4 1 FB1609 L103 R631 C153 6 4 IC109 3 1 3 16 C105 1 R118 R1625 R605 PS602 R144 I IC102 IC104 IC105 IC106 IC107 IC108 IC109 IC202 IC601 IC604 IC605 IC801 IC803 R618 2 R117 R155 R606 C650 C109 R116 R112 C152 D103 R108 R613 IC606 Q612 1 R110 D104 R1638 R1637 R1636 R1627 R632 C659 5 H C629 C628 C626 4 R671 R657 R649 C641 C601 3 R664 C636 C602 R611 R650 IC103 E-6 I-9 B-8 B-8 B-8 E-8 E-3 E-3 E-3 B-3 B-3 B-2 B-2 B-3 B-3 B-2 1 R653 5 1 11 1 R620 R644 8 X1101 C635 C634 C633 C632 C631 4 IC604 5 42 G R674 R658 R673 R656 R1632 R693 R692 R690 41 R1149 R659 R660 R662 C639 R162 IC601 F C642 CN501 R173 R675 R676 R677 R646 R1628 R641 R501 C124 C103 2 R645 R647 1 R122 C150 C1103 R1146 R1139 R1105 Q702 5 R121 R156 IC1103 R1143 R1142 R1145 R1141 D701 C705 D101 D102 Q705 C713 A107 PS102 D801 Q801 TH601 C824 R804 R801 C804 PS103 IC104 C123 R160 R135 R158 R157 2 R1140 A104 42 R103 C104 R105 CN502 8 C113 1 R120 R169 F101 1 CN701 Q104 Q105 41 R784 D101 D155 D301 D303 D304 D701 D703 D704 D801 D808 D809 D810 D811 D816 D821 D827 1 E L404 C407 4 C401 3 5 C452 C1452 R1452 1 IC402 C870 R1451R1453 R820 R1804 R791 R789 C309 R1805 C775 Q711 Q710 Q709 Q708 Q707 R790 C717 R750 R749 D-1 C-1 F-7 D-8 G-10 D-5 IC805 C307 D704 D703 R480 C1411 C304 C301 5 8 R219 R222 C1410 C1412 34 33 IC202 C218 C210 C209 C217 C306 R822 R823 Q304 TU401 R1409 R1408 R1111 Q1104 C1413 R302 R366 R303 C302 C319 R809 R810 D304 D303 C318 D301 D302 R362 R343 R342 R344 C316 R340 C317 R888 R889 C720 C721 IC1401 22 23 R1412 Q713 Q712 C714 C701 C719 R1739 A103 C730 C716 C715 L701 R805 C706 C732 C704 R1719 R760 C722 R1712 C738 C734 C728 C733 C723 C731 R763 R1716 C744 C836 C866 C825 C823 C822 C819 C821 R1110 C1408 1 C820 1 CN109 10 6 1 C813 4 1 3 4 R154 Q306 Q1401 1 44 11 12 R1813 R753 R752 R751 C122 R218 R223 R702 4 R841 R840 C826 R1713 R808 C817 R761 R758 R757 C841 R859 C867 R864 C835 C802 C833 R845 R886 C320 C1104 R1106 Q305 C1407 D1400 R1727 14 13 C803 26 27 R887 R1710 C707 C818 R1720 C726 521 L803 R762 C727 IC803 2 1 C101 R149 A101 C749 C750 C708 C751 R852 C832 C844 R1738 C742 C739 C740 C840 39 40 CN101 14 IC801 15 C801 C837 C842 R861 R854 R858 C120 R1800 C743 C753 C762 C752 C827 FB809 FB808 FB826 R873 R1801 FB827 FB811 FB810 R111 R151 A102 C118 IC107 R113 C117 R153 R866 C864 R772 C839 C868 C747 C121 C102 IC101 C810 C863 C748 R140 D C805 D821 1 C C853 3 CN103 FB814 R897 R875 FB813 R874 42 22 D810 D827 D809 D816 D808 D811 R896 C843 R170 R785 R783 23 B R1402 X1401 41 R876 21 CN805 1 R877 R898 C119 J1101 20 2 R899 R879 R878 J301 IC304 J703 CN101 CN103 CN501 CN502 CN601 CN701 8 9 1-870-318- 11 10 POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT, IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT, IR-CONT AV-106 RDR-HX820/HX825 AV-106 BOARD (SIDE B) FB819 FB821 C851 D822 C847 FB820 FB817 C846 FB816 R114 R115 R868 R862 R857 C838 R855 R853 JL109 JL106 JL104 JL105 JL103 JL803 JL801 JL102 JL101 R150 R172 JL107 IC701 JL112 JL110 JL108 R885 JL802 R849 R848 R847 C829 C828 R839 3 C852 C849 R867 R869 R730 1 C850 FB818 FB807 FB815 FB805 JL807 JL808 JL804 JL805 JL809 FB806 JL806 FB803 FB804 R870 C735 C772 C774 R754 4 FB822 JL822 D815 D828 JL818 D814 C855 FB802 FB823 R871 JL715 R776 C746 JL754 JL753 C718 R137 6 JL111 C834 R844 C865 C816 C806 R744 R740 R742 R738 R736 Q715 JL820 JL819 JL817 JL834 JL815 JL814 JL831 JL812 C854 C711 R765 C710 R764 JL710 C712 R766 R768 R767 JL708 C763 R1704 R788 JL704 JL706 JL837 JL835 JL833 JL832 JL829 D825 FB824 FB812 D817 L704 C807 C809 Q807 C703 C776 R1736 R1735 R715 R716 R1734 C709 R152 R1614 D608 R1602 R1601 R1621 R1609 Q613 Q614 FB1608 C129 R109 C127 JL118 C604 R146 R1623 C815 R1622 C656 JL610 Q615 C623 Q611 C624 C621 R699 C622 R1604 R1603 C619 C620 R623 R610 R630 R629 R628 R614 JL680 JL678 JL676 JL674 JL673 JL609 R161 R642 JL621 R639 JL620 R637 JL619 JL614 R627 R1626 C655 JL615 JL613 C614 C613 JL681 JL679 JL677 JL675 JL672 C649 R643 JL617 C627 JL640 R1613 JL670 R174 R652 JL641 R619 JL616 JL657 JL655 JL636 R626 C616 R633 R604 C653 R1610 C652 C654 FB601 R669 R654 JL514 JL518 JL522 JL526 JL530 JL534 JL535 JL624 JL623 R1629 29 30 JL662 JL629 JL625 JL612 JL684 JL656 R661 R1630 R176 1 JL524 R175 JL666 JL513 JL517 JL521 JL525 JL529 JL533 JL537 1-870-318- JL509 JL536 JL532 JL628 JL627 IC603 JL520 JL527 JL531 JL528 JL658 R608 JL519 C114 JL120 JL634 JL635 JL515 JL510 JL512 JL516 R102 R1624 R607 R668 R666 JL505 JL507 JL523 JL654 JL632 JL633 R603 59 58 JL501 JL508 JL511 JL626 JL660 JL117 C812 R104 JL123 R107 R892 9 8 POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT, IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT, IR-CONT AV-106 R731 R729 JL643 JL644 JL653 JL622 JL638 JL663 R686 R685 JL642 JL661 C644 R648 C643 R689 JL664 JL667 JL665 JL631 5 10 JL113 R725 JL750 JL121 Q808 R842 JL707JL705 JL703 C845 Q101 JL755 JL115 JL821 JL114 R856 C725 D805 D819 JL116 JL503 JL504 JL668 16 21 20 C724 JL752 R755 D807 D820 D806 JL826 C856 D812 R865 80 1 R807 R806 L705 JL709 JL506 JL502 JL702 JL659 R672 R680 R682 JL630 R667 R665 R670 R663 C1110 C1109 JL671 C859 R894 R733 R703 R728 R726 R718 JL652 R683 R1101 R1103 116 FB602 4 IC702 JL824 R701 JL605 R1631 JL669 IC804 R747 JL711 C645 C646 R624 1 JL836 C212 JL552 R712 JL637 R681 R679 R678 R655 C1111 R697 R698 88 87 JL607 JL701 JL712 JL639 C615 R622 R621 H JL561 R714 R732 R705 R719 R1108 JL604 JL602 R893 JL559 JL551 JL546 JL545 JL547 JL548 JL904 JL903 JL911 JL908 JL682 R895 C860 8 FB825 R872 D803 D824 D804 D823 JL825 JL839 C848 D813 JL910 JL902 21 G C741 L702 C757 JL556 60 61 L703 C216 C215 R409 C405 R1413 C702 R713 R1715 R1714 JL906 JL909 F C737 R836 8 Q716 1 JL611 JL813 JL816 C831 R1717 JL751 JL905 JL603 JL683 D802 16 R825 R827 C211 IC203 5 R225 R224 1 R835 1 4 C501 IC1102 JL606 FB707 R1721 C736 C729 R313 C213 C214 JL554 22 JL901 JL608 JL601 D818 FB706 R1718 R863 C861 C862 R860 R819 R802 R828 R803 R321 C315 R316 R317 R364 R365 R227 R226 JL840 JL842 JL811 JL810 R312 JL538 42 E JL827 JL830 JL841 JL823 JL828 FB801 R1707 17 JL540 R1116 D732 JL838 C830 JL843 32 JL555 JL907 JL747 R780 JL557 D JL748 R799 FB705 D715 Q309 C312 JL558 JL539 3 5 C311 R315 JL562 JL553 4 1 R327 1 5 JL560 JL541 JL401 Q310 C314 R323 R310 R304 R309 R301 R1812 JL550 R418 R168 C1453 IC401 6 D721 D731 41 40 C308 JL549 JL542 JL544 JL732 D728 JL728 D702 JL733 JL749 IC802 3 4 R1454 JL731 R779 R318 R311 IC303 C 4 R314 JL714 R798 FB704 R349 R346 C322 R336 R333 Q303 R305 JL403 R475 B-1 B-8 B-8 B-8 A-8 A-8 A-6 A-7 A-7 A-7 A-8 G-8 G-7 G-7 G-7 D-4 D-5 C-2 B-2 C303 R308 R306 R420 C409 C326 R353 8 C310 FB701 R331 1 R1802 R1803 JL417 JL912 Q101 Q301 Q302 Q303 Q307 Q308 Q309 Q310 Q311 Q312 Q313 Q611 Q613 Q614 Q615 Q715 Q716 Q807 Q808 C313 JL543 Q401 R330 R320 R307 Q302 Q301 JL1407 C1418 C1419 R411 R412 R326 R339 JL1406 JL419 Q311 Q312 D714 FB702 C327 R355 R334 C321 R332 R338 C1415 Q403 C403 R405 JL1405 C1417 R1411 C449 C336 IC302 R142 R337 JL1404 JL418 D724 Q308 C1402 R1419 C408 R335 JL1403 C1403 Q405 Q307 R1403 C1406 C413 C1409 JL402 JL1401 JL1402 R429 C416 R408 JL404 R1407 C412 R1418 R415 JL415 R414 R1404 C337 R345 Q313 R348 R148 R1107 JL914 R1120 JL726 JL724 R1722 FB708 R1148 R1132 R1416 R428 C456 Q407JL406 R481 C455 R423 C324 R350 FB703 R795 C1405 R1709 R347 C1404 Q1402 R1406 JL411 JL412 JL413 B JL913 R1115 C453 A R422 D305 C325 JL915 D1401 C411 JL408 R1401 C454 L402 B-6 A-7 C-7 C-10 F-9 C-3 B-4 B-5 H-10 : Uses unleaded solder. D1103 R1417 JL414 IC203 IC302 IC303 IC401 IC603 IC701 IC702 IC802 IC804 • AV-106 BOARD (SIDE B) R407 G-7 A-4 A-6 A-5 A-5 A-6 A-5 A-4 A-4 A-3 A-2 A-2 A-2 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-2 A-2 A-3 A-3 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-2 R410 D608 D702 D714 D715 D721 D724 D728 D731 D732 D802 D803 D804 D805 D806 D807 D812 D813 D814 D815 D817 D818 D819 D820 D822 D823 D824 D825 D828 7 6 5 4 3 4-46 2 1 11 RDR-HX820/HX825 FL-166 BOARD (SIDE A) : Uses unleaded solder. • FL-166 BOARD (SIDE A) 1 52 CN3101 B-2 A C3117 12 22 23 C3110 ND3101 C3120 IC3101 33 S3101 1 C3114 34 44 C3113 C3112 C3111 C3115 D3112 C3116 C3106 L3101 B-1 IC3101 A-4 C3121 T3101 (ON/STANDBY) D3112 11 LINE 2 IN 1 J3101 10 CN3101 S VIDEO 1 AUDIO L (MONO) VIDEO AUDIO R CN3102 B R3120 8 C3122 1-870-32016 1 2 3 4 5 11 6 FL-166 BOARD (SIDE B) D3105 R3113 R3108 R3122 D3101 JL3163 JL3164 JL3165 JL3112 JL3114 JL3113 JL3116 JL3115 JL3118 JL3117 JL3120 JL3119 JL3122 JL3121 R3117 JL3123 JL3124 JL3125 C3118 JL3130 JL3131 JL3132 JL3134 JL3133 JL3136 JL3135 JL3138 JL3137 JL3140 JL3139 JL3142 JL3141 JL3144 JL3143 JL3146 JL3145 JL3147 JL3149 JL3148 JL3150 JL3151 JL3153 JL3155 JL3156 JL3167 JL3168 1 JL3162 1 2 4-47 11 FL-166 BOARD (SIDE B) R3116 52 16 JL3161 JL3127 JL3129 JL3154 R3110 R3115 JL3158 JL3160 JL3159 1-870-320- JL3152 JL3157 R3111 D3111 D3109 D3110 D3108 A C3123 JL3126 JL3128 JL3110 JL3111 Q3101 Q3102 R3121 R3102 C3102 R3105 FB3101 D3107 C3107 R3103 D3103 C3103 R3114 FB3102 D3104 C3104 R3109 C3105 JL3103 JL3104 C3101 R3104 D3106 SOL301 R3101 JL3107 SOL302 JL3109 JL3108 JL3102 C3124 JL3105 JL3106 B C3119 JL3101 D3102 3 4 5 D3102 D3103 D3104 D3105 D3106 D3107 D3108 D3109 D3110 D3111 A-3 A-2 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-4 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 Q3101 Q3102 A-2 A-2 6 4-48 FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW FL-166 RDR-HX820/HX825 • : Uses unleaded solder. FR-257 BOARD (SIDE A) D3007 D3001 D3002 D3003 D3004 D3005 D3003 B-5 A-4 A-3 A-6 A-7 1 2 S3012 S3013 IC3002 A 3 CN3004 B-4 CN3005 B-5 SYNCHRO REC D3002 DVD HDD D3005 D3004 IC3002 A-5 (OPEN/CLOSE) S3003 (REC STOP) (PLAY) D3001 2 14 CN3003 5 CN3004 7 S3009 S3008 S3007 S3005 1 REC MODE 1 INPUT SELECT CH + 2 CH - 6 1 15 R3025 1 CN3005 DV IN 1 16 S3014 CN3002 D3006 2 CN3006 8 CN3001 B ONE-TOUCH DUB 3 4 S3002 (REC) (STOP) R3001 FR-257 BOARD (SIDE A) S3004 S3001 S3006 5 1-870-319- 6 11 7 FR-257 BOARD (SIDE B) R3028 JL3029 JL3031 JL3030 JL3036 JL3038 JL3040 JL3042 JL3032 R3015 JL3034 R3010 R3009 R3024 JL3035 R3023 JL3033 JL3015 JL3014 4-49 4 JL3013 FR-257 3 7 JL3012 DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED 2 C3004 R3012 1 JL3011 1 8 IC3001 Q3001 JL3010 16 14 C3005 R3004 R3011 R3006 R3008 Q3002 C3001 R3003 R3029 R3005 A JL3016 R3007 A-4 A-4 R3014 C3002 IC3001 A-5 Q3001 Q3002 R3016 R3013 FR-257 BOARD (SIDE B) JL3039 JL3017 JL3023 JL3024 JL3025 JL3018 JL3043 R3026 JL3026 R3019 R3017 JL3037 JL3022 R3018 JL3041 JL3007 R3027 JL3021 JL3027 R3020 JL3008 JL3006 JL3001 JL3003 JL3002 B JL3004 JL3005 1-870-319- 5 6 4-50 7 11 RDR-HX820/HX825 • : Uses unleaded solder. NOM-JIG 1 1 2 R702 CN701 LF701 R5054 D5002 FH5001 CN5001 R5008 R5032 C5011 R5033 C5003 R5056 C5032 R5028 R275 C232 RB1106 2 1 2 RB1123 RB1124 RB204 RB209 RB203 39 CN201 RB1119 2 40 RB1118 R201 R202 RB1121 1 RB208 R203 8 1 27 C1125 C1038 R401 S1101 RB1128 RB1105 CL401 R433 CL1128 CN401 CL1127 CN202 CL1123 CL1124 CL1126 R1182 R1183 R1168 RB1122 RB1120 47 46 R281 R223 CL1122 CN203 C204 40 39 CL1119 CL1125 C237 7 X201 R246 R247 C224 C236 C203 C202 C1112 C201 CL1121 RB222 C1113 X1101 C219 C220 C205 C234 17 16 C235 RB1129 IC1101 RB1108 RB1107 1 C217 C218 R253 IC201 64 1 RB1134 RB1131 R1137 R1194 R1138 R1145 RB1130 RB1132 RB1133 R1121R1156 CL1115 R1153 RB1110 R1109 R1105 R1106 CN1103 CL1102 28 CL1106 CL1104 R1148 R1191 R1193 5 R710 R711 R712 R715 R716 C5027 RB223 C210 R1176 R1140 R1141 R1144 C1131 C1128 RB1114 RB1115 C5028 C5025 R5025 R5012 R5021 C5005 R5018 R5026 R5027 R5019 C5004 R5001 R5057 C5001 IC5001 R1185 R1187 R1112 R1114 R1174 R1113 CL1113 R1139 R276 33 32 R225 RB1127 R1131 C1103 R1146 D5003 5 C231 C229 C215 C228 C230 48 49 CL1101 CL1103 CL1105 5 C214 1 6 R231 R5058 R229 FL1101 CL1114CL1116 R228 CL1117 R1189 R227 R1188 R226 C1123 CL1118 R224 R1175 R1142 CL1120 1 L5001 1 C1028 4 FL702 R701 R706 RB5005 RB5006 RB5007 RB5004 RB5001 R515 R507 1 IC108 34 FL701 R512 R511 R509 R521 R1962 C199 3 R5055 R5022 R5011 C5033 CL1112 C1012 R190 RB1113 RB1112 RB1109 R196 CL1129 CL1132 R191 RB1111 RB1116 C1013 R197 R182 RB1125 C1037 C124 IC105 33 C5009 R1158 2 3 4-51 C1040 R5061 R1162 R1164 R1161 CL1134 CL1133 CL1131 RB1117 R5030 C5019 C5018 1 120 CL1110 C1008 R1160 R1165 R1163 R180 34 4 C5012 R5052 R5051 R5038 C5029 R1130 R1132 C1134 R1116 RB1101 RB1102 RB1104 CL1108 R1029 R181 33 R502 D503 RB156 RB182 R1016 R1117 CL1109 RB1103 66 R5039 R1196RB1135 R1186 C1140 C1142 R1159 CL1130 1 IC5003 R1110 R1111 R1147 R1190 R1192 R1195 IC106 R1082 R1087 R117 C1009 66 RB1136 R1115 RB183 C917 R945 16 R565 C511 R549 RB110 RB159 RB158 RB157 RB154 RB175 RB155 R120 R198 C1124 R105 RB172 C1119 R108 RB171 RB173 R1088 R118 RB114 C194 1 C508 1 C5010 102 103 R506 R503 6 RB5012 39 38 64 65 R1068 R5047 R1074 R1075 R1076 R1077 R1078 RB5003 R1079 RB5002 R1080 R517 IC501 C923 CL901 C921 C919 R927 C913 C911 C909 C915 IC110 C1118 R1017 R128 R160 RB115 1 120 R928 11 R1081 10 RB5011 C5008 R1149 90 91 20 R134 R176 R178 R1084 R1083 21 R929 C105 R1027 R522 R195 R194 R189 R187 R186 R1099 R1098 C1030 R143 C610 E 1 R1071 R1073 R1056 R1022 R148 20 CL904 R510 R560 R547 RB502 RB505 RB504 R838 RB503 C176 R185 R184 R179 R1015 4 R919 R1069 R1070 R1072 R1034 RB5010 RB5009 R1108 64 IC103 R913 R904 IC1111 C193 49 R169 R183 1 R167 R951 R950 R1959 IC902 48 JL936 R1932 R957 R956 R955 R954 R953 C906 C907 31 30 JL937 8 C109 R918 IC903 R166 C198 16 4 R155 R111 R168 C1015 C1011 C1010 C1014 R193 R192 C190 C189 C188 C192 C191 R920 33 R1038 RB106 5 R136 R133 R131 R130 R132 R135 C197 R910 R908 17 X901 32 RB146 RB174 C604 R938 RB108 RB142 RB109 C175 C196 D902 D901 R944 R947 D904 D903 C952 IC909 R1960 C950 C916 60 61 C908 1 3 S901 CL903 C920 3 1 2 C626 CL902 R941 R946 C922 C912 R1952 R1954 R1953 R1955 R1951 R1950 R932 R990 IC908 3 R1957R1956 C930 R994 C934 4 R968 1 4 5 R151 RB144 1 CN402 R1923 R1919 IC907 C946 C926 C927 C956 R1931 4 6 R912 R911 R982 R960 R952 R949 R981 R970 6 61 60 3 R1930 C947 C928 C929 R986 40 41 1 C944 C953 C948 C954 C949 R943 4 C955 C901 1 IC904 R1943 R1942 C925 C924 R1926 C957 5 R1945 R1944 R1940 C951 IC910 VDR903 VDR904 VDR901 VDR902 L901 VDR905 C932 1 1 80 20 21 R992 D R1946 VDR906 R1941 L902 R1947 VDR907 VDR908 C817 R845 R844 RB107 CL102 C174 R170 L604 CN901 R988 R989 R993 R991 L903 C813 R847 R621 R610 R617 R606 R618 R608 R614 R604 R612 R602 RB143 RB145 C195 C940 C939 C942 C941 CN902 HDMI OUT C931 R620 R611 R616 R607 R619 R609 R615 R605 R613 R603 8 R846 R837 C168 C167 C166 R647 Q606 R649 R648 19 RB177 RB170 R652 R651 R116 R115 R114 RB168 5 R658 C611 RB176 RB5008 R1090 R1091 R1092 R1093 R1094 R1095 R1096 R1097 1 R147 4 56 RB178 C1034 R1051 R1036 RB116 RB169 IC602 RD-064 BOARD (SIDE A) 4 R146 C1031 R650 C Q607 C609 Q601 Q602 Q604 Q603 Q605 R317 R322 R628 1 3 C159 C160 C161 R626 3 5 C1033 C1035 R320 R321 R326 R328 R334 R336 1 IC109 C303 R337 R335 R627 CL627 C313 C339 R315 6 C314 L301 28 IC502 C126 C340 R325 R308 R327 R316 R318 C322 1 4 R826 9 C810 C301 C315 L302 C304 R339 IC302 C127 C808 C302 3 5 C819 R161 R1012 R821 X801 IC802 8 1 R823 C811 16 R533 R534 29 IC801 4 C803 1 1 3 C506 R524 R532 C125 IC804 8 C806 R815 C802 C818 4 FL801 C801 R835 5 C807 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 R1922 51 R535 R431 S601 L303 Q601 Q602 Q603 Q604 Q605 Q606 Q607 100 C820 R338 C-5 D-5 D-5 E-6 B-4 C-7 C-4 B-6 C-4 B-4 RESET E-2 D-3 D-2 D-3 D-3 D-1 C306 IC103 IC105 IC106 IC108 IC109 IC201 IC302 IC502 IC602 IC802 IC902 IC903 IC907 IC908 IC909 IC910 L304 C-7 B-8 D-3 D-1 C305 B CN201 CN701 CN901 CN902 R152 RD-064 BOARD (SIDE A) C701 CN501 S501 CN506 R523 R538 R559 R528 R530 R531 R566 50 C505 A 6 1-870-316- 7 11 8 RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM, AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI RD-064 RDR-HX820/HX825 • : Uses unleaded solder. JL538 JL540 JL534 JL536 JL537 JL528 JL573 JL539 JL533 R422 RB402 X301 JL303 C326 R311 C312 C311 C310 R310 C325 C309 C323 R309 C317 7 6 5 RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM, AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI RD-064 C936 C937 JL909 R902 C605 5 R640 4 3 2 11 1 4-54E C902 R1933 C904 4 JL901 JL933 R1915 R1914 R1921 R1916 R1917 VDR909 VDR910 D915 R1911 R1909 R1907 R995 R996 C938 JL926 7 IC901 JL924 JL923 R905 1 JL922 JL932 5 C943 JL432 C608 1 IC905 4 C935 JL908 JL903 JL904 1-870-31616 R1908 R1905 3 R1903 R1902 FL904 R997 FL905 R998 R907 R906 R901 R1928 R1929 Q901 R976 1 IC906 R1904 R1906 Q902 R1958 C603 C602 L602 JL934 R999 R1927 C903 R959 R963 JL927 R975 R978 JL920 R623 4 C612 R948 R933 R935 R937 R939 R930 R964 JL928 C933 5 FL906 FL901 R942 R625 R642 C606 R1925 R977 R916 R915 14 IC606 C616 R622 R638 IC605 R965 JL434 IC601 C601 R630 JL601 JL605 JL607 JL649 JL611 JL648 JL624 JL623 JL622 1 8 R641 L601 R1910 3 JL925 R624 5 3 R967JL929 R966 R925 C910 R958 JL905 C615 1 R665 7 RB602R631 CN606 41 JL625 C621 R639 2 RY229 JL614 JL609 JL606 JL604 R661 JL608 JL610 JL612 JL647 JL613 FB603 FL603 FB605 C619 R971 JL919 JL435 R924 C624 1 42 R666 R635 R629 R655 L605 R664 C618 C622 FL605 FL604 JL1114 JL1117 JL1116 JL1113 JL1115 C617 FB602 FL602 C614 C1105 R645 JL921 R917 FL902 JL906 R961R962 JL436 JL907 JL437 JL902 R940 R973 R972 JL440 R909 R921 R922 JL438 C918 R1963 R983 R984 R985 JL439 41 JL602 R974 JL443 R914 JL441 R931 R934 R936 R969 C623 RB194 R923R926 JL444 42 R172 R643 1 14 FB604 R644 IC604 R1935 R1936 R1934 R1912 JL433 43 R662 R1961 4 C945 C905 JL446 C607 7 R979 C914 L603 RB193 RB195 RB196 RB189 R173 R174 R175 4 8 R812 R811 1 FL907 R1901 R1937 R1938 R1939 28 R987 JL913 JL445 R659 R646 JL914 JL620 JL632 JL631 JL442 44 IC1103 R808 R807 R1918 CN603 RB123 IC803 R980 JL628 JL917 JL918 JL916 JL915 R809 R810 R1913 C816 C812 JL627 14 JL912 15 C822 R841 R840 JL621R839 C823 C824 JL618 JL619 JL630 JL911 C821 R842 C804 C805 C143 1 JL629 R836 RB113 RB111 2 JL617 JL626 C620 C809 RB112 JL170 RB148 RB147 JL603 FB606 JL616 RB119 RB120 RB190 IC102 1 RB191 RB192 R1086 5 R312 C307 FL903 R1040 R125 8 B-4 C-5 D-7 B-3 B-3 E-4 E-5 E-4 B-7 D-3 E-1 D-1 R305 R304 JL447 R1013 IC101 IC112 IC202 IC301 IC401 IC601 IC604 IC605 IC701 IC803 IC901 IC906 R302 C328 C316 R313 C625 R1041 R1037 R122 C104 R323 D-1 R303 C330 JL302 R307 R306 D915 C308 R831 R833 C338 C337 60 1 JL301 R314 61 C333 80 JL305 R1128 R1124 C324 C319 C318 C335 JL306 R1089 FB106 C155 IC301 C336 JL1010 C137 C130 C131 C136 21 20 JL111 R1127 RB401 C329 C327 C321 C320 JL307 R333 R332 R331 R330 C403 40 41 C135 RB152 RB117 RB118 R816 IC101 FL101 L101 C170 C171 C154 C156 C158 JL184 R156 C173 R188 C157 R1028 R127 R126 C111 C128 C113 R1014 JL125 C116 JL117 RB150 RB151 24 R411 C404 RB124 JL146 RB149 IC401 JL304 R329C334 C332 R144 FL103 JL179 JL182 25 R817 C1029 C177 C110 48 1 R827 JL308 RB301 RB302 JL158 R1924 IC112 C141 R141 C138 R1030 C144 C145 R1007 C139R158 C140 R830 R825 R843 L102 FB110 JL156 R1009 R1005 JL149 FB103 R110 C112 JL801 R138 R150 R149 JL196 JL1014 R137 JL1004 R154 JL1012 JL185 C402 C331 FL102 C1036 C103 R113 4 FB112 C1032 FL105 R1004 R1048 R1054 R1001 R129 JL127 C134 JL139 R199 R1049 JL138 R1042 RB184 R1024 C115R1018 R1920 C401 FB101 JL563 C107 C102 R529 R526 R527 RB501 JL557 3 FB111 JL527 JL529 JL535 JL523 JL525 JL505 JL522 JL508 JL520 JL510 R536 C504 JL133 JL134 R546 R563 R564 C501 FL1102 C1135 R1133 C1136 R1135 R1166 JL615 RY217 RY215 RY213 RY211 RY209 RY207 RY205 RY203 R505 R504 R508 R5060 R5059 R548 IC5002 C1117 C1139 C1138 R1123 R1125 C1144 C1141 C1127 R1122 C1137 C1104 E FL1103 R1129 C1120 FL1104 R663 R1167 RY214 RY212 RY210 RY208 RY206 RY204 RY202 RY201 R211 R208 RY223 R213 RY220 R207 RY221 R206 RY218 R205 R212 RY219 R204 RY216 RY222 C1147 C1129 C1130 1 RY230 RY224 R1150 R1118 C1110 IC1105 C1111 C1102 C1109 JL416 JL426 RY228 R210 R214 RY226 RY225 RY227 R1119 C1146 C1126 R1126 L201 R279 JL408 JL415 JL418 JL421 C1121 R1198 R1170 R1171 C1143 C1145 C233 C222 JL233 JL232 JL231 RB221 R415 R1173 JL405 JL406 4 JL229 5 JL230 R1172 R417 R1184 JL228 JL407 IC202 C223 R1120 R419 JL227 1 3 JL226 JL409 R280 JL412 JL411 JL225 C227 JL224 JL410 R420 4 R421 R1197 JL414 3 JL223 JL413 R402 JL220 JL222 JL221 JL219 JL417 1 JL216 JL217 JL215 5 JL218 R1151 JL420 R1155 JL212 JL213 JL211 JL422 JL214 R1101 4 5 R1107 JL208 JL423 JL209 R1102 JL425 JL210 JL424 IC1102 JL205 3 JL207 1 JL427 JL428 JL206 C1101 JL430JL429 RB206 RB207 86 R209 JL431 RB202 RB201 RB205 JL419 R501 R1169 L202 R413 R418 R416 R414 JL403 FL501 C1132 R1134 R242 RB210 RB211 RB212 C502 IC1104 JL201 R238 3 FL1107 4 C1106 JL501 C1122 R240 R233 RB219 RB220 D R237 R236 FB201 6 R1154 C208 C1108 1 R282 R245 JL402 JL404 R261 C5030 R1136 CL201 JL565 JL564 5 C101 1 FB107 JL194 R1011 JL181 JL186 JL151 R1008 R159 JL153 R1031 JL131 R1006 JL121 JL1009 R1003 R1032 JL147 JL154 R140 JL1003 R1057 JL157 JL150 JL180 C169C164 JL155 R1058 R1046R157 R145 JL106 JL148 C163 JL193 C172 R1055 R1033 R1047 C165 C133 R1044 C162 R153 JL173 1 C1476 C123 R1050 JL103 R165 R163 C121R1948 R162 C1006 R1053 R164 R1045 R112 JL130 JL176 R1035 3 4 R1043 JL930 R177 C1041 R1039 C122 JL118 R107 R1023 JL167 C153 C120 R104 R520 JL175 JL114 JL171 JL168 R103 JL109 C119 JL177 C152 JL132 R123 R121 R1085 JL174 C151 R119 R1021 JL172 JL119 JL143 C150 C117 R1026 JL169 JL178 C149 C118 R124 R1025 JL135 C148 C132 JL136 C146 JL144 JL137 C114 C142 R1052 JL107 R1020 R106 R1019 JL110 R109 JL931 JL199 C129 JL129 JL123 R171 JL1015JL108 RB121 R1964 RB122 JL145 R516 C1133 C207 R234 R239 R241 R243 3 IC5005 R270 R266 R252 C225 1 C5002 C1116 CL203 C510 RB213 R249 R268 R264 C226 R5015 R5013 JL5002 JL5001 JL5003 C5036 5 4 C5035 R5007 D1101 R5031 R275 R5003 R250 FB202 C232 R274 R5002 R272 R273 R5005 R271 C206 R5004 R269 R267 R265 R263 JL202 R262 CL202 C209 R258 R259 R5034 R260 C5006 R251 JL5004 R248 R276 C5023 R5037 C5007 JL204 JL203 C JL152 R1199 FL5001 C5016 R5036 R5035 1 JL526 JL569 JL572 JL559 JL562 JL567 JL545 JL553 JL546 JL554 RB185 R1104 FL1105 D5004 R5043 C5015 CN603 D-3 CN606 E-5 JL566 JL197 JL183 JL1011 JL1013 R139 JL1005 R142 JL195 JL1008 R1010 JL192 JL1007 R1002 C5021 R5017C5013 R5010 R5016 R5014 R5009 R5020 R5040 R5046 JL5009 R5045 D5001 C5031 C5022 R709 R713 C5037 C5038 R5044 IC5004 C705 R733 R705 JL701 R5050 R5042 R5041 R703 C5026 64 C5014 49 C710 JL1002 R539 48 C712 5 C702 R722 R721 R719 R718 C709 R723 C716 C714 C715 IC701 C5017 C5034 JL5005 B C703 C713 JL706 RD-064 BOARD (SIDE B) JL571 JL555 JL188 JL568 JL561 JL558 JL548 JL560 JL187 JL570 JL543 JL551 JL544 JL552 JL532 R514 16 C5020 33 JL707 C5024 17 JL519 JL511 JL547JL556 R561 C509 R562 R537 4 6 JL530 JL541 IC503 JL549 1 3 R525 JL542 JL531 JL550 R519 RB701 C704 C708 RB703 RB702 JL708 JL1006 C706 C711 32 R513 D502 R1143 C1107R1103 R1152 R5006 R717 R714 C707 R518 JL524 JL512 JL509 JL504 X701 JL518 JL506 JL507 JL513 JL515 JL517 JL516 JL514 A JL521 RD-064 BOARD (SIDE B) RDR-HX820/HX825 SECTION 5 IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. IT CONTROL IC (IC603: M306H5MG-A14FP, M306H5MC-C36FP (AV-106 BOARD)) Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function 1 ONDO I Detection of board temperature 2 3 SIRCSIN AVLINK-IN I I Input of remote control signal Input of AV LINK scart signal 4 5 FLD_DATA FLD_IN O I Output of FLD data signal Fixed at “L” 6 7 FLD_CLK BYTE O I Output of FLD clock signal Fixed at “L” 8 9 CNVSS XCIN I I Connected to GND when the flash is overwritten is VCC Input of sub-clock signal (32.768KHz) 10 11 XCOUT _RESET O I Not used Input of system reset signal 12 13 XOUT VSS O Output of main-clock signal (10MHz) Digital GND 14 15 XIN VCC1 I — Input of main-clock signal (10MHz) Power supply input (Digital 5.0V) 16 17 _NMI INT_RTC I I Fixed at “H” Input of RTC INT signal from Real Time Clock 18 19 _IT_REQ SLICE I I Input of communication request signal with system controller Input of slicer operation detection from 37 pin 20 21 IT_XRST DIMMER O O Output of communication reset signal with RISM 3 Output of LED power supply switch 22 23 JUST_CLK_2 RISM_STATUS2 O O Not used Output of communication status 2 signal with system controller 24 25 P75 P74 O O Not used Not used 26 27 P73 AVLINK-OUT O O Not used Output of AV LINK signal 28 29 TU_SCL_1 TU_SDA_1 O O Output of IIC clock signal Input/output IIC data signal 30 31 VSS2 LP2 O Analog GND Output of filter signal 2 (for Fsc) 32 33 LP3 LP4 O O Output of filter signal 3 (forVPS) Output of filter signal 4 (for PDC) 34 35 VDD2 TEST1 — — Power supply input (Analog 5V) Fixed at “L” 36 37 M1 SLICEON — O Fixed at “L” Output of slicer operation detection 38 39 IT_SOUT IT_SIN O I Output of serial TXD 1 signal with system controller Input of serial RXD 1 signal with system controller 40 41 IT_SCLK RISM_RTS_O O I Output of serial CLK 1 signal with system controller Input of RTS signal with system controller 42 43 IR_TXO IR_RXO O I Output of serial TXD O signal wth Ir-CON (HX825 model) Input of serial RXD O signal wth Ir-CON (HX825 model) 44 45 ATT_XDTT_SEL RISM_STATUS1 O I Not used Input of communication status 1 signal with system controller 46 47 CLKOUT PCONT — O Digital GND Output of system power control switching signal 48 49 FAN_DET FAN_ONOFF I O Input of fan stopping detect signal Output of fan on/off signal (“H”:fan on) 50 FAN_SPEED O Output of fan direction speed switching signal (“H”:high speed) 5-1 Pin No. Pin Name I/O 51 52 P_FAIL HDET_1 I I Input of UNSW6V power off detection signal Detection of IN SEL output video signal Function 53 54 CE NC I O Fixed at “L” (when the flash is overwritten is VCC) Not used 55 56 INSEL_PCONT XP_AMUTE O O Output of IC’s power supply signal (“H”:INSEL) Output of muting signal for audio 57 58 NC SYNCHRO_DET O I Not used Detection of selection signal from component video signal 59 60 AREA0 AREA1 I I Fixed at “L” (Input of area detection signal 0) Fixed at “H” (Input of area detection signal 1) 61 62 XP_VMUTE INSEL_3 O O Output of muting signal for video Not used 63 64 INSEL1 INSEL2 O O Not used Not used 65 66 INSEL6 EEP_SDA O O Not used Output of IIC data signal with EEPROM 67 68 EEP_SCL XEEP_WP O O Output of IIC clock signal with EEPROM Output of IIC writing protect signal with EEPROM 69 70 VCC2 INSEL4 — O Power supply input (Digital 5V) Not used 71 72 VSS INSEL5 O Digital GND Not used 73 74 IR_BUSY IR_INT I O Input of busy signal for IR control IC (HX825 model) Output of INT signal for IR control IC (HX825 model) 75 76 NC DTT_PCONT O O Not used Not used 77 78 IT_RESET NC O O Output of reset signal for IR control IC (HX825 model) Not used 79 80 NC SYNC_V_1 O I Not used Input of vertical synchronous signal 81 82 SYNC_V_2 NC (_INT3) I I Fixed at “L” Input of sacrt IC’s interpolate signal 83 84 TU_PCONT AUTO_PRESET_1 O O Output of tuner power supply control signal (“H”:Power on) Output of RF gain control signal 85 86 NC VA_PCONT O O Not used Output of power control signal for audio/video 87 88 AREA4 AREA5 I I Fixed at “H” or “L”. Input of area detection signal 4 Fixed at “H”. Input of area detection signal 5 89 90 AREA6 FL_PCONT I O Fixed at “H” or “L”. Input of area detection signal 6 Output of FLD grid power on signal 91 92 NC S2SW O I Not used Detection of line 2 S-video signal 93 94 LED_XRESET LED_STB O O Output of reset signal for LED and FLD driver ICs Output of strove signal for LED driver 95 96 FLD_STB KEY0 O I Output of strove signal for FLD driver Input of switching signal 0 97 98 KEY1 KEY2 I I Input of switching signal 1 Input of switching signal 2 99 100 KEY3 BS_C/N_DET I I Fixed at “H” Input of blanking signal for EURO scart 101 102 TU_AFT_2 TU_G_MAX_2 I I Fixed at “L” Fixed at “L” 103 AVSS Analog GND 5-2 Pin No. Pin Name I/O 104 105 TU_G_MAX_1 VREF I I Input of tuner gain control signal Power supply input (Analog 5V) Function 106 107 AVCC NC I O Power supply input (Analog 5V) Not used 108 109 START SYNCIN I I Input of oscillation selection signal Input composite video signal 110 111 SVREF TEST2 I I When slice the vertical synchronous signal input slice power Fixed at GND 112 113 VDD3 CVIN1 — I 114 115 VSS3 TEST3 I Analog GND Fixed at “GND” 116 TU_AFT1 I Input of tuner AFT1 control signal Power supply input (Analog 5V) Input of component video signal 5-3 5-2. MAIN CONTROL IC (IC103: R8A34012BG (RD-064 BOARD)) Pin No. Pin Name I/O A1 A2 AT1DATA[11] AT1DATA[12] I/O I/O Input/output of data 11 for DVD Input/output of data 12 for DVD Function A3 A4 AT1DATA[14] AT1DIOW I/O O Input/output of data 14 for DVD Output of DVD write signal A5 A6 AT1INTRQ HDREQ[0] I — Input of IRQ signal Fixed at “L” A7 A8 HWS[0] HCS[1] O — Output of write strove signal 0 Fixed at “H” A9 A10 HCS[4] HADRS[30] — O Fixed at “H” Output of address 30 A11 A12 HADRS[26] HADRS[22] O O Output of address 26 Output of address 22 A13 A14 HADRS[21] HADRS[17] O O Output of address 21 Output of address 17 A15 A16 HADRS[13] HADRS[10] O O Output of address 13 Output of address 10 A17 A18 HADRS[7] MSDATA[0] O — Output of address 7 Fixed at “L” A19 A20 MSDATA[3] SCLK[3] — O Fixed at “L” Output of SCK signal for HDMI sub-CPU A21 A22 CTS[1] TX[2] O O Output of DTT control signal “XDTT_OE” Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO A23 A24 RTS[1] RTS[0] O O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO A25 AA1 DVDD TRDATA[1] — O Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Not used AA2 AA3 TRDATA[3] TRSYNC O O Not used Not used AA4 AA5 EVENT[0] VDD33 O — Not used Power supply input (Digital 3.4V) AA6 AA7 VRMA VRMB — — Fixed at “L” Fixed at “L” AA8 AA9 VSSDAD10 REXT1 — Analog GND Fixed at “L” AA10 AA11 REXT2 VDD33 — — Fixed at “L” Power supply input (Digital 3.4V) AA12 AA13 VDD VSS — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Digital GND AA14 AA15 VDD VSS — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Digital GND AA16 AA17 VDD33 VDD — — Power supply input (Digital 3.4V) Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) AA18 AA19 DADRS[3] DADRS[10] O O Output of address 3 for SDRAM Output of address 10 for SDRAM AA20 AA21 VDD DDATA[8] — I/O Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Input/output of data 8 for SDRAM AA22 AA23 VDD25 DDATA[10] — I/O Power supply input (Digital 2.5V) Input/output of data 10 for SDRAM AA24 AA25 DDATA[3] DDATA[4] I/O I/O Input/output of data 3 for SDRAM Input/output of data 4 for SDRAM AB1 AB2 TRDATA[4] TRDATA[7] O O Not used Not used AB3 TRST I Fixed at “L” 5-4 Pin No. Pin Name I/O AB4 AB5 VCCAAD10A VROA — — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(ADC) Fixed at “L” Function AB6 AB7 VROB VCCAAD10B — — Fixed at “L” Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(ADC) AB8 AB9 VCCADA10 VCCADA10 — — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC) Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC) AB10 AB11 VCCADA10 VSS — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC) Digital GND AB12 AB13 TESTMOD[5] REC656V O I Fixed at “L” Input of vertical synchronization signal AB14 AB15 REC656O[1] REC656O[3] O O Not used Not used AB16 AB17 PXCLK REC656O[7] O O Not used Not used AB18 AB19 DADRS[5] VDD25 O — Output of address 5 for SDRAM Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)(I/O) AB20 AB21 DADRS[7] DADRS[9] O O Output of address 7 for SDRAM Output of address 9 for SDRAM AB22 AB23 DADRS[12] VSS O Output of address 12 for SDRAM Digital GND AB24 AB25 DDATA[1] DDATA[2] I/O I/O Input/output of data 1 for SDRAM Input/output of data 2 for SDRAM AC1 AC2 TRDATA[5] TCK O I Not used Fixed at “L” AC3 AC4 TDO VRPA O — Not used Fixed at “L” AC5 AC6 VRPB VSSAAD10B — Fixed at “L” Analog GND AC7 AC8 VCCDAD10 VSSDDA10A — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)(ADC) Digital GND AC9 AC10 VDDDDA10 VSSDDA10B — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Digital GND AC11 AC12 TESTMOD[1] TESTMOD[6] O O Digital GND Digital GND AC13 AC14 REC656H REC656I[1] I I Input of horizontal synchronization signal Input of digital video signal [1] AC15 AC16 REC656O[2] REC656O[4] O O Not used Not used AC17 AC18 REC656I[7] DADRS[4] I O Input of digital video signal [7] Output of address 4 for SDRAM AC19 AC21 DADRS[6] DADRS[8] O O Output of address 6 for SDRAM Output of address 8 for SDRAM AC20 AC22 VSS DADRS[11] O Digital GND Output of address 11 for SDRAM AC23 AC24 DWE VDD25 O — Output of write enable signal for SDRAM Power supply input (Digital 2.5V) AC25 AD1 DDATA[0] EVENT[1] I/O O Input/output of data 0 for SDRAM Not used AD2 AD3 VINA1 VSSAAD10A I AD4 AD5 NC VCCAAD10B — Not used Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC) AD6 ROUT(PD0) O Output of analog video signal (red) Input of analog video (CVBS) Analog GND 5-5 Pin No. Pin Name AD7 AD8 VSSADA10 BOUT(PD2) I/O O Analog GND Output of analog video signal (blue) Function AD9 AD10 VSSADA10 COUT(PD3) O Analog GND Output of analog video signal (chroma) AD11 AD12 TESTMOD[2] TESTMOD[7] — — Digital GND Digital GND AD13 AD14 TMS REC656O[0] I O Fixed at “H” Not used AD15 AD16 REC656I[2] REC656I[4] I I Input of digital video signal [2] Input of digital video signal [4] AD17 AD18 REC656O[5] REC656O[6] O O Not used Not used AD19 AD20 DADRS[1] DBA[1] O O Output of address 1 for SDRAM Output of bank address 1 for SDRAM AD21 AD22 VDD25 DCS — O Power supply input (Analog 2.5V) Output of chip select signal for SDRAM AD23 AD24 DCAS DCLKO O O Output of CAS signal for SDRAM Output of clock signal for SDRAM AD25 AE1 VSS TD1 I Digital GND Not used AE2 AE3 VSSAAD10A VINA2 I Analog GND Input of analog video signal (Y) AE4 AE5 VCCAAD10A CIN (VINB1) — I Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC) Input of analog video signal (C) AE6 AE7 VSSAAD10B GOUT(PD1) O Analog GND Output of analog video signal (green) AE8 AE9 VSSADA10 YOUT(PD4) O Analog GND (DAC) Output of analog video signal (Y) AE10 AE11 TESTMOD[0] TESTMOD[3] — — Digital GND Digital GND AE12 AE13 TESTMOD[4] RESET — I Digital GND Input of hardware reset signal AE14 AE15 REC656I[0] R656CLKI I I Input of digital video signal [0] Input of clock signal AE16 AE17 REC656I[3] REC656I[5] I I Input of digital video signal [3] Input of digital video signal [5] AE18 AE19 REC656I[6] DADRS[2] I O Input of digital video signal [6] Output of address 2 for SDRAM AE20 AE21 DADRS[0] DBA[0] O O Output of address 0 for SDRAM Output of bank address 0 for SDRAM AE22 AE23 VSS DRAS O Digital GND Output of RAS signal for SDRAM AE24 AE25 DCLKNO DVREF O I Output of negative clock signal for SDRAM Input of reference voltage B1 B2 AT1DATA[4] AT1DATA[3] I/O I/O Input/output of data 4 for DVD Input/output of data 3 for DVD B3 B4 AT1DATA[1] AT1DMARQ I/O I Input/output of data 1 for DVD Input of request signal from DMA B5 B6 AT1DMACK AT1ADR[2] I O Input of ACK signal from DMA Output of devise address 2 for DVD B7 B8 HDACK[1] HOE O O Output of ROM change signal for Debug Output of output enable signal B9 HCS[2] O Output of chip select signal for HDMI DL mode 5-6 Pin No. Pin Name I/O B10 B11 HADRS[31] HADRS[27] O O Output of address 31 Output of address 27 Function B12 B13 HADRS[23] HADRS[20] O O Output of address 23 Output of address 20 B14 B15 HADRS[16] HADRS[12] O O Output of address 16 Output of address 12 B16 B17 HADRS[8] MSBS O — Output of address 8 Fixed at “L” B18 B19 MSDATA[2] MSCLK — — Fixed at “L” Fixed at “L” B20 B21 SCLK[0] TX[1] O O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO B22 B23 RTS[2] DVSS O Output of CS control signal for HDMI sub-CPU Digital GND B24 B25 PCO AHVDD O — Not used Power supply input (Analog 3.3V) C1 C2 AT1DATA[5] AT1DATA[10] I/O I/O Input/output of data 5 for DVD Input/output of data 10 for DVD C3 C4 AT1DATA[13] AT1DATA[15] I/O I/O Input/output of data 13 for DVD Input/output of data 15 for DVD C5 C6 AT1IORDY AT1ADR[0] I O Input of I/O ready signal Output of devise address 0 for DVD C7 C8 AT1CS[0] HDACK[0] O O Output of chip select signal 0 for DVD Output of transfer acknowledge signal/GPIO 0 C9 C10 HCS[0] HCS[5] O O Output of chip select signal 0 Output of chip select signal/GPIO 5 C11 C12 HADRS[28] HADRS[24] O O Output of address 28 Output of address 24 C13 C14 HADRS[19] HADRS[15] O O Output of address 19 Output of address 15 C15 C16 HADRS[11] HADRS[6] O O Output of address 11 Output of address 6 C17 C18 MSDATA[1] CTS[3] — O Fixed at “L” Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO C19 C20 SCLK[1] CTS[0] O O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO C21 C22 RTS[3] RX[2] O O Output of XSMRDY for HDMI sub-CPU Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO C23 C24 AHVSS RX[1] O Digital GND Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO C25 D1 HDATA[15] AT1DATA[6] I/O I/O Input/output of data 15 Input/output of data 6 for DVD D2 D3 AT1DATA[9] AT1DATA[2] I/O I/O Input/output of data 9 for DVD Input/output of data 2 for DVD D4 D5 AT1DATA[0] AT1DIOR I/O O Input/output of data 0 for DVD Output of I/O read signal D6 D7 AT1ADR[1] AT1CS[1] O O Output of devise address 1 for DVD Output of chip select signal 1 for DVD D8 D9 HDREQ[1] HWS[1] O O Output of reset signal for HDMI sub-CPU Fixed at “H” D10 D11 HCS[3] HADRS[29] — O Fixed at “H” Output of address 29 D12 HADRS[25] O Output of address 25 5-7 Pin No. Pin Name I/O D13 D14 HADRS[18] HADRS[14] O O Output of address 18 Output of address 14 Function D15 D16 HADRS[9] MSINS O — Output of address 9 Fixed at “L” D17 D18 SCLK[2] CTS[2] O O Output of reset signal for HDMI sub-CPU Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO D19 D20 TX[0] TX[3] O I Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO Input of IO HDMI sub-CPU SI signal D21 D22 RX[3] VMCLK I I Input of IO HDMI sub-CPU SO signal Input of 27MHz system clock D23 D24 RX[0] HDATA[13] O I/O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO Input/output of data 13 D25 E1 HDATA[10] AT2CS[1] I/O O Input/output of data 10 Output of chip select signal for HDD driver E2 E3 AT1RESET AT1DATA[7] O I/O Output of reset signal for DVD Input/output of data 7 for DVD E4 E5 AT1DATA[8] VDD I/O — Input/output of data 8 for DVD Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) E6 E7 VSS VDD — Digital GND Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) E8 E9 VDD33 VSS — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V) Digital GND E10 E11 VDD VSS — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Digital GND E12 E13 VDD33 VDD — — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V) Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) E14 E15 VSS VDD — Digital GND Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) E16 E17 VSS VDD33 — Digital GND Power supply input (Digital 3.3V) E18 E19 VDD VSS — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Digital GND E20 E21 VDD VDD33 — — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Power supply input (Digital 3.3V) E22 E23 HDATA[14] HDATA[12] I/O I/O Input/output of data 14 Input/output of data 12 E24 E25 HDATA[9] HDATA[8] I/O I/O Input/output of data 9 Input/output of data 8 F1 F2 AT2ADR[1] AT2ADR[0] O O Output of device address 1 for HDD driver Output of device address 0 for HDD driver F3 F4 AT2ADR[2] AT2CS[0] O O Output of device address 2 for HDD driver Output of chip select signal for HDD driver F5 F21 VSS VDD — Digital GND Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) F22 F23 HDATA[11] TEST I/O — Input/output of data 11 Fixed at GND F24 F25 HDATA[7] HDATA[5] I/O I/O Input/output of data 7 Input/output of data 5 G1 G2 AT2DIOR AT2IORDY O I Output of I/O read signal Input of I/O ready signal G3 G4 AT2DMACK AT2INTRQ O I Output of ACK signal from DMA Input of IRQ signal G5 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V) 5-8 Pin No. Pin Name G21 G22 VSS CSYNC I/O — Digital GND Fixed at “H” Function G23 G24 HDATA[6] HDATA[3] I/O I/O Input/output of data 6 Input/output of data 3 G25 H1 HDATA[2] AT2DATA[0] I/O I/O Input/output of data 2 Input/output of data 0 for HDD driver H2 H3 AT2DATA[15] AT2DMARQ I/O I Input/output of data 15 for HDD driver Input of request signal from DMA H4 H5 AT2DIOW VDD O — Output of I/O write signal Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) H21 H22 VDD HDATA[4] — I/O Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Input/output of data 4 H23 H24 HDATA[1] HDATA[0] I/O I/O Input/output of data 1 Input/output of data 0 H25 J1 FSEL (INT[7]) AT2DATA[2] O I/O Output of interrupt request/GPIO Input/output of data 2 for HDD driver J2 J3 AT2DATA[13] AT2DATA[1] I/O I/O Input/output of data 13 for HDD driver Input/output of data 1 for HDD driver J4 J5 AT2DATA[14] VSS I/O Input/output of data 14 for HDD driver Digital GND J21 J22 VDD33 INT[8] — — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V) Not used J23 J24 DBI INT[6] I — Input of SDI-ICE/JTAG TRST Fixed at “L” J25 K1 INT[5] AT2DATA[4] I I/O Input for DTT “IRQ” signal Input/output of data 4 for HDD driver K2 K3 AT2DATA[11] AT2DATA[3] I/O I/O Input/output of data 11 for HDD driver Input/output of data 3 for HDD driver K4 K5 AT2DATA[12] VDD I/O — Input/output of data 12 for HDD driver Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) K21 K22 VSS INT4 — Digital GND Fixed at “H” K23 K24 WP(INT3) SDA[1] O O Output of IIC writing protect signal with EEPROM Output of data signal 1 for EPROM K25 L1 SDA[0] AT2DATA[6] I/O I/O Input/output transmission data 0 for EEPROM Input/output of data 6 for HDD driver L2 L3 AT2DATA[9] AT2DATA[5] I/O I/O Input/output of data 9 for HDD driver Input/output of data 5 for HDD driver L4 L5 AT2DATA[10] VDD33 I/O — Input/output of data 10 for HDD driver Power supply input (Digital 3.3V) L11 L12 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND L13 L14 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND L15 L21 VSS SDCL[0] O Digital GND Output of transmission clock 0 for EEPROM L22 L23 SDCL[1] INT[2] O I Output of clock signal for EEPROM Input of interrupt request signal for HDMI L24 L25 INT[1] INT[0] I Fixed at “H” Not used M1 M2 AT2RESET A1BCKI O I Output of reset signal for HDD Fixed at “H” M3 AT2DATA[7] I/O Input/output of data 7 for HDD driver 5-9 Pin No. Pin Name I/O M4 M5 AT2DATA[8] VSS I/O M11 M12 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND M13 M14 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND M15 M21 VSS VDD — Digital GND Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) M22 M23 DDATA[30] DDATA[31] I/O I/O Input/output of data 30 for SDRAM Input/output of data 31 for SDRAM M24 M25 VDD25 HWAIT — — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V) Fixed at “H” N1 N2 A1DATAI AMCLK1 I I Fixed at “H” Input of audio master clock (36.864MHz) N3 N4 A1LRCKI ADATAO I O Fixed at “H” Output of digital audio signal N5 N11 VDD VSS — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Digital GND N12 N13 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND N14 N15 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND N21 N22 DDATA[21] DDATA[28] I/O I/O Input/output of data 21 for SDRAM Input/output of data 28 for SDRAM N23 N24 DDATA[29] DDATA[22] I/O I/O Input/output of data 29 for SDRAM Input/output of data 22 for SDRAM N25 P1 DDATA[23] ADCCLKO I/O O Input/output of data 23 for SDRAM Not used P2 P3 LRCKO AODATAI O I Output of audio L/R clock signal Input of digital audio signal P4 P5 AOBCKI VDD33 I — Input of audio bit clock signal Power supply input (Digital 3.3V) P11 P12 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND P13 P14 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND P15 P21 VSS DDATA[18] I/O Digital GND Input/output of data 18 for SDRAM P22 P23 DDATA[26] DDATA[27] I/O I/O Input/output of data 26 for SDRAM Input/output of data 27 for SDRAM P24 P25 DDATA[19] DDATA[20] I/O I/O Input/output of data 19 for SDRAM Input/output of data 20 for SDRAM R1 R2 SPDIFO VCLKI O I Output of digital audio signal Input of clock signal (27MHz) (Video decoder) R3 R4 BCKO AMCLK2 O I Output of audio bit clock signal Input of audio master clock (33.8688MHz) R5 R11 VDD VSS — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Digital GND R12 R13 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND R14 R15 VSS VSS Digital GND Digital GND R21 DDATA[25] I/O Function Input/output of data 8 for HDD driver Digital GND Input/output of data 25 for SDRAM 5-10 Pin No. Pin Name I/O R22 R23 VDD25 VSS — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V) Digital GND Function R24 R25 DDATA[16] DDATA[17] I/O I/O Input/output of data 16 for SDRAM Input/output of data 17 for SDRAM T1 T2 AOLRCKI DACCLKO I O Input of audio L/R clock signal Not used T3 T4 SPDIFI PHYDIO[7] I I Fixed at “H” Input of data 7 for PHY T5 T21 VSS DDM[2] O Digital GND Output of data mask signal 2 for SDRAM T22 T23 DDQS[3] DDATA[24] O I/O Output of data strobe signal 3 for SDRAM Input/output of data 24 for SDRAM T24 T25 VDD25 VSS — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V) Digital GND U1 U2 PHYLREQ PHYDIO[6] O I Input of data 6 for PHY U3 U4 PHYDIO[4] PHYDIO[1] I I Input of data 4 for PHY Input of data 1 for PHY U5 U21 VDD DDM[1] — O Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Output of data mask signal 1 for SDRAM U22 U23 DDQS[1] DDM[3] O O Output of data strobe signal 1 for SDRAM Output of data mask signal 3 for SDRAM U24 U25 DDM[0] DDQS[2] O O Output of data mask signal 0 for SDRAM Output of data strobe signal 2 for SDRAM V1 V2 PHYDIO[5] PHYDIO[3] I I Input of data 5 for PHY Input of data 3 for PHY V3 V4 PHYDIO[0] PHYCTL[1] I O Input of data 0 for PHY Not used V5 V21 VDD33 VDD — — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC) Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) V22 V23 VDD25 DDATA[15] — I/O Power supply input (Digital 2.5V) Input/output of data 15 for SDRAM V24 V25 DDATA[7] DDQS[0] I/O O Input/output of data 7 for SDRAM Output of data strobe signal 0 W1 W2 PHYDIO[2] PHYLPS I O Input of data 2 for PHY W3 W4 PHYSCLK TRDATA[2] I O Input of clock signal Not used W5 W21 VSS DDATA[14] I/O Digital GND Input/output of data 14 for SDRAM W22 W23 DDATA[13] VSS I/O Input/output of data 13 for SDRAM Digital GND W24 W25 VDD25 DDATA[6] — I/O Power supply input (Digital 2.5V) Input/output data 6 for SDRAM Y1 Y2 PHYCTL[0] TRDATA[0] O O Not used Y3 Y4 TRCLK TRDATA[6] O O Not used Not used Y5 Y21 VDD DDATA[9] — I/O Power supply input (Digital 1.0V) Input/output of data 9 for SDRAM Y22 Y23 DDATA[11] DDATA[12] I/O I/O Input/output of data 11 for SDRAM Input/output of data 12 for SDRAM Y24 DDATA[5] I/O Input/output of data 5 for SDRAM 5-11 Pin No. Pin Name Y25 VSS I/O Function Digital GND 5-12E RDR-HX820/HX825 SECTION 6 SERVICE MODE This is the diagnostics to locate cause of fault. The diagnostics can be executed using the remote commander and a monitor. To enter the service mode, connect the VIDEO OUT connector of the main unit to the monitor. While pressing the “A” (Open/Close) button and the “G” (PLAY) button at the same time, connect the AC power cord to the power outlet. (Keep pressing the above buttons until a message, “WELCOME” appears on the display panel of the main unit.) While the diagnostics is in progress, either “OK” or “NG” appears on the monitor screen to enable the judgment whether the respective devices or the peripheral are normal or have any abnormality. When an abnormality is detected, the diagnostics is stopped at that moment and you can select to keep running the diagnostics or to stop it. 6-1. Check Item Checking item EEPROM VIDEO DEC DDR DDR IC name IC BR24L32FJ-WE2 IC TVP5146M2PFP IC K4H511638C-UCB3T IC K4H511638C-UCB3T When NG is displayed as the result of the DEVICE TEST, the IC or its peripheral is defective. REF. NO IC102 IC301 IC105 IC106 All parts are mounted on the RD-064 board. 6-1 6-2. Screen Transition in the Service Mode MAIN MENU <1> << Version No. >> MODEL @ @ @ @ *** Region Code [*] SYSCON Version [***] <RETURN> HDMI Check sum [***] ~ << MAIN MENU >> 1) Version No. 2) Display Color 3) Total Tme 0) G-code OSD Setting Menu MODEL *** SYSCON Version [***] HDD Serial ID [***] HDD Sony ID [***] Verifying version number of the respective software of the main unit < RETURN > <2> Setting ON/OFF of the PAL 100% white signal output << Display Color >> 1) White Signal ON 2) White Signal OFF < RETURN > <3> Reading the accumulative operating hours of the drive • Total power-on hours • Total DVD playback hours • Total DVD recording hours * Display format: aa hours ff minutes << Total Tme >> 1) Total [Power ON] 2) Total [DVD Playback] 3) Total [DVD Recording] < RETURN > <4> Displaying the error history in the past in the error code * Maximum 20 errors can be displayed. << Error History >> 3) .................................... 2) .................................... 1) .................................... < RETURN > [Up] or [Down] <5> Displaying history of the buttons pressed in the past. * Pressed buttons for 400 commands at a maximum can be stored. << Command History >> 3) .................................... 2) .................................... 1) .................................... < RETURN > [Up] or [Down] Clearing the Error History and the Command History << History Clear >> <6> Execute History Clear? < RETURN > <7> < RETURN > <8> < RETURN > Yes No Returning the Set Ups of various functions to default << Factory Set up > 1) NOR Factory Set up 2) S-AND Factory Set up 3) HDD Data Factory Set up 4) DTT Factory Set up Diagnostic checks in the Service Mode << Device Check > 1) EEPROM Check 2) Super AND Check 3) Video Dec Device Check 4) DDR Data Check 9) IT Setting <9> < RETURN > <0> < RETURN > << HDD >> 1) Indcate ID 2) Performance Check 3) Write ID 4) Format 5) Factory Check 6) Write Registration Code << G-code OSD Setting Menu >> 1) G-CODE 2) Show View 3) Video Plus 4) VCR Plus+ 6-2 6-3. Items and Description of Service Mode Menu 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 0) When the key “1” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Version No. check menu screen. When the key “2” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Display Color check menu screen. When the key “3” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Total Time check menu screen. When the key “4”is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Error History check menu screen. When the key “5” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Command History check menu screen. When the key “6” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the History Clear check menu screen. When the key “7” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Factory Set Up check menu screen. When the key “8” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the hard disk check menu screen. When the key “9” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the hard disk check menu screen. When the key “0” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the G-code Setting menu screen. << MAIN MENU >> 1) Version No. 2) Display Color 3) Total Time 4) Error History 5) Command History 6) History Clear 7) Factory Set Up 8) Device Check 9) HDD MODE 0) G-code Setting MODEL SYSCON Version [ HDD Serial ID [ ] Sony ID [ ] *** ] *** *** *** 6-4. Device Check Menu (Diagnostic Test) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) When the key “1” is pressed down, the EEPROM device check will be executed. (The EEPROM device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3 (IC103) and EEPROM is checked.) Key “2” is not used. When the key “2” is pressed down, the super AND device check will be executed. (The super AND device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3 (IC103) and super AND is checked.) When the key “3” is pressed down, the Video Dec device check will be executed. (The Video Dec device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3 (IC103) and Video Dec is checked.) When the key “4” is pressed down, the DDR Data device check will be executed. (The DDR device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the electrical signal connection between Rism3 (IC103) and DDR device is checked.) Key “5” is not used. When the key “5” is pressed down, the DSP device check will be executed. (The DSP device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the electrical signal connection between Rism3 (IC103) and DSP device is checked.) Key “6” is not used. When the key “6” is pressed down, the USB device check will be executed. (The USB device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the electrical signal connection between RISM3 (IC103) and USB device is checked.) Key “7” is not used. Key “8” is not used. When the key “9” is pressed down, IC603 of the AV board will be patched. (Never press the key “9” unless otherwise specified.) << Device check >> 1) EEPROM Check 2) Super AND Check t Not used 3) Video Dec Device Check 4) DDR Date Check 5) DSP Check t Not used 6) USB Check t Not used 9) IT Setting Check result display: IC105 check result/IC106 check result Display Message Meaning of Display DATA OK/OK DATA OK/NG Both IC105 and IC106 are OK. IC105: OK, IC106: NG (NG: No Good) DATA NG/OK DATA NG/NG IC105: NG, IC106: OK Both IC105 and IC106 are NG. 6-3 6-5. HDD service mode 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) When the key “1” is pressed down, the ID check will be executed as shown below. Indicate ID : HDD information read-out MODEL : Model name of the product Serial No. : HDD serial No. Model No. : HDD model No. F/W Rev : HDD software version When the key “2” is pressed down, Performance Check will be executed as shown below. Performance Check: Power ON/OFF test and Read/Verify of all tracks When the key “3” is pressed down, Write ID will be executed as shown below. Write ID: NOR Flash HDD information write When the key “4” is pressed down, Format will be executed as shown below. Format : Full erase of HDD When the key “5” is pressed down, Factory Check will be executed as shown below. Factory Check: Aging test in the same way as in the factory. When the key “6” is pressed down, the Write Registration Code will be executed as shown below. Write Registration Code: Writing the DIVX Registration Code When the “RETURN” key is pressed down, the monitor display will return to the menu screen. << HDD MODE >> 1) Indicate ID 2) Peformance Check 3) Write ID 4) Format 5) Factory Check 6) Write Registration Code 6-4E RDR-HX820/HX825 SECTION 7 ADJUSTMENTS 7-1. 2. S-Video Output S-Y Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the S-video Y-signal output has the rated amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will not be displayed corrected even when the S-video cable is connected. Mode PLAY Video System Adjustment Preparing for Adjustment 1. Equipments • Oscilloscope • Reference Disk HLX-507 (PAL single layer disc) J-6090-077-A HLX-506 (PAL dual layer disc) J-6090-078-A 1. Video Output Level Check <Purpose> This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark. Mode PLAY Signal Test point 100% Color bars Output (VIDEO) connector (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 1.0 V± 0.07 Vp-p Signal Test point 100% Color bars S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-Y) connector (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p Check method: 1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. 2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p. 1.0 ± 0.07Vp-p Check method: 1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. 2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p. Fig. 7-2 1.0 ±0.07 Vp-p Fig. 7-1 7-1 3. S-Video Output S-C Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the S-video output S-C conforms to the PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not be too dark or too thin. Mode PLAY Signal Test point Instrument Specification 5. Component Video Output B-Y (Pb) Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the B-Y signal of the component video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having COMPONENT input. Mode PLAY 100% Color bars S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-C) connector (terminated in 75Ω) Oscilloscope 300 mV±30 mVp-p Check method: 1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. 2) Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV±30 mVp-p. Signal Test point 100% Color bars COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pb) connector (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 700 mV±50 mVp-p Check method: Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to ON. 1) 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p. 300 ± 30 mVp-p 700 ± 50 mVp-p Fig. 7-3 4. Component Video Output Y Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the component Y signal output has the rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having COMPONENT input. Mode PLAY Signal Test point 100% Color bars COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 1.0 V±0.07Vp-p Fig. 7-5 6. Component Video Output R-Y (Pr) Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the R-Y signal of the component video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having COMPONENT input. Mode PLAY Check method: Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to ON. 1) 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the Y signal level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p. Signal Test point 100% Color bars COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pr) connector (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 700 mV±50 mVp-p Check method: Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to ON. 1) 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p. 1.0 ± 0.07Vp-p 700 ± 50 mVp-p Fig. 7-4 Fig. 7-6 7-2 7. Scart Video Output Level Check <Purpose> This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark. Mode PLAY Signal Test point 100% Color bars Scart Video output connector pin-ql (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 1.0 V± 0.07 Vp-p 9. Scart Video Output S-C Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the Scart output S-C conforms to the PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not be too dark or too thin. Mode PLAY Signal Test point 100% Color bars Scart Video output connector pin-qg (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 300 mV±30 mVp-p Check method: Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF. Check method: 1) Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF. 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p. 1) 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV±30 mVp-p. 1.0 ± 0.07 Vp-p 300 ± 30 mVp-p Fig. 7-7 Fig. 7-9 8. Scart Video Output S-Y Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the Scart Y-signal output has the rated amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will not be displayed corrected even when the Scart cable is connected. Mode PLAY 10. Scart Video RGB Output R Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the RGB R signal output has the rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input. Mode PLAY Signal Test point 100% Color bars Scart Video output connector pin-ql (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p Signal Test point 100% Color bars Scart Video output R connector pin-qg (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 700 mV±50 mVp-p Check method: Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF. Check method: 1) Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF. RGB OUT should be set to ON. 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p. 1) 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the R signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p. 1.0 ± 0.07 Vp-p 700 ± 50 mVp-p Fig. 7-8 Fig. 7-10 7-3 11. Scart Video RGB Output G Check <Purpose> This check confirms that G signal of the RGB video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input. Mode PLAY Signal Test point 100% Color bars Scart Video output G connector pin-qa (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 700 mV±50 mVp-p Check method: Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF. RGB OUT should be set to ON. 1) 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the G signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p. 700 ± 50 mVp-p Fig. 7-11 12. Scart Video RGB Output B Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the B signal of the RGB video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input. Mode PLAY Signal Test point 100% Color bars Scart Video output B connector pin-7 (terminated in 75Ω) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 700 mV±50 mVp-p Check method: Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF. RGB OUT should be set to ON. 1) 2) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the B signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p. 700 ± 50 mVp-p Fig. 7-12 7-4E RDR-HX820/HX825 SECTION 8 REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS NOTE: • -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some differences from the original one. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. Color Indication of Appearance Parts Example: KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED) ↑ ↑ Parts Color Cabinet’s Color • The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION 7 6 5 8 not supplied 9 Chassis section-1, -2 (See page 8-2, 8-3) not supplied 5 3 2 not supplied 4 Ref. No. not supplied 3 1 Part No. Description 1 2 2 3 4 X-2149-427-1 X-2149-426-1 X-2149-435-1 3-077-331-01 1-833-387-11 ASSY, TRAY FRONT PANEL ASSY (HX825) FRONT PANEL ASSY (HX820) +BV3 (3-CR) CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FLR-008) 5 3-070-883-61 SCREW, TAPPING Remarks Ref. No. 6 7 8 8 9 8-1 Part No. Description Remarks A-1209-198-A 3-076-563-11 1-479-557-11 1-479-558-11 2-658-476-01 CASE BLOCK ASSY (SERVICE USE) SCREW, SPECIAL FRONT POINT REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D231P) (HX825) REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D230P) (HX820) COVER, BATTERY (FOR RMT-D230P/D231P) 8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION-1 not supplied 53 54 not supplied 53 Chassis section-2 (See page 8-3) not supplied not supplied 53 51 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks 51 52 53 * 54 * 54 3-088-023-01 3-077-331-31 3-077-331-01 A-1494-643-A A-1215-024-A +B3 (3-CR) +BV3 (3-CR) +BV3 (3-CR) RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX820) RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX825) 8-2 52 8-1-3. CHASSIS SECTION-2 not supplied 103 not supplied 101 not supplied 104 105 not supplied 101 101 not supplied not supplied 101 101 TU401 106 102 not supplied not supplied not supplied 109 107 109 101 109 not supplied 109 109 108 110 not supplied not supplied Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks 101 102 0 103 0 104 105 3-077-331-01 3-087-675-01 A-1219-462-A 1-797-413-11 1-833-383-11 +BV3 (3-CR) 6-32UNCX5 HDD(SATA/WD-160GB-E) ASSY (SERVICE) DRIVE, DVD DRW-V35A CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRD-011) 0 106 1-474-022-11 POWER BLOCK Ref. No. Part No. Description 107 108 109 110 0 TU401 1-833-388-11 1-787-291-11 3-077-331-31 3-088-023-01 8-597-559-00 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAR-005) FAN, D.C +BV3 (3-CR) +B3 (3-CR) TUNER, FSS BTF-DF441 Note : 8-3 Remarks The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. AV-106 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST NOTE: • Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set. • -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • CAPACITORS: uF: µF Ref. No. Part No. • • • COILS uH: µH RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: metal-film resistor METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor F: nonflammable SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: µ, for example: uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... , uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... , uPD..., µPD... Description Remarks Ref. No. AV-106 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************** (Ref.No.;10,000 SERIES) < CAPACITOR > When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name. The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Part No. Description Remarks C311 C312 C313 C314 C315 1-164-217-11 1-164-739-11 1-164-739-11 1-164-218-11 1-164-218-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 150PF 560PF 560PF 180PF 180PF 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V C105 C106 C107 C108 C114 1-109-982-11 1-137-710-11 1-107-726-91 1-100-966-91 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10uF 0.01uF 10uF 1uF 10% 20% 10% 20% 10% 10V 6.3V 16V 10V 10V C316 C317 C318 C319 C320 1-124-589-11 1-124-589-11 1-128-398-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 ELECT ELECT ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 47uF 47uF 220uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C117 C118 C119 C120 C123 1-162-927-11 1-162-970-11 1-100-591-91 1-100-591-91 1-126-947-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT 100PF 0.01uF 1uF 1uF 47uF 5% 10% 10% 10% 20% 50V 25V 25V 25V 35V C321 C322 C324 C325 C326 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-162-927-11 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 1uF 1uF 100PF 220PF 10% 10% 10% 5% 5% 10V 10V 10V 50V 50V C124 C125 C127 C128 C129 1-128-396-11 1-100-966-91 1-107-826-11 1-162-962-11 1-137-710-11 ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 470uF 10uF 0.1uF 470PF 10uF 20% 20% 10% 10% 20% 10V 10V 16V 50V 6.3V C327 C336 C337 C401 C405 1-164-230-11 1-165-908-11 1-107-826-11 1-124-589-11 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 1uF 0.1uF 47uF 0.1uF 5% 10% 10% 20% 10% 50V 10V 16V 16V 50V C130 C131 C134 C135 C151 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-124-584-00 1-100-966-91 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 100uF 10uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 16V 16V 10V 10V 16V C407 C408 C409 C410 C411 1-124-261-00 1-107-826-11 1-115-339-11 1-124-261-00 1-107-826-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10uF 0.1uF 20% 10% 10% 20% 10% 50V 16V 50V 50V 16V C155 C159 C160 C209 C210 1-124-589-11 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 47uF 10uF 10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 16V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 16V C414 C415 C416 C449 C452 1-124-589-11 1-124-584-00 1-107-826-11 1-162-915-11 1-107-826-11 ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 47uF 100uF 0.1uF 10PF 0.1uF 20% 20% 10% 0.5PF 10% 16V 10V 16V 50V 16V C211 C212 C213 C214 C215 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-100-966-91 1-100-966-91 1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 10uF 10uF 10uF 10% 10% 20% 20% 20% 16V 16V 10V 10V 10V C453 C454 C455 C456 C601 1-115-416-11 1-115-416-11 1-115-416-11 1-115-416-11 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.01uF 5% 5% 5% 5% 10% 25V 25V 25V 25V 25V C216 C217 C218 C301 C304 1-100-966-91 1-162-923-11 1-162-923-11 1-124-589-11 1-125-972-91 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT 10uF 47PF 47PF 47uF 100uF 20% 5% 5% 20% 20% 10V 50V 50V 16V 16V C602 C604 C607 C613 C614 1-162-968-11 1-107-826-11 1-124-589-11 1-162-910-11 1-162-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 0.1uF 47uF 5PF 3PF 10% 10% 20% 0.25PF 0.25PF 50V 16V 16V 50V 50V C306 C307 C308 C309 C310 1-124-234-00 1-115-467-11 1-107-826-11 1-124-589-11 1-164-217-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 22uF 0.22uF 0.1uF 47uF 150PF 20% 10% 10% 20% 5% 16V 10V 16V 16V 50V C615 C616 C617 C618 C619 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-124-589-11 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 47uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 25V 8-4 AV-106 Ref. No. Part No. Description Part No. Description C620 C621 C622 C623 C624 1-162-923-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-923-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 0.1uF 47PF 0.1uF 47PF 5% 10% 5% 10% 5% 50V 16V 50V 16V 50V Remarks Ref. No. C732 C733 C734 C735 C736 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C625 C626 C627 C628 C629 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-125-891-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.47uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 10V 16V C737 C738 C739 C740 C741 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C630 C631 C632 C633 C634 1-125-891-11 1-162-964-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 50V 16V 16V 16V C742 C743 C744 C745 C746 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-126-947-11 1-126-947-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 47uF 47uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 16V 16V 35V 35V 16V C635 C639 C641 C642 C646 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-124-589-11 1-162-963-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 47uF 680PF 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 50V C747 C748 C749 C750 C751 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C649 C650 C651 C652 C653 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-126-925-91 1-107-826-11 1-162-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 470uF 0.1uF 3PF 10% 10% 20% 10% 0.25PF 16V 16V 10V 16V 50V C752 C753 C762 C772 C774 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 10V C654 C655 C656 C657 C701 1-162-909-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-126-947-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT 4PF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 47uF 0.25PF 10% 10% 10% 20% 50V 16V 16V 16V 35V C775 C801 C802 C803 C804 1-126-947-11 1-107-726-91 1-126-964-11 1-126-964-11 1-165-908-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 47uF 0.01uF 10uF 10uF 1uF 20% 10% 20% 20% 10% 35V 16V 50V 50V 10V C702 C703 C704 C705 C706 1-107-826-11 1-107-726-91 1-107-826-11 1-125-837-91 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 6.3V 16V C805 C807 C809 C810 C813 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-104-658-91 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 100uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C707 C708 C709 C710 C711 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C816 C817 C818 C819 C820 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C712 C713 C714 C715 C716 1-107-826-11 1-124-290-00 1-126-947-11 1-107-826-11 1-126-947-11 CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT 0.1uF 47uF 47uF 0.1uF 47uF 10% 20% 20% 10% 20% 16V 10V 35V 16V 35V C821 C822 C823 C824 C825 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-104-658-91 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 16V 16V 16V 16V 10V C717 C718 C719 C720 C721 1-126-947-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-126-947-11 1-126-947-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT 47uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 47uF 47uF 20% 10% 10% 20% 20% 35V 16V 16V 35V 35V C826 C827 C828 C829 C830 1-126-947-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-927-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 47uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100PF 20% 10% 10% 10% 5% 35V 16V 16V 16V 50V C722 C723 C724 C725 C726 1-126-964-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-125-837-91 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 50V 16V 16V 16V 6.3V C832 C833 C834 C835 C836 1-107-826-11 1-126-947-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 47uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 16V 35V 16V 16V 16V C727 C728 C729 C730 C731 1-107-826-11 1-125-837-91 1-107-826-11 1-104-662-91 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 1uF 0.1uF 22uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 16V 6.3V 16V 25V 16V C837 C838 C839 C840 C841 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-927-11 1-107-826-11 1-126-947-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT 0.1uF 0.1uF 100PF 0.1uF 47uF 10% 10% 5% 10% 20% 16V 16V 50V 16V 35V 8-5 Remarks AV-106 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. C842 C843 C844 C845 C846 1-107-826-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-164-230-11 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 220PF 220PF 10% 10% 10% 5% 5% 16V 10V 10V 50V 50V * CN701 1-770-468-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P Description C847 C848 C849 C850 C851 1-164-230-11 1-164-230-11 1-164-230-11 1-164-230-11 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 220PF 220PF 220PF 220PF 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V C852 C853 C854 C855 C856 1-164-230-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 100PF 100PF 100PF 100PF 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V C861 C862 C863 C864 C865 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 16V C866 C867 C1103 1-126-947-11 ELECT 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 47uF 0.1uF 1uF 20% 10% 10% C1104 1-162-962-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 10% C1109 1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% 35V 16V 6.3V (HX825) 50V (HX825) 50V (HX825) C1110 1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% C1111 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% C1401 C1402 C1403 1-124-589-11 ELECT 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-162-924-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47uF 0.1uF 56PF 20% 10% 5% 50V (HX825) 16V (HX825) 16V 16V 50V C1404 C1405 C1406 C1407 C1408 1-162-907-11 1-162-907-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-924-11 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 2PF 2PF 0.1uF 56PF 1uF 0.25PF 0.25PF 10% 5% 10% 50V 50V 16V 50V 10V C1409 C1410 C1411 C1412 C1413 1-107-826-11 1-124-261-00 1-126-162-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10uF 3.3uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 20% 20% 10% 10% 16V 50V 50V 16V 16V C1414 C1415 C1416 C1417 C1418 1-124-261-00 1-127-715-91 1-124-589-11 1-107-826-11 1-165-908-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 0.22uF 47uF 0.1uF 1uF 20% 10% 20% 10% 10% 50V 16V 16V 16V 10V C1419 C1452 C1453 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 10% 10% 10% 10V 16V 10V Remarks < DIODE > D101 D301 D303 D304 D608 8-719-073-34 6-501-115-01 6-501-115-01 6-501-115-01 6-501-115-01 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE EC21QS03L-TE12L BAS16-03W BAS16-03W BAS16-03W BAS16-03W D701 D702 D703 D704 D714 6-501-115-01 8-719-067-40 8-719-053-18 8-719-053-18 8-719-067-40 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE BAS16-03W STZ6.8N-T146 1SR154-400TE-25 1SR154-400TE-25 STZ6.8N-T146 D715 D721 D724 D728 D731 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 D732 D801 D802 D803 D804 8-719-067-40 8-719-069-55 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 6-501-486-01 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 UDZSTE-175.6B STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 NNCD3.9F-T1B D805 D806 D807 D808 D809 6-501-486-01 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 D810 D811 D812 D813 D814 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-069-56 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 UDZSTE-176.2B D815 D816 D817 D818 D819 8-719-083-63 8-719-069-56 8-719-083-63 6-501-486-01 8-719-067-40 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE UDZSTE-1713B UDZSTE-176.2B UDZSTE-1713B NNCD3.9F-T1B STZ6.8N-T146 D820 D821 D822 D823 D824 8-719-067-40 6-501-486-01 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 NNCD3.9F-T1B STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 D825 D827 D828 D1103 D1400 8-719-069-56 8-719-067-40 8-719-069-56 8-719-067-40 6-501-115-01 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B STZ6.8N-T146 UDZSTE-176.2B STZ6.8N-T146 (HX825) BAS16-03W D1401 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W < FUSE > 0 F101 1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A < CONNECTOR > CN101 CN103 CN501 CN502 * CN601 1-815-458-21 1-794-509-11 1-818-859-11 1-818-859-11 1-764-643-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 15P PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) (3P) CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 42P CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 42P PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 11P Note : 8-6 The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. AV-106 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description < FERRITE BEAD > Remarks < COIL > FB701 FB702 FB801 FB802 FB803 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-500-283-11 1-469-876-11 1-469-796-21 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD FERRITE, CHIP L102 L401 L402 L403 L404 1-419-630-21 1-414-856-11 1-469-967-21 1-414-858-31 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR 4.7uH 10uH 10uH 1mH 10uH FB804 FB805 FB806 FB807 FB808 1-469-796-21 1-469-796-21 1-469-796-21 1-469-796-21 1-500-283-11 FERRITE, CHIP FERRITE, CHIP FERRITE, CHIP FERRITE, CHIP INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD L405 L406 L701 L702 L703 1-414-856-11 1-414-856-11 1-412-060-11 1-469-967-21 1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR 10uH 10uH 22uH 10uH 10uH FB809 FB810 FB811 FB812 FB813 1-469-876-11 1-469-796-21 1-469-796-21 1-469-796-21 1-469-796-21 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD FERRITE, CHIP FERRITE, CHIP FERRITE, CHIP FERRITE, CHIP L704 L803 L1401 1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR 1-414-743-21 INDUCTOR 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10uH 47uH 10uH FB814 FB815 FB816 FB817 FB818 1-469-796-21 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 FERRITE, CHIP INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD 0 PS102 0 PS103 0 PS602 FB819 FB820 FB821 FB822 FB824 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-469-796-21 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD FERRITE, CHIP Q101 Q301 Q302 Q303 Q304 8-729-421-19 8-729-424-08 8-729-921-80 8-729-010-29 8-729-045-17 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR UN2213 UN2111 2SD1781K-T146-QR MSD601-RST1 2SB1561T100Q FB1608 1-469-775-21 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD FB1609 1-469-775-21 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD Q305 Q306 Q307 Q308 Q309 8-729-421-19 8-729-421-19 8-729-027-53 8-729-027-53 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR UN2213 UN2213 DTC124TKA-T146 DTC124TKA-T146 2SD2704K-T146 Q310 Q311 Q312 Q313 Q401 6-551-287-01 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-29 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146 MSB709-RT1 MSB709-RT1 MSD601-RST1 MSD601-RST1 Q403 Q405 Q407 Q601 Q611 8-729-010-29 8-729-010-29 8-729-421-19 8-729-421-19 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR MSD601-RST1 MSD601-RST1 UN2213 UN2213 UN2211 Q612 Q613 Q614 Q615 Q616 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-29 8-729-010-29 8-729-010-29 8-729-904-87 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 MSD601-RST1 MSD601-RST1 MSD601-RST1 2SB1197K-R Q702 Q705 Q707 Q708 Q709 8-729-010-29 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-29 8-729-010-29 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR MSD601-RST1 MSB709-RT1 MSD601-RST1 MSD601-RST1 MSD601-RST1 Q710 Q711 Q715 Q716 Q801 8-729-010-29 8-729-010-29 8-729-904-87 8-729-421-19 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR MSD601-RST1 MSD601-RST1 2SB1197K-R UN2213 MSB709-RT1 < IC LINK > < TRANSISTOR > < IC > IC102 IC104 IC107 IC109 IC202 6-702-889-01 6-708-913-01 6-707-208-01 6-708-889-01 8-759-100-96 IC IC IC IC IC IC203 IC302 IC303 IC304 IC401 8-759-100-96 8-759-100-96 6-705-313-01 1-818-512-11 8-749-925-00 IC uPC4558G2 IC uPC4558G2 IC S-T111B50MC-OHJTFG CONNECTOR FOR OPTICAL FIBRE IC TK11819MTL IC402 IC601 IC603 IC603 * IC604 6-706-237-01 6-710-144-01 6-806-806-01 6-806-866-01 6-708-842-01 IC IC IC IC IC PQ1MX55M2SPQ S-80952CNMC-G9NT2G M306H5MG-A14FP (HX825) M306H5MC-C36FP (HX820) S-24CS04AFJ-TB-G * IC605 IC701 * IC702 IC801 IC802 6-708-948-01 6-708-957-01 6-708-890-01 6-705-338-01 6-708-892-01 IC IC IC IC IC R2051S03-E2-F TK72233CMCL-G LA73036M-TBA-E TK11250CMCL-G BD3826FS 6-708-887-01 6-806-080-01 8-759-649-43 6-702-714-01 IC IC IC IC BH7626KS2 M30263M6A-703FP (HX825) SN74AHC1G00DCKR (HX825) MSP3417G-QG-B8V3 IC803 IC1102 IC1103 IC1401 SI-3033KS-TL TK73400AU3G0L-C TK11100CSCB-G MP2105DJ-LF-Z uPC4558G2 < JACK > J703 J1101 1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A 1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A 1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A 1-818-063-11 JACK, PIN (3P) (COMPONENT OUT) 1-764-188-31 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (DIA. 3.5) (HX825) Note : 8-7 The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. AV-106 Ref. No. Q807 Q808 Q1104 Q1401 Q1402 Part No. Description 6-550-683-01 8-729-027-24 8-729-045-17 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR Remarks Ref. No. RJK005N03-T146 DTA114TKA-T146 2SB1561T100Q (HX825) MSB709-RT1 MSD601-RST1 < RESISTOR > R102 R104 R107 R108 R111 1-216-296-11 1-218-911-11 1-218-895-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-833-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 470K 100K 4.7K 10K R113 R114 R115 R118 R120 1-218-896-11 1-218-875-11 1-218-869-11 1-216-797-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP R121 R122 R135 R137 R140 1-218-885-11 1-218-873-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 R142 R144 R146 R148 R154 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 110K 15K 8.2K 10 0 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 39K 12K 0 0 0 0.5% 0.5% 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 0 0 R160 R161 R162 R168 R169 1-216-864-11 1-216-296-11 1-216-296-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 0 0 R170 R173 R174 R175 R176 1-216-295-91 1-216-296-11 1-216-296-11 1-216-296-11 1-216-296-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 0 0 R218 R219 R222 R223 R224 1-218-879-11 1-218-879-11 1-218-871-11 1-218-871-11 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 22K 22K 10K 10K 4.7K 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R225 R226 R227 R304 R305 1-218-863-11 1-218-863-11 1-218-863-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 220K 10K 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R306 R307 R308 R309 R310 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-830-11 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 10K 10K 47K 5.6K 5.1K 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R311 R312 R313 R314 R315 1-218-864-11 1-218-864-11 1-218-864-11 1-218-865-11 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 5.1K 5.1K 5.1K 5.6K 5.6K 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 8-8 Part No. Description R316 R317 R318 R320 R321 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 2.2K 2.2K 2.2K 2.2K 5.6K 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% Remarks 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R323 R326 R327 R330 R331 1-218-865-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 5.6K 470 470 47K 47K 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R332 R333 R334 R335 R336 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 10K 10K 10K 47K 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R337 R338 R339 R340 R342 1-216-841-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 47K 10K 10K 4.7K 4.7K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R343 R344 R345 R346 R347 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100K 100K 1K 1K 1K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R348 R350 R353 R355 R364 1-216-813-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 220 68 470 470 33K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R365 R366 R405 R407 R409 1-216-845-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100K 1K 470 1K 1K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R410 R411 R412 R414 R415 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 100 100 100K 27K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R418 R420 R422 R423 R428 1-216-845-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP 100K 100 100 0 470 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 5% 1/10W R429 R475 R501 R604 R606 1-216-817-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 470 0 0 47K 10K 5% 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W R608 R609 R610 R611 R613 1-216-833-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 10K 100K 100 10K 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R614 R615 R616 R617 R618 1-216-833-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-833-11 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 10K 4.7K 4.7K 10K 15K 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W AV-106 Ref. No. Part No. Description Part No. Description R619 R620 R621 R622 R623 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 10K 10K 10K 10K 0 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W Remarks R683 R684 R685 R686 R687 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 10K 0 100 100 0 R624 R626 R627 R628 R629 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 100 0 10K 470 0 5% 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W R688 R692 R693 R694 R696 1-216-864-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 2.2K 2.2K 0 0 R630 R631 R632 R633 R635 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 100 100 100 100 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R697 R698 R699 R702 R705 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP R636 R637 R638 R639 R642 1-216-809-11 1-218-289-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 510 0 2.2K 2.2K 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W R712 R713 R714 R715 R716 1-218-883-11 1-218-871-11 1-216-855-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-845-11 R643 R644 R645 R646 R647 1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 10K 100 10K 10K 470 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R718 R719 R726 R728 R729 R648 R649 R650 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 0 (HX825) 100 5% 10K 5% R651 R652 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 100 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W 1/10W (HX825) R654 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% R655 R656 R658 R659 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 1K 100 100 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R660 R661 R662 R663 R664 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 100 100 100 100 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R665 R666 R667 R668 R669 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP 100 0 100 0 10K 5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W R670 R671 R672 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 100K 10K 5% 5% 5% R674 R675 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 10K 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W (HX820) 1/10W 1/10W R676 R677 R678 R679 1-216-833-11 1-218-871-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-833-11 10K 10K 100K 10K 5% 0.5% 5% 5% R681 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP Ref. No. 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W 8-9 Remarks 5% 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 10K 10K 10K 0 0 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 33K 10K 680K 47K 100K 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1-218-867-11 1-218-852-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 6.8K 1.6K 470 39K 22K 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R733 R736 R738 R740 R742 1-216-864-11 1-216-801-11 1-216-801-11 1-216-801-11 1-216-801-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 22 22 22 22 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R744 R747 R749 R750 R751 1-216-801-11 1-218-285-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 22 75 2.2K 2.2K 2.2K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R752 R753 R755 R760 R761 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 2.2K 2.2K 1K 10K 4.7K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R764 R765 R766 R767 R768 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 0 0 R772 R776 R779 R780 R785 1-216-833-11 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 1-414-864-11 METAL CHIP 10K METAL CHIP 75 METAL CHIP 75 METAL CHIP 75 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (1608) 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R791 R795 R798 R799 R802 1-414-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-845-11 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (1608) SHORT CHIP 0 SHORT CHIP 0 SHORT CHIP 0 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R803 R804 R805 R806 R807 1-216-845-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 100K 2.2K 100K 100K 100K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% AV-106 Ref. No. Part No. Description R808 R809 R810 R819 R820 1-216-845-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100K 100 100 100 100 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W Remarks Ref. No. R1105 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP Part No. Description 1K 5% Remarks R1106 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% R1107 1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP 150 5% R821 R822 R823 R825 R827 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 100 100 100 100 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1108 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% R1110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% R1111 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% R828 R835 R836 R839 R840 1-216-809-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 100K 100K 10K 220 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1115 R1116 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 0 (HX825) 100K 5% R1120 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% R841 R842 R844 R845 R852 1-216-809-11 1-216-857-11 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 1M 75 75 75 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1132 1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP 150 5% R1133 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% R1134 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% R854 R858 R859 R860 R861 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-809-11 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 75 75 100K 100 75 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1139 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% R1140 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% R1141 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% R862 R863 R864 R865 R866 1-216-845-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-807-11 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100K 100 68 75 75 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1142 R1143 R1144 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 0 (HX825) 0 (HX825) 1K 5% R867 R868 R869 R870 R871 1-216-845-11 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 100K 75 75 75 0 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1145 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K R1146 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (HX825) R1147 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% R872 R873 R874 R875 R876 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 0 100K 100K 100K R1148 1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP 150 5% R877 R878 R879 R885 R886 1-216-845-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-845-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 100K 0 0 100K 0 R887 R888 R889 R896 R897 1-216-864-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 100K 100K 470 470 R898 R899 R965 R1101 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP R1103 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 5% 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1401 R1402 R1403 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 1.5K 1K 5% 5% 5% 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W R1406 R1407 R1408 R1409 R1410 1-216-809-11 1-216-819-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 680 100 100 2.2K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1411 R1412 R1416 R1417 R1418 1-216-825-11 1-216-846-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 2.2K 120K 2.2K 0 0 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 470 470 0 1K 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 5% 1-216-864-11 1-216-821-11 1-218-895-11 1-218-905-11 1-218-885-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 1K 100K 270K 39K 5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1K 5% 1/10W (HX825) 1/10W (HX825) R1419 R1451 R1452 R1453 R1454 R1601 R1602 R1603 R1604 R1609 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 10K 10K 10K 10K 150K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 8-10 AV-106 Ref. No. Part No. Description R1610 R1613 R1614 R1621 R1622 1-216-809-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-839-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 100 22K 10K 33K 0 Remarks R1623 R1624 R1625 R1626 R1627 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP R1628 R1629 R1630 R1632 R1633 1-216-845-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-821-11 R1636 R1637 R1638 R1707 R1709 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 0 10K 10K 1K 0 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100K 470 470 10K 1K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 100 100 100 0 0 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W R1710 R1714 R1715 R1716 R1717 1-216-864-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 470 0 75 75 R1718 R1719 R1720 R1721 R1722 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 10K 10K 0 0 R1735 R1736 R1738 R1800 R1801 1-216-817-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 470 10K 0 100 0 Ref. No. FL-166 Part No. Description C3114 C3115 C3116 C3117 C3118 1-128-131-11 1-115-339-11 1-107-726-91 1-107-726-91 1-115-339-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 22uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 50V 50V 16V 16V 50V Remarks C3120 C3121 C3124 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 150PF 150PF 0 5% 5% 50V 50V < CONNECTOR > 5% 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 5% 1/10W CN3101 1-774-729-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P < DIODE > D3102 D3103 D3104 D3105 D3106 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 D3107 D3108 D3109 D3110 D3111 8-719-067-40 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 D3112 8-719-056-82 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-6.2B < FERRITE BEAD > FB3101 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD FB3102 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD < IC > IC3101 8-759-643-83 IC uPD16315GB-3BS < JACK > J3101 1-780-049-11 TERMINAL BOARD (S TERMINAL+3P) < THERMISTOR > < COIL > TH601 1-805-074-11 THERMISTOR L3101 1-412-537-31 INDUCTOR 100uH < TUNER UNIT > < FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE > 0 TU401 8-597-559-00 TUNER, FSS BTF-DF441 * ND3101 1-519-849-21 INDICATOR TUBE, FLUORESCENT < VIBRATOR > < TRANSISTOR > * X602 1-813-700-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (10MHz) * X603 1-813-698-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (32.768kHz) X1101 1-781-589-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (HX825) * X1401 1-813-713-31 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (18.432MHZ) ************************************************************ FL-166 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************** (Ref.No.;30,000 SERIES) < CAPACITOR > C3103 C3104 C3106 C3110 C3113 1-164-230-11 1-164-230-11 1-125-972-91 1-106-363-00 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 220PF 100uF 0.0068uF 0.1uF 5% 5% 20% 5% 10% 50V 50V 16V 200V 50V Q3101 Q3102 8-729-901-88 TRANSISTOR 8-729-901-88 TRANSISTOR < RESISTOR > R3101 R3102 R3103 R3104 R3105 1-218-285-11 1-218-285-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 75 75 0 0 0 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W R3108 R3109 R3111 R3113 R3114 1-218-285-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 75 0 3.3K 220K 220K 5% 1/10W 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W Note : 8-11 2SC2411K-CR 2SC2411K-CR The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. FL-166 Ref. No. R3115 R3116 FR-257 Part No. RD-064 Description 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP Remarks 27K 100K 5% 5% Ref. No. Description Remarks < SWITCH > < SWITCH > S3101 Part No. 1/10W 1/10W 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE S3001 S3002 S3003 S3004 S3005 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (PLAY) SWITCH, TACTILE (REC STOP) SWITCH, TACTILE (REC) SWITCH, TACTILE (STOP) SWITCH, TACTILE (DUB) S3006 S3007 S3008 S3009 S3012 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (OPEN/CLOSE) SWITCH, TACTILE (CH+) SWITCH, TACTILE (CH-) SWITCH, TACTILE (REC MODE) SWITCH, TACTILE (DVD) < TRANSFORMER > * T3101 1-445-017-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER (POWER) ************************************************************ FR-257 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************** (Ref.No.;30,000 SERIES) < CAPACITOR > C3001 C3002 C3004 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V S3013 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (HDD) S3014 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (INPUT SELECT) ************************************************************ A-1494-643-A RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX820) A-1215-024-A RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX825) (Ref.No.;20,000 SERIES) * * < CONNECTOR > < CAPACITOR > CN3004 1-785-828-21 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 4P (DV IN) * CN3005 1-580-789-22 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 6P < DIODE > D3001 D3002 D3003 D3004 D3005 8-719-067-40 8-719-077-79 8-719-077-79 6-500-176-01 8-719-084-27 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 SLR-332VRT32 (SYNCHRO REC) SLR-332VRT32 (TIMER REC) EB3804X-TP-J555K (HDD) SLI-343YCT32WST (DVD) C101 C102 C103 C104 C107 1-127-715-91 1-164-943-81 1-165-887-91 1-164-943-81 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 0.01uF 0.22uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 6.3V 16V 10V C109 C110 C111 C112 C113 1-126-246-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 220uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 4V 10V 10V 10V 10V C114 C115 C116 C117 C118 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C119 C120 C121 C122 C123 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C124 C125 C126 C127 C128 1-165-908-11 1-128-994-21 1-126-209-11 1-128-994-21 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 47uF 100uF 47uF 0.1uF 10% 20% 20% 20% 10% 10V 10V 4V 10V 10V C129 C130 C131 C132 C133 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C134 C135 C136 C137 C138 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C139 C140 C141 C142 C143 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V < IC > IC3001 * IC3002 6-706-783-01 IC BU2050F-E2 6-600-500-01 IC GP1UM28XK0SF < TRANSISTOR > Q3001 Q3002 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR UN2211 MSB709-RT1 < RESISTOR > R3001 R3003 R3004 R3005 R3006 1-216-295-91 1-216-864-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-813-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 0 4.7K 2.2K 220 R3007 R3008 R3009 R3010 R3012 1-216-813-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-806-11 1-216-811-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 220 0 56 150 0 R3013 R3014 R3015 R3016 R3017 1-218-855-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-830-11 1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP R3018 R3019 R3020 R3023 R3024 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 5% 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 2.2K 2.2K 3.3K 5.6K 8.2K 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 2.2K 2.2K 3.3K 2.2K 2.2K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 8-12 RD-064 Ref. No. Part No. Description Part No. Description C144 C145 C146 C147 C148 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V Remarks Ref. No. C219 C220 C222 C223 C224 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.01uF 10uF 10uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 16V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 16V C149 C150 C151 C152 C153 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C230 C231 C232 C233 C234 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-165-887-91 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.22uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 6.3V 16V C154 C155 C156 C157 C158 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C235 C236 C237 C301 C302 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-125-777-11 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 10uF 10uF 10% 10% 10% 20% 20% 16V 16V 10V 6.3V 6.3V C159 C160 C161 C162 C163 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C303 C304 C305 C308 C309 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-164-874-11 1-164-882-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 10uF 10uF 100PF 220PF 20% 20% 20% 5% 5% 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 50V 16V C164 C165 C166 C167 C168 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C310 C311 C312 C313 C314 1-164-874-11 1-164-882-11 1-164-874-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 220PF 100PF 0.1uF 0.1uF 5% 5% 5% 10% 10% 50V 16V 50V 10V 10V C169 C170 C171 C172 C173 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C315 C316 C317 C318 C319 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C174 C175 C176 C177 C188 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-137-710-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 10V 10V 10V 6.3V 10V C320 C321 C322 C323 C324 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C189 C190 C191 C192 C193 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C325 C326 C327 C328 C329 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C194 C195 C196 C197 C198 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C330 C331 C332 C333 C334 1-164-849-11 1-164-849-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 9PF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.5PF 0.5PF 10% 10% 10% 50V 50V 10V 10V 10V C199 C201 C202 C203 C204 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-943-81 1-164-852-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 12PF 10% 10% 10% 10% 5% 10V 10V 10V 16V 50V C335 C336 C337 C338 C339 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 16V C205 C206 C207 C208 C209 1-164-852-11 1-164-943-81 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 5% 10% 10% 10% 10% 50V 16V 10V 10V 6.3V C340 C501 C502 C505 C506 1-164-943-81 1-137-710-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 16V 6.3V 10V 10V 10V C210 C214 C215 C217 C218 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 16V 16V C601 C602 C603 C604 C605 1-164-943-81 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-165-989-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10uF 10uF 10uF 10uF 10% 20% 20% 20% 10% 16V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 8-13 Remarks RD-064 Ref. No. Part No. Description Part No. Description C606 C607 C608 C609 C610 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-107-826-11 1-128-994-21 1-128-994-21 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP 10uF 10uF 0.1uF 47uF 47uF 20% 20% 10% 20% 20% 6.3V 6.3V 16V 10V 10V Remarks Ref. No. C915 C916 C917 C918 C919 1-128-934-91 1-125-777-11 1-127-772-81 1-164-943-81 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.33uF 0.1uF 33000PF 0.01uF 0.1uF 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 16V 10V C611 C612 C614 C615 C616 1-165-908-11 1-162-962-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 470PF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 50V 10V 10V 50V C920 C921 C922 C923 C924 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-937-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 50V 10V 10V C617 C618 C619 C620 C622 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-162-960-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 220PF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 50V 10V C925 C926 C927 C928 C929 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 16V 16V C623 C625 C626 C701 C702 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 10uF 10uF 10uF 0.01uF 20% 20% 20% 20% 10% 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V C930 C931 C932 C933 C934 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C703 C704 C705 C706 C707 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-849-11 1-164-849-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 9PF 9PF 10% 10% 10% 0.5PF 0.5PF 16V 16V 16V 50V 50V C935 C936 C937 C938 C939 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-128-993-21 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 22uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 16V 16V 16V 16V 10V C708 C710 C711 C712 C713 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C940 C941 C942 C944 C945 1-128-993-21 1-124-779-00 1-124-779-00 1-127-715-91 1-164-943-81 ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 22uF 10uF 10uF 0.22uF 0.01uF 20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 10V 16V 16V 16V 16V C714 C715 C716 C803 C804 1-164-943-81 1-125-837-91 1-112-001-81 1-137-710-11 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 1uF 270PF 10uF 10uF 10% 10% 5% 20% 20% 16V 6.3V 50V 6.3V 6.3V C946 C947 C948 C949 C950 1-164-943-81 1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.22uF 0.22uF 0.22uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V C805 C806 C807 C808 C809 1-125-777-11 1-164-943-81 1-164-852-11 1-164-852-11 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.01uF 12PF 12PF 0.01uF 10% 10% 5% 5% 10% 10V 16V 50V 50V 16V C952 C953 C954 C955 C956 1-125-777-11 1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.22uF 0.22uF 0.22uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 16V 16V 16V 16V C810 C811 C812 C813 C816 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-165-887-91 1-124-779-00 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.22uF 10uF 0.22uF 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 16V 16V 6.3V 16V 6.3V C957 C1006 C1008 C1009 C1010 1-127-715-91 1-164-943-81 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 10V 10V 10V C817 C901 C902 C903 C904 1-128-994-21 1-126-205-11 1-165-908-11 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 47uF 47uF 1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 20% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10V 6.3V 10V 16V 16V C1011 C1012 C1013 C1014 C1015 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V C905 C906 C907 C908 C909 1-125-838-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-126-205-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 47uF 0.1uF 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 6.3V 10V 10V 6.3V 10V C1028 C1029 C1030 C1031 C1032 1-165-908-11 1-137-710-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10V 6.3V 10V 10V 10V C910 C911 C912 C913 C914 1-164-943-81 1-125-777-11 1-128-993-21 1-125-777-11 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 0.1uF 22uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 20% 10% 10% 16V 10V 10V 10V 16V C1033 C1034 C1035 C1036 C1037 1-127-715-91 1-165-887-91 1-164-943-81 1-165-908-11 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 0.22uF 0.01uF 1uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 6.3V 16V 10V 16V 8-14 Remarks RD-064 Ref. No. Part No. * C1038 C1041 1-112-833-11 ELECT CHIP 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP Description Remarks 68uF 0.1uF 20% 10% Ref. No. 16V 10V < CONNECTOR > CN201 CN603 CN606 CN701 * CN901 CN902 1-818-857-51 1-818-858-11 1-818-858-11 1-573-806-21 1-691-591-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 40P CONNECTOR, BOAD TO BOAD 42P CONNECTOR, BOAD TO BOAD 42P PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 6P PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 8P Description 6-706-520-01 6-806-931-01 6-703-046-01 6-707-119-01 6-704-470-01 IC IC IC IC IC Remarks IC909 IC910 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G 6-710-105-01 IC TK70550SCL-G CXD9836R MB95F108ASPFV-GE1-5G00 SN74LVC1G08DCKR TK11218CMCL-G TK11233CMCL-G < COIL > 1-820-747-11 CONNECTOR, HDMI < DIODE > D915 Part No. IC902 IC903 IC906 IC907 IC908 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B < FERRITE BEAD > L101 L102 L201 L202 L301 1-469-555-21 1-469-555-21 1-469-555-21 1-469-555-21 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR 10uH 10uH 10uH 10uH 10uH L302 L303 L602 L603 L604 1-469-555-21 1-469-555-21 1-400-073-21 1-469-555-21 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR 10uH 10uH 4.7uH 10uH 10uH FB101 FB103 FB106 FB107 FB110 1-400-794-21 1-400-794-21 1-469-670-21 1-469-670-21 1-469-670-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608) EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608) FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012) FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012) FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012) FB111 FB112 FB602 FB603 FB604 1-400-794-21 1-400-794-21 1-400-794-21 1-400-794-21 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608) EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608) EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608) EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608) EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608) Q601 Q602 Q603 Q604 Q605 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 MSB709-RT1 MSB709-RT1 MSB709-RT1 MSB709-RT1 FB605 FB606 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608) 1-469-084-21 FERRITE 0mH Q606 Q607 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 MSB709-RT1 < TRANSISTOR > < FILTER > FL501 FL702 FL801 FL902 FL904 1-234-867-11 1-234-867-11 1-234-867-11 1-234-177-21 1-234-177-21 FL905 FL906 FL907 1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI 1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI 1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI < RESISTOR > FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FILTER, CHIP EMI FILTER, CHIP EMI R103 R104 R105 R108 R109 1-218-939-11 1-218-939-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 68 68 10K 10K 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 10K 10K 10K 1K 0 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W < IC > R110 R111 R112 R113 R117 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W IC101 IC103 IC105 IC106 IC108 6-702-302-01 6-708-896-01 6-708-812-01 6-708-812-01 6-708-935-01 IC IC IC IC IC TK11133CSCL-G R8A34012BG HYB25DC512160CE-6 HYB25DC512160CE-6 MM1762FHBE R118 R119 R120 R121 R122 1-218-990-81 1-218-937-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 47 22 0 0 IC109 IC112 IC201 IC202 * IC301 6-702-302-01 6-704-353-01 6-806-103-01 6-705-311-01 6-708-848-01 IC IC IC IC IC TK11133CSCL-G SN74LVC2G34DCKR 88SA8040-TBC1C000 S-T111B18MC-OGDTFG TVP5146M2PFP R123 R124 R125 R126 R127 1-218-965-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10K 2.2K 2.2K 2.2K 2.2K IC302 IC502 IC601 IC602 IC604 6-708-882-01 6-708-924-01 6-708-889-01 6-706-237-01 8-759-660-23 IC IC IC IC IC BH18MA3WHFV-TR S29GL256N90TFIR20 MP2105DJ-LF-Z PQ1MX55M2SPQ SN74HCT08APWR R128 R129 R130 R131 R132 1-218-990-81 1-218-935-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 33 0 22 22 IC605 IC701 * IC802 IC803 IC901 8-759-548-99 6-706-365-01 6-708-929-01 6-708-888-01 8-759-837-19 IC IC IC IC IC SN74LV08APWR uPD72852AGB-8EU-A ICS650G-42LFT WM8590GEDS/RV MM1562FFBE R133 R134 R135 R136 R137 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-973-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 0 22 0 0 47K 8-15 RD-064 Ref. No. Part No. Description Part No. Description R138 R139 R140 R141 R142 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 47K 47K 47K 47K 47K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W Remarks Ref. No. R205 R206 R207 R208 R209 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-941-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-941-81 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 100 0 100 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W R143 R145 R146 R147 R148 1-208-699-11 1-218-973-11 1-208-699-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 4.7K 47K 4.7K 22 22 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R210 R211 R212 R213 R214 1-218-938-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-962-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 56 10K 5.6K 4.7K 56 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R149 R150 R153 R154 R155 1-218-939-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 68 22 10K 22 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R223 R224 R225 R226 R227 1-218-940-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-940-11 1-218-940-11 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 82 22 82 82 22 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R156 R157 R158 R160 R161 1-218-937-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 47 22 22 0 0 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R228 R229 R231 R233 R237 1-218-940-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-940-11 1-218-953-11 1-216-864-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 82 22 82 1K 0 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R162 R163 R164 R165 R166 1-208-687-11 1-208-687-11 1-208-643-11 1-208-643-11 1-208-663-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 1.5K 1.5K 22 22 150 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R238 R240 R243 R245 R246 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-949-11 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 1K 10K 1K 470 1M 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R167 R168 R169 R170 R171 1-208-663-11 1-208-663-11 1-208-663-11 1-208-663-11 1-218-933-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP 150 150 150 150 22 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R247 R248 R249 R250 R252 1-218-953-11 1-208-709-11 1-218-941-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 1K 12K 100 0 0 5% 0.5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R172 R173 R174 R175 R176 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 22 22 22 22 22 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R258 R261 R265 R267 R269 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 1K 10K 10K 1K 1K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R177 R178 R179 R180 R181 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 22 22 22 10K 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R270 R272 R274 R276 R279 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 1K 1K 10K 1K 0 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R182 R183 R184 R185 R186 1-218-945-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 220 220 22 22 22 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R282 R303 R304 R305 R306 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 22 22 22 22 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R187 R188 R189 R190 R191 1-218-933-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-933-11 1-208-699-11 1-208-699-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 22 47 22 4.7K 4.7K 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R307 R308 R312 R313 R314 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 22 0 0 0 100K 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W R192 R193 R194 R195 R196 1-208-699-11 1-208-699-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-953-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 4.7K 4.7K 22 22 1K 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R315 R316 R317 R318 R322 1-218-933-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 22 100 22 100 2.2K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R197 R198 R199 R203 R204 1-216-864-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-941-81 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 0 22 0 0 100 5% 1/16W RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 2.2K 100 10K 0 10K 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1-218-957-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 5% 5% 5% 5% R323 R325 R328 R329 R336 5% 1/16W 8-16 Remarks RD-064 Ref. No. Part No. Description R337 R338 R513 R518 R519 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10K 0 10K 10K 10K Remarks R522 R524 R525 R532 R533 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-962-11 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 5.6K 0 R535 R547 R549 R565 R603 1-218-962-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-941-81 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 5.6K 0 0 100 120 R605 R607 R609 R611 R612 1-218-942-11 1-218-942-11 1-218-942-11 1-218-942-11 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 120 120 120 120 680 R613 R614 R615 R616 R617 1-218-990-81 1-218-951-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-951-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 0 680 0 0 680 R618 R619 R620 R621 R623 1-218-951-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-951-11 1-208-952-81 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP R624 R626 R627 R628 R629 1-208-955-11 1-208-713-11 1-208-911-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 R630 R631 R635 R638 R639 5% 1/16W 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W Ref. No. Part No. Description R703 R705 R706 R709 R710 1-218-935-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 33 10K 1K 100 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W Remarks R711 R712 R713 R714 R715 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1-208-910-11 1-218-938-11 1-218-938-11 1-218-938-11 1-218-938-11 METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 9.1K 56 56 56 56 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W R717 R718 R719 R721 R722 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R723 R733 R808 R810 R811 1-218-864-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-935-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 5.1K 0 33 22 10K 0.5% 1/10W 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W R812 R816 R817 R821 R823 1-218-965-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10K 47 33 2.2K 33 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 680 0 0 680 510K 5% 1/16W 5% 0.5% 1/16W 1/16W R825 R826 R827 R830 R839 1-218-933-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 22 33 33 22 0 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 680K 18K 10K 0 0 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R840 R841 R842 R844 R845 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 0 0 1-216-797-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 10 10K 4.7K 0 22 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 22 22 0 68 0 1/16W 1/16W 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-939-11 1-218-990-81 5% 5% 5% R846 R847 R901 R902 R905 R640 R641 R642 R643 R644 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 22 10K 0 0 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W R906 R907 R913 R914 R915 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 0 0 R645 R646 R647 R649 R650 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-949-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-949-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 470 100 470 R918 R919 R921 R922 R923 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 1K 1K 1K 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R652 R655 R658 R661 R662 1-218-941-81 1-218-990-81 1-216-821-11 1-218-990-81 1-208-911-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP 100 0 1K 0 10K R924 R925 R926 R927 R928 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-959-11 1-218-952-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 22 22 100K 3.3K 820 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R663 R664 R665 R666 R701 1-208-911-11 1-208-911-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 10K 10K 0 0 0 R929 R930 R931 R932 R933 1-218-965-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-961-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 10K 100 4.7K 0 0 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/16W 0.5% 0.5% 1/16W 1/16W 8-17 RD-064 Ref. No. Part No. Description R935 R937 R938 R939 R940 1-218-941-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-961-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 100 0 4.7K 0 10K Remarks Part No. Description 1/16W R1031 R1032 R1033 R1035 R1037 1-218-935-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 33 33 22 22 4.7K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R941 R942 R945 R946 R948 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-937-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-961-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 47 100 4.7K 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R1038 R1039 R1040 R1041 R1042 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-935-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 10K 47 47 33 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R950 R951 R953 R954 R955 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 1K 1K 10K 10K 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R1043 R1044 R1045 R1046 R1047 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 22 22 22 22 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R956 R957 R968 R973 R974 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 10K 10K 4.7K 0 0 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R1048 R1049 R1050 R1051 R1052 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 0 1K 10K 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W R977 R978 R983 R985 R986 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-961-11 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 4.7K 0 R1055 R1074 R1078 R1082 R1083 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10K 0 0 10K 10K 5% 1/16W 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W R987 R988 R989 R990 R991 1-218-990-81 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-953-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 47 47 100 1K R1084 R1085 R1086 R1088 R1089 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10K 10K 10K 10K 100 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R993 R994 R995 R1001 R1002 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-220-179-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 1K 10K 510 33 0 R1090 R1094 R1098 R1099 R1102 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 22 22 0 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W R1003 R1004 R1005 R1006 R1007 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 22 22 22 R1154 R1166 R1169 R1175 R1186 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 22 22 0 0 0 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W R1008 R1009 R1010 R1011 R1012 1-218-990-81 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-962-11 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 1K 10K 5.6K 0 R1188 R1189 R1906 R1907 R1909 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-961-11 1-218-973-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 0 4.7K 47K 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W R1014 R1015 R1016 R1017 R1018 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 0 0 0 0 R1910 R1913 R1914 R1915 R1916 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-956-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 0 0 1.8K 5% 1/16W R1019 R1020 R1021 R1022 R1023 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 0 22 22 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 1.8K 0 0 0 0 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1-218-956-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-216-864-11 5% 5% 5% R1917 R1921 R1922 R1923 R1927 R1024 R1025 R1026 R1028 R1030 1-218-937-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 47 10K 10K 33 33 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W R1929 R1930 R1931 R1932 R1933 1-218-990-81 1-218-977-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 0 100K 0 10K 1K 5% 1/16W 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 5% 1/16W 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W Ref. No. 8-18 Remarks RD-064 Ref. No. Part No. Description Part No. Description R1934 R1935 R1936 R1940 R1941 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-929-11 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 1K 1K 1K 10 10 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W Remarks Ref. No. RB159 RB171 RB172 RB173 RB174 1-234-400-21 1-234-380-21 1-234-380-21 1-234-380-21 1-234-380-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) R1942 R1943 R1944 R1945 R1946 1-218-929-11 1-218-929-11 1-218-929-11 1-218-929-11 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10 10 10 10 10 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W RB175 RB182 RB183 RB184 RB185 1-234-378-21 1-234-378-21 1-234-378-21 1-234-378-21 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4) 10K (1005X4) 10K (1005X4) 10K (1005X4) 10K (1005X4) R1947 R1950 R1951 R1954 R1955 1-218-929-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10 0 0 47 47 5% 1/16W 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W RB189 RB190 RB191 RB192 RB193 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) R1956 R1957 R1958 R1959 R1960 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 10K 10K 10K 10K 0 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W RB194 RB195 RB196 RB201 RB202 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) R1961 R1962 R1964 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP < COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK > RB203 RB204 RB205 RB210 RB211 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 1-234-400-21 1-234-380-21 1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) 0 0 0 Remarks RB106 RB107 RB108 RB109 RB110 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) 68 (1005X4) RB212 RB213 RB219 RB220 RB221 1-234-380-21 1-234-380-21 1-234-702-11 1-234-702-11 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RB111 RB112 RB113 RB114 RB115 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) RB222 RB223 RB301 RB302 RB501 1-234-702-11 1-242-962-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-379-21 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 82X4 (1005) RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 22K (1005X4) RB116 RB117 RB118 RB119 RB120 1-234-370-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB502 RB503 RB504 RB505 RB602 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-378-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4) RB121 RB122 RB123 RB124 RB142 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-242-963-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) RB701 RB702 RB703 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK RB143 RB144 RB145 RB146 RB147 1-234-702-11 1-234-702-11 1-234-702-11 1-234-702-11 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK S901 RB148 RB149 RB150 RB151 RB152 1-234-370-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB154 RB155 RB156 RB157 RB158 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK CONDUCTOR, NETWORK CONDUCTOR, NETWORK CONDUCTOR, NETWORK CONDUCTOR, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) 47K (1005X4) 68 (1005X4) 68 (1005X4) 68 (1005X4) 47 (1005X4) 47 (1005X4) 47 (1005X4) < SWITCH > 68 (1005X4) 68 (1005X4) 68 (1005X4) 68 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 1-771-337-21 SWITCH, SLIDE (NOR-DL) < VARISTOR > (2010X4) (2010X4) (2010X4) (2010X4) (2010X4) 8-19 VDR901 VDR902 VDR903 VDR904 VDR905 1-805-774-21 1-805-774-21 1-805-774-21 1-805-774-21 1-805-774-21 VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VDR906 VDR907 VDR908 VDR909 VDR910 1-805-774-21 1-805-774-21 1-805-774-21 1-805-774-21 1-805-774-21 VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP RD-064 Ref. No. POWER SUPPLY BLOCK Part No. Description Remarks < VIBRATOR > X201 1-813-210-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (NX5032GA) 25MHz X301 1-781-940-41 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 14.318MHZ * X701 1-813-695-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 24.576MHZ X801 1-781-867-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 27MHz X901 1-795-244-11 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC 10MHz ************************************************************ 0 1-474-022-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (SRV-2001EK) ******************************** ************************************************************ ACCESSORIES ************ 0 1-479-557-11 1-479-558-11 2-658-476-01 1-575-131-82 1-759-586-41 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D231P) (HX825) REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D230P) (HX820) COVER, BATTERY (FOR RMT-D231P/D230P) CORD, POWER CONTROLLER, VIDEO (AV MOUSE) (HX825) 1-696-593-11 2-886-040-11 2-886-040-21 2-886-040-31 2-886-040-41 CORD, CONNECTION (PAL) MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)(HX825) MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN)(HX825) MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN)(HX825) MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)(HX825) 2-886-040-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)(HX825) 2-886-041-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (HX820) 2-886-041-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH)(HX820) 2-886-041-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH)(HX820) 2-886-041-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH)(HX820) ************************************************************ Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 8-20E RDR-HX820/HX825 Sony Corporation 9-883-932-11 Home Electronics Network Company — 154 — 2006H1600-1 ©2006.08 Published by Quality Assurance Dept.